JP2022111203A - game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of improving amusement of games.

SOLUTION: On the basis of occurrence of a winning to a through winning portion 34, fourth normal symbol side reservation information is acquired, and on the basis of the acquisition of the fourth normal symbol side reservation information, a display continuation round is performed in a fourth normal symbol display portion 134. After the display continuation round is finished, a special winning device 35 becomes an acceptance performance state. In this case, as a display continuation period of the display continuation round, if a first display continuation period is set, even if the special winning device 35 becomes in the acceptance performance state, a winning to the special winning device 35 is basically impossible. As a display continuation period of the display continuation round, if a third display continuation period is set, a winning to the special winning device 35 can occur at a prescribed frequency. In a situation where the display continuation round is being performed in a third normal symbol display portion 133, if the display continuation round of the fourth normal symbol display portion 134 is performed, the third display continuation period is set.

SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 22

COPYRIGHT: (C)2022,JPO&INPIT

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines.

Pachinko machines, slot machines, and the like are known as types of gaming machines. In these gaming machines, a configuration is known in which profits are given to the player by shifting the game state to a special control state based on the establishment of a predetermined transition condition.

Specifically, the pachinko machine has a configuration in which a winning result is obtained in an internal lottery based on a game ball entering a ball entering section provided in the game area, and a transition to a special control state is performed. A configuration is known in which a transition is made to a special control state based on a game ball entering a part. Then, when the transition to the special control state occurs, for example, opening and closing of a ball entry device provided in the game area is started, and game balls are paid out based on the entry into the ball entry device (for example, See Patent Document 1).

JP 2015-009055 A

Here, in gaming machines such as those exemplified above, it is necessary to improve the interest in games, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the interest of a game.

In order to solve the above problems, the invention according to claim 1 provides a trigger ball entry means that allows a game ball flowing down a game area to enter,
information acquisition means for acquiring trigger information based on the entry of a game ball into the trigger ball entry means;
predetermined profit awarding means for awarding a predetermined profit to a player under at least one condition that the trigger information is obtained;
measuring means for measuring a predetermined period based on the acquisition of the trigger information;
A specific profit can be given to a player in a situation in which the predetermined period is measured, or a specific profit can be given to the player in a situation in which the predetermined period is measured rather than a situation in which the predetermined period is not measured. It is characterized by comprising a specific profit giving means that makes it easier to give to.

According to the present invention, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

1 is a perspective view showing a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment; FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view showing the main components of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is a front view which shows the structure of a game board. (a) is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device and its surroundings in the non-accepting state, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device and its surroundings in the accepting state. 4A and 4B are explanatory diagrams for explaining display contents on the display surface of the pattern display device; FIG. (a) to (j) are explanatory diagrams for explaining display contents on the display surface of the pattern display device. 1 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is an explanatory view for explaining the contents of various counters and various areas. (a) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the low certainty table for the first special figure, (b) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the high certainty table for the first special figure, (c) the It is an explanatory diagram for explaining the low probability table for 2 special figures, (d) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the high probability table for the second special figure, (e) Explanation of the jackpot type table It is an explanatory view for doing. 4 is a flowchart showing main processing executed by the main MPU; 4 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main MPU; It is a flowchart which shows the special figure special electric control processing performed by the main side MPU. FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing pending information acquisition processing executed by the main MPU; FIG. It is a flow chart showing a special figure fluctuation start process executed in the main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the normal figure normal electric control process performed by the main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows normal figure fluctuation start processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows specific processing of the normal figure fluctuation period performed by main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows processing during normal figure determination performed in main side MPU. (a) to (e) are time charts showing the relationship between the display duration of the normal diagram display unit and the acceptance state of the special winning device. It is a flow chart which shows specific processing of the normal figure fluctuation period performed by main side MPU in a 2nd embodiment. It is a front view showing the configuration of the game board in the third embodiment. It is a front view showing the configuration of the game board in the fourth embodiment. It is an explanatory view for explaining the contents of various counters and various areas. It is a flow chart which shows the 1st normal figure normal electric control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows the 2nd general electric power control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows the 3rd normal figure general electric control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows the 4th normal figure normal electric power control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 4th normal figure fluctuation start process performed by the main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 4th normal figure fluctuation|variation period performed by main side MPU. (a) ~ (f) is a time chart showing the relationship between the display continuation period of the fourth normal figure display unit and the acceptance state of the special winning device. FIG. 11 is a plan view showing the configuration of a disc member in a fifth embodiment; It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 4th normal figure fluctuation|variation period performed by the main side MPU in 6th Embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows the 3rd normal figure general electricity control processing performed in the main side MPU in a 7th embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 3rd normal figure fluctuation period performed by the main side MPU in 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 4th normal figure fluctuation period performed by the main side MPU in 9th Embodiment. It is a front view which shows the structure of the game board in 10th Embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows the 1st normal figure normal electric control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows the 2nd general electric power control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows the 3rd normal figure general electric control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows the 4th normal figure normal electric power control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 4th normal figure fluctuation|variation period performed by main side MPU. (a) ~ (h) is a time chart showing the relationship between the display continuation period of the fourth normal figure display unit and the acceptance state of the special winning device. It is a front view which shows the structure of the game board in 11th Embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows the 1st normal figure normal electric control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows the 2nd general electric power control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows the 3rd normal figure general electric control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows the 4th normal figure normal electric power control processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 4th normal figure fluctuation start process performed by the main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 4th normal figure fluctuation|variation period performed by main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the adjustment process performed by main side MPU. (a) to (j) are time charts showing states of the jackpot state. FIG. 20 is a front view showing the configuration of a game board in a twelfth embodiment; (a) to (i) are time charts showing the flow of the game. It is a flowchart which shows the normal figure normal electric control process performed by the main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows normal figure fluctuation start processing performed in main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows processing during normal figure determination performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows a process during normal electric power disconnection performed by main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the process during normal power supply closing performed by the main side MPU. It is a flow chart which shows the normal tele-notification process performed by sound light side MPU. (a), (b) It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the content of the general electric notification in a pattern display apparatus. (a) to (i) are time charts for explaining the effect of execution of the general electric notification by the pattern display device.

<First embodiment>
A first embodiment of a pachinko game machine (hereinafter referred to as a "pachinko machine"), which is a type of game machine, will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view showing the main components of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG. 2, the configuration inside the game area PA of the pachinko machine 10 is omitted for the sake of convenience.

The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. have. The outer frame 11 is formed by connecting wooden plates on four sides and has a rectangular frame shape. A pachinko machine 10 is installed in a game hall by fixing an outer frame 11 to an island facility. Incidentally, the pachinko machine 10 does not have to have the outer frame 11, and the pachinko machine 10 may have a structure in which the outer frame 11 is attached to the island facilities of the game hall.

As shown in FIG. 2, the game machine body 12 includes an inner frame 13, a front door frame 14 arranged in front of the inner frame 13, and a back pack unit 15 arranged behind the inner frame 13. ing. The inner frame 13 of the game machine body 12 is rotatably supported by the outer frame 11 . More specifically, the inner frame 13 can be rotated forward with the left side as the rotation base end side and the right side as the rotation tip side in a front view.

A front door frame 14 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13, and is rotatable forward with the left side as the rotation base end side and the right side as the rotation tip side in a front view. In addition, the back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13, and is rotatable rearward with the left side as the rotation base end and the right side as the rotation tip side in a front view.

The gaming machine main body 12 is provided with a locking device at the leading end of the rotation. In addition, it has a function of locking the front door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 13 so that it cannot be opened. Each of these locked states is released by unlocking the cylinder lock 17 exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 using an unlock key.

Next, the configuration of the front side of the gaming machine body 12 will be described.

The inner frame 13 is mainly composed of a resin base 21 that has substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11 . A substantially elliptical window hole 23 is formed in the central portion of the resin base 21 . A game board 24 is detachably attached to the resin base 21 . The game board 24 is made of plywood, and the game area PA formed on the front surface of the game board 24 is exposed to the front side of the inner frame 13 through the window holes 23 of the resin base 21 . The game board 24 is not limited to be made of wood, and may be made of a synthetic resin such as an acrylic board or a polycarbonate board.

The configuration of the game board 24 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 3 is a front view of the game board 24. FIG.

An inner rail portion 25 and an outer rail portion 26 are attached to the game board 24 so as to partition a part of the outer edge of the game area PA. The guide rail is configured as A game ball shot from a game ball shooting mechanism 27 (see FIG. 2) attached below the window hole 23 in the resin base 21 is guided to the upper part of the game area PA by guide rails.

Incidentally, the game ball launching mechanism 27 includes a launch rail 27a extending toward the guide rail, a ball feeder 27b that supplies game balls stored in an upper tray 65a, which will be described later, onto the launch rail 27a, and a and a solenoid 27c, which is an electric actuator that shoots the game ball supplied to the guide rail toward the guide rail. When a shooting operation device (or operation handle) 28 provided on the front door frame 14 is rotated, a solenoid 27c is driven and controlled to shoot a game ball.

The game board 24 is formed with a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in the front-rear direction. Each opening has a general winning section 31, a first operating section 32, a second operating section 33, a through winning section 34, a special winning device 35, a special electric winning device 36, a variable display unit 37, a special figure unit 38, and a general figure unit. 39 and the like are provided respectively. A total of three general prize winning sections 31 are provided, and the others are provided one each.

Even if a ball enters the through winning section 34, no game ball is put out. On the other hand, when a ball enters any one of the general winning section 31, the first operating section 32, the second operating section 33, the special winning device 35, and the special electric winning device 36, the number of game media that the player can use is reduced to A predetermined number of game balls are put out to increase the number. Specifically, when a ball enters the general winning portion 31, 10 game balls are paid out, and when a ball enters the first operating portion 32, Three game balls are put out, and when a ball enters the second operating section 33, one game ball is put out, and when a ball enters the special winning device 35. 11 game balls are put out, and when a ball enters the special electric prize winning device 36, 15 game balls are put out.

In addition, the number of prize balls is arbitrary, and for example, the number of prize balls of the first operation portion 32 and the number of prize balls of the second operation portion 33 may be the same. Also, the number of prize balls of the special winning device 35 may be less than 11 or more than 11. Also, the number of prize balls of the special prize winning device 35 is not limited to a configuration smaller than the number of prize balls of the special electric prize winning device 36, and the number of prize balls of the special prize winning device 35 and the number of prize balls of the special electric prize winning device 36 The configuration may be the same, or the number of prize balls of the special prize winning device 35 may be greater than the number of prize balls of the special electric prize winning device 36 .

In addition, an out port 24a is provided at the bottom of the game board 24, and game balls that do not enter various winning ports are discharged from the game area PA through the out port 24a. In addition, the game board 24 is provided with a large number of nails 24b for appropriately dispersing and adjusting the falling direction of game balls, and various members such as windmills.

Here, the entry ball means that the game ball passes through a predetermined opening. A mode in which the liquid continues to flow down the game area PA without being discharged is also included. However, in the following description, in order to clearly distinguish the entry of the game ball to the out port 24a, the general winning portion 31, the first operating portion 32, the second operating portion 33, the through winning portion 34, the special winning device 35 and the entry of the game ball to the special electric prize winning device 36 is also expressed as winning.

A variable display unit 37 is provided so as to include the central portion of the game area PA. Due to the peripheral portion of the variable display unit 37 protruding forward of the pachinko machine 10 from the surface of the game board 24, an area in which a game ball shot to the game area PA can flow down is defined. Specifically, an upper area PA1, which is an area above a predetermined height position of the variable display unit 37 in the game area PA, and a lower area continuous with the upper area PA1 and higher than the variable display unit 37. A left area PA2 which is an area on the left, a right area PA3 which is an area continuous below the upper area PA1 and to the right of the variable display unit 37, and a left area PA2 and a right area PA3. On the other hand, it is divided into a lower area PA4 which is an area below the variable display unit 37 continuously below it.

When the player operates the shooting operation device 28 with the amount of rotation in the first range which is less than the reference amount of rotation as the first shooting operation, the game ball is ejected to the left of the center position in the horizontal direction in the upper area PA1. flow down. In this case, the game balls flow down in the order of the upper area PA1→left area PA2→lower area PA4. On the other hand, when the player operates the shooting operation device 28 with a rotation amount in a second range that is equal to or larger than the reference rotation amount as a second shooting operation, the upper area PA1 is positioned to the right of the lateral center position. A game ball begins to flow down. In this case, the game balls flow down in the order of the upper area PA1→right area PA3→lower area PA4. In other words, the player can adjust the rotation operation amount of the shooting operation device 28 so that the game ball can flow down the left side area PA2 of the left side area PA2 and the right side area PA3. A game can be played so that a game ball flows down PA3. Incidentally, when the shooting operation device 28 is operated with the maximum amount of rotation, the game ball flows down in the order of the upper area PA1→right area PA3→lower area PA4.

The 1st operation|movement part 32 is installed in lower side area|region PA4. The first operating portion 32 is open upward, and a member such as an opening/closing member for preventing entry of a game ball into the first operating portion 32 is not provided. Then, in a situation where the game balls are shot in the same mode, the winning probability to the first operating section 32 is constant regardless of the game state. In other words, the first operating portion 32 is always capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area PA toward the first operating portion 32 .

The first operating section 32 is arranged directly below a stage 37 a formed in the variable display unit 37 . In the upper part of the variable display unit 37, a pair of introduction openings 37b are provided on the left and right sides, and the variable display unit 37 guides a game ball entering the introduction openings 37b onto the stage 37a. A guide passage (not shown) is formed. A game ball that has flowed onto the stage 37a through the guide passage and is ejected from the center of the stage 37a in the horizontal direction to the outside of the variable display unit 37 easily enters the first operating section 32. . The first operating portion 32 is provided with a detection sensor (not shown), and the detection sensor detects a winning game ball in the first operating portion 32 . The detection sensor is electrically connected to a main control device 70, which will be described later, and the main control device 70 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the first operating section 32 based on the received signal.

The position where the first operating portion 32 is provided in the lower area PA4 is a position where a game ball that has flowed down the left area PA2 can enter, and a game ball that has flowed down the right area PA3 can enter. position. Thereby, either when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2 or when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3 Even if there is, it is possible to win a prize to the first operation unit 32 . However, it is not limited to this, and by providing a control nail or the like in the middle of the flow-down area from the right-side area PA3 to the first operating part 32, the shooting operation device 28 is arranged so that the game ball flows down the right-side area PA3. A configuration may be adopted in which winning to the first operation unit 32 is disabled when is operated.

The second operating portion 33 is arranged in the right side area PA3. That is, the second operation unit 33 cannot win a prize when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left side area PA2, and the shooting operation is performed so that the game ball flows down the right side area PA3. Winning is possible when the device 28 is operated. The second operating portion 33 is opened upward in the same manner as the first operating portion 32, and a member such as an opening/closing member for preventing entry of a game ball into the second operating portion 33 is not provided. Then, in a situation where game balls are shot in the same manner, the winning probability to the second operating section 33 is constant regardless of the game state. In other words, the second operating portion 33 is always capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area PA toward the second operating portion 33 . The second operating portion 33 is provided with a detection sensor (not shown), and the game ball that has won the second operating portion 33 is detected by the detection sensor. The detection sensor is electrically connected to a main control device 70 which will be described later, and the main control device 70 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the second operating section 33 based on the received signal.

On the upstream side of the second operating portion 33 in the right side area PA3, nails 24b are arranged so as to guide the game balls flowing down the upstream side area toward the second operating portion 33, and other No entrance is provided. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the right side area PA3 easily enters the second operating portion 33 . Specifically, the probability of a game ball flowing into the right area PA3 entering the second operating section 33 is higher than the probability of a game ball entering the lower area PA4 entering the first operating section 32. As such, the second operating portion 33 and the peripheral nails 24b are provided. However, not all the game balls that have flowed into the right area PA3 enter the second actuation unit 33, and the number of game balls that have flowed into the right area PA3 is approximately one in a predetermined number (for example, five). It is configured to enter the ball into the second operating portion 33 .

The special winning device 35 is arranged in the left area PA2. That is, the special prize winning device 35 cannot win a prize when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the right side area PA3, and the shooting operation device makes the game ball flow down the left side area PA2. 28 is operated, winning is possible. The special winning device 35 can be switched between a non-accepting state in which the game ball cannot be entered and a receiving state in which the game ball can be entered.

The configuration of the special winning device 35 will be described with reference to FIGS. 4(a) and 4(b) in addition to FIG. FIG. 4(a) is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device 35 and its surroundings in the non-accepting state, and FIG. 4(b) is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device 35 and its surroundings in the accepting state. is.

As shown in FIG. 3, the special prize winning device 35 includes a base body 41 formed with a discharge passage 42 for discharging the game balls that have flowed in from the game area PA to the rear of the game board 24, and a game ball to the discharge passage 42. and an opening/closing member 43 for blocking or allowing the inflow of balls. As shown in FIGS. 4(a) and 4(b), the base body 41 is provided so as to protrude forward of the pachinko machine 10 from the surface of the game board 24. As shown in FIG. A ball receiving surface 44, which forms the upper surface of the area of the base body 41 protruding forward of the pachinko machine 10 from the surface of the game board 24, extends in the horizontal direction, and its horizontal dimension is the size of two game balls. More specifically, it is about four game balls.

As shown in FIG. 4(b), an inlet 42a of the discharge passage 42 is formed on the left side of the ball receiving surface 44 so as to open upward. The entrance portion 42a has an opening area equal to or more than one game ball and less than two game balls, and although it is possible for one game ball to enter the entrance portion 42a, It is impossible for a plurality of game balls to enter the entrance portion 42a at the same time.

As shown in FIG. 3, the discharge passage 42 is formed so as to extend vertically downward from an inlet portion 42a, and the passage direction extends toward the rear of the pachinko machine 10 at an intermediate position in the vertical direction of the base body 41. changed along the way. A game ball entered into the entrance portion 42a is guided to the back side of the game board 24 by passing through the discharge passage 42, and is discharged downward after being guided to the back side of the game board 24.例文帳に追加A detection sensor 45 is provided in the middle of the discharge passage 42 . A game ball entering the discharge passage 42 , that is, a game ball entering the special winning device 35 is detected by the detection sensor 45 . The detection sensor 45 is electrically connected to a main control device 70 which will be described later, and the main control device 70 grasps whether or not a game ball has won a prize to the special prize winning device 35 based on the received signal.

An opening/closing member 43 is provided as shown in FIGS. 4(a) and 4(b) so as to open/close the inlet portion 42a. The opening/closing member 43 is inserted through a through hole 46 which is formed so as to pass through the game board 24 in the front-rear direction. The opening/closing member 43 moves in the front-rear direction along the through hole 46 to face the entire inlet portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 from above as shown in FIG. A non-receiving position that prevents the entry of game balls, and a pachinko machine 10 withdrawing from the blocking position to the rear as shown in FIG. It is possible to switch between a receiving position that allows entry of a game ball.

An opening/closing drive unit 47 is provided on the back side of the game board 24 to move the opening/closing member 43 . The opening/closing drive unit 47 is electrically connected to a main controller 70 which will be described later. When the opening/closing driving portion 47 is in the non-driving state, the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the non-receiving position by the biasing force of a biasing means such as a spring (not shown). is placed at the receiving position by being displaced against the biasing force of the biasing means. The state in which the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the non-receiving position is the non-accepting state of the special winning device 35, and the state in which the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position is the receiving state of the special winning device 35.

The upper surface of the opening/closing member 43 slopes down toward the right as shown in FIG. Further, the area of the ball receiving surface 44 to the right of the opening/closing member 43 arranged at the non-receiving position is also inclined downward to the right. An upright wall 48 is integrally formed on the left end of the upper portion of the base body 41 so as to stand up from the ball receiving surface 44 . The standing wall 48 has a height dimension equal to or greater than one game ball, specifically, has a height dimension equal to about two game balls. Due to the above configuration, the game ball that reaches above the opening and closing member 43 in the state where the opening and closing member 43 is arranged at the non-receiving position as shown in FIG. and guided to the right side of the special winning device 35 by flowing down by its own weight along the inclination of the upper surface of the opening/closing member 43 and the ball receiving surface 44 . As shown in FIG. 3, the special winning device 35 is provided to the left from the left end of the variable display unit 37 at a distance of one game ball or more, so that the upper surface of the opening/closing member 43 and the ball receiving surface 44 are inclined. The game ball guided to the right side of the special winning device 35 flows downward through the space between the special winning device 35 and the variable display unit 37 . As a result, the game ball that reaches the special winning device 35 but does not win the special winning device 35 continues to flow down the left area PA2 and the lower area PA4. Then, the game ball that continues to flow down can enter the first operating portion 32 .

A through winning portion 34 is provided above the special winning device 35 in the left area PA2. That is, the through winning section 34 cannot win a prize when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left side area PA2, and the shooting operation device allows the game ball to flow down the right side area PA3. 28 is operated, winning is possible. The through winning portion 34 has a through hole penetrating in the vertical direction, and when the game ball passes through this through hole, a winning to the through winning portion 34 occurs. Therefore, the game ball that has won the through prize winning portion 34 continues to flow down the game area PA. A detection sensor (not shown) is provided in the through winning section 34, and the game ball that has won the through winning section 34 is detected by the detection sensor. The detection sensor is electrically connected to a main control device 70, which will be described later, and the main control device 70 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the through winning section 34 based on the received signal.

At a position vertically below the through prize winning portion 34, there are an entrance portion 42a of a discharge passage 42 in the special prize winning device 35 and an opening/closing member 43 arranged at a non-receiving position. In this case, the through winning portion 34 is provided at a position spaced upward from the entrance portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 and the opening/closing member 43 disposed at the non-receiving position. A first guide region 49a is formed for reliably guiding the game ball that has won the through prize winning portion 34 to the entrance portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 or the opening/closing member 43 arranged at the non-receiving position. Although the method of forming the first guide area 49a is arbitrary, in the pachinko machine 10, the first guide area 49a is formed by arranging a plurality of nails 24b and the standing wall 48 of the special winning device 35. FIG. Since the first guide region 49a is formed, if the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the non-receiving position, the game ball winning the through winning part 34 is surely arranged at the non-receiving position. When the game ball reaches the member 43 and the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position, the game ball winning the through winning portion 34 surely enters the discharge passage 42.例文帳に追加

A second guide area 49b is formed upstream of the through winning section 34 in the left side area PA2 for surely guiding the game ball that has flowed into the left side area PA2 from the upper area PA1 to the through winning section 34. - 特許庁Although the method of forming the second guide area 49b is arbitrary, in the pachinko machine 10, the second guide area 49b is formed by arranging a plurality of nails 24b. Since the second guide area 49b is formed, the game ball that has flowed into the left side area PA2 surely wins the through prize winning section 34. - 特許庁Since the first guide area 49a is formed between the through winning section 34 and the special winning device 35 as described above, the game ball that has won the through winning section 34 is reliably arranged at the non-receiving position. The opening/closing member 43 or the entrance portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 is reached.

The opening/closing member 43 of the special winning device 35 moves from the non-receiving position to the receiving position based on the winning to the through winning portion 34 . Specifically, the internal lottery is performed with the win to the through prize winning unit 34 as a trigger, and the normal figure display of the normal figure unit 39 provided in the lower right corner which is the area where the game ball does not pass in the game area PA In the section 39a, display continuation times including variable display of patterns are performed. Then, the result of the internal lottery is winning of the acceptance execution state, the stop result corresponding to the result is displayed, and after the display continuation times in the normal diagram display section 39a is completed, the acceptance execution state is entered. In the receiving execution state, the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position in a predetermined manner. Only one type of acceptance execution state is prepared, and the number of times the opening/closing member 43 is placed in the acceptance position and the condition for returning from the acceptance position to the non-acceptance position when the acceptance execution state is entered regardless of the game state is constant. Specifically, when the acceptance execution state is reached, the opening and closing member 43 is placed at the acceptance position only once, and the special winning device 35 has the upper limit number (specifically, 10) of game balls on the general electric side. The position of the open/close member 43 is switched from the receiving position to the non-receiving position by satisfying one of the conditions that the ball enters the ball and that the general power side open duration period (specifically, 0.1 seconds) elapses. .

The general pattern display section 39a is composed of a segment display device in which a plurality of segment light emitting sections are arranged in a predetermined manner. In this case, it is impossible to perform a complicated display like the pattern display device 51 described later in the normal pattern display unit 39a, but it is possible to reduce the processing load for controlling the display of the normal pattern display unit 39a. Become. However, it is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT or a dot matrix display device. In addition, the pattern displayed in the normal figure display unit 39a includes a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed, a configuration in which multiple types of symbols are displayed, a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed, or a configuration in which multiple types of colors are displayed. is displayed.

In the normal pattern unit 39, a normal pattern holding display portion 39b is provided at a position adjacent to the normal pattern display portion 39a. Information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the through prize winning section 34 is reserved up to four as normal diagram side reservation information, and the number of reservations is displayed by lighting of the normal diagram reservation display section 39b. . The display range of the normal pattern display section 39a is narrower than the display surface of the pattern display device 51, which will be described later. Furthermore, the display range of both the normal pattern display portion 39a and the normal pattern reservation display portion 39b is also narrower than the display surface of the pattern display device 51. FIG. Thereby, it is possible to increase the degree of attention of the player to the pattern display device 51 rather than the normal pattern display unit 39a and the normal pattern reservation display unit 39b.

A plurality of types of display continuation periods are set for one display continuation time in the normal map display section 39a. Specifically, three types of display continuation period, a first display continuation period, a second display continuation period, and a third display continuation period are set. When the first display continuation period is selected, it indicates whether or not the acceptance execution state occurs after the display continuation time ends after the pattern is displayed in the normal pattern display unit 39a for 0.05 seconds. The result of the stoppage is fixedly displayed for 0.4 seconds. If it is the display continuation time corresponding to the occurrence of the acceptance execution state, the acceptance execution state is entered after the confirmation display ends, and the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the acceptance position. In this case, in the receiving execution state, the opening/closing member 43 is placed at the receiving position only once, and after 0.1 seconds have elapsed, the opening/closing member 43 is placed at the non-receiving position. Then, when the prescribed game ball wins in the through winning part 34 and the first display continuation period is selected under the condition that the general map side holding information is not held and stored, the time when the winning to the through winning part 34 occurs. The opening/closing member 43 is placed at the receiving position at the timing when 0.45 seconds have passed since then, and the opening/closing member 43 is moved to the non-receiving position at the timing when 0.55 seconds have passed since the winning to the through winning section 34 occurred. placed. On the other hand, the distance between the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 is the opening/closing member 43 or the discharge passage 42 in which the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 is arranged at the non-receiving position in the special winning device 35. The shortest time required to reach the entrance 42a of the is 0.65 seconds and the longest time is 0.7 seconds. Therefore, when the first display continuation period is selected by winning a predetermined game ball in the through winning portion 34 in a situation where the general-purpose-side hold information is not held and stored, the special winning device 35 is assumed to be in the open execution state. Also, the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position before the predetermined game ball reaches the position where the ball can enter the special winning device 35 (that is, the position where the opening/closing member 43 is opened/closed). returns to the non-receiving position, the predetermined game ball will not enter the special winning device 35.

Here, the shooting period of the game ball is 0.6 seconds when the shooting of the game ball is continued. Therefore, when the game ball is continuously launched so as to flow down the left area PA2, the game ball basically reaches the position of the through winning portion 34 at a period of 0.6 seconds, and similarly the special winning device The game ball reaches the position where the ball can be entered at 35 in a period of 0.6 seconds. Then, the game ball launched one before the predetermined game ball enters the special prize winning device 35 within 0.05 to 0.1 seconds after the predetermined game ball enters the through prize winning section 34. You will reach a position where it is possible. On the other hand, the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position at the timing when 0.45 seconds have passed since the predetermined game ball won the through winning section 34 . Therefore, even if the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position when a predetermined game ball wins through the prize-winning portion 34, the game ball launched one before the predetermined game ball is the predetermined game ball. The special winning device 35 in the receiving execution state triggered by the game ball does not win. From the above, when the first display duration is selected as the display duration of one pattern in the general pattern display section 39a, even if the acceptance execution state is entered, the prize to the special prize winning device 35 basically occurs. do not do.

When the general pattern side reservation information is the display continuation time in the general pattern display unit 39a or when the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, that is, the display continuation time in the general pattern display unit 39a cannot be newly started. In this case, when a game ball wins in the through winning section 34, it is reserved and stored. In this case, when the first display continuation period is selected, if the acceptance execution state does not occur, the next display continuation time can be started after the display continuation time in the normal diagram display section 39a is started. Even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period from the start of the continuous display on the normal diagram display unit 39a to the end of the acceptance execution state is 0.55 seconds. On the other hand, as described above, the shooting cycle of the game ball is 0.6 seconds, and basically the game ball reaches the position of the through winning portion 34 in a cycle of 0.6 seconds. Therefore, regardless of whether the acceptance execution state does not occur or the acceptance execution state occurs, in the situation where the first display continuation period is selected, the display continuation time in the normal diagram display section 39a is newly started. Since the winning of the game ball to the through winning section 34 does not occur in the situation where it cannot be made, the general pattern side reservation information is not acquired.

When the second display continuation period is selected, the stop result indicating whether or not the acceptance execution state occurs after the display continuation time ends after the pattern fluctuation display in the normal pattern display section 39a is performed for 10 seconds. is definitely displayed for 0.4 seconds. If it is the display continuation time corresponding to the occurrence of the acceptance execution state, the acceptance execution state is entered after the confirmation display ends, and the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the acceptance position. The mode of execution of this acceptance execution state is the same as when the first display duration is selected. Then, when a predetermined game ball wins in the through winning section 34 in a situation where the general map side holding information is not retained and stored, at the timing when 10.4 seconds have passed since the winning in the through winning section 34 occurred. The opening/closing member 43 is placed at the receiving position, and is placed at the non-receiving position at the timing when 10.5 seconds have passed since the winning to the through winning portion 34 occurred. On the other hand, as already explained, the period required for the game ball that has won the through prize winning portion 34 to reach the opening/closing member 43 arranged at the non-receiving position in the special prize winning device 35 or the inlet portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 is between 0.65 seconds and 0.7 seconds. Therefore, when the second display continuation period is selected by winning a predetermined game ball in the through winning section 34 in a situation where the general-purpose-side retention information is not retained and stored, the special winning device 35 is assumed to be in the open execution state. Also, since the opening and closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position after passing through the position where the predetermined game ball can enter the special winning device 35 (that is, the position where the opening and closing member 43 is opened and closed), the predetermined game ball The ball never enters the special winning device 35. - 特許庁On the other hand, the timing at which the game ball launched after the predetermined game ball reaches the position where it can enter the special winning device 35 is included in the period during which the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position. If so, the game ball enters the special winning device 35 .

In addition, the shooting cycle of the game ball is 0.6 seconds as already explained, and when the game ball continues to be shot so as to flow down the left side area PA2, basically it will be at the position of the through winning section 34. A game ball arrives at a period of 0.6 seconds. In this case, when the second display continuation period is selected, if the acceptance execution state does not occur, the next display continuation time can be started after the display continuation time in the normal diagram display section 39a is started. Even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period from the start of the continuous display on the normal diagram display unit 39a to the end of the acceptance execution state is 10.5 seconds. Therefore, regardless of whether the acceptance execution state does not occur or the acceptance execution state occurs, in the situation where the second display continuation period is selected, the display continuation time in the normal diagram display unit 39a is newly started. Winning of the game ball to the through winning section 34 occurs in a situation where it cannot be made, and the normal drawing side reservation information is acquired. In addition, when the shooting of the game ball is continued so as to flow down the left side area PA2 in the situation where the second display duration is selected, the standard number (specifically two) or more normal figure side hold The information is retained and stored, and moreover, the upper limit number (specifically, 4 pieces) of the normal map side retained information is retained and stored.

When the third display continuation period is selected, it indicates whether or not the acceptance execution state occurs after the display continuation time ends after the pattern is displayed in the normal pattern display unit 39a for 0.6 seconds. The result of the stoppage is fixedly displayed for 0.4 seconds. If it is the display continuation time corresponding to the occurrence of the acceptance execution state, the acceptance execution state is entered after the confirmation display ends, and the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the acceptance position. The execution mode of this acceptance execution state is the same as when the first display duration is selected and when the second display duration is selected. Then, when the third display continuation period is selected, the open/close member 43 is placed at the receiving position at the timing when one second has passed since the display continuation time in the normal diagram display portion 39a was started, and the display continuation time is started. The opening/closing member 43 is placed at the non-receiving position at the timing when 1.1 seconds have elapsed from the time point when the opening/closing member 43 was opened. On the other hand, as already explained, the period required for the game ball that has won the through prize winning portion 34 to reach the opening/closing member 43 arranged at the non-receiving position in the special prize winning device 35 or the inlet portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 is between 0.65 seconds and 0.7 seconds. Therefore, when a predetermined game ball wins the through prize winning portion 34 and the third display continuation period is selected, even if the special prize winning device 35 enters the open execution state, the predetermined game ball does not enter the special prize winning device 35. Since the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position after passing through the position where the ball can be entered (that is, the position where the opening/closing member 43 is opened/closed), the predetermined game ball will not enter the special winning device 35. . On the other hand, the timing at which the game ball launched after the predetermined game ball reaches the position where it can enter the special winning device 35 is included in the period during which the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position. If so, the game ball enters the special winning device 35 .

In addition, the shooting cycle of the game ball is 0.6 seconds as already explained, and when the game ball continues to be shot so as to flow down the left side area PA2, basically it will be at the position of the through winning section 34. A game ball arrives at a period of 0.6 seconds. In this case, when the third display continuation period is selected, if the acceptance execution state does not occur, it is possible to start the next display continuation time after the display continuation time in the normal diagram display section 39a is started. Even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period from the start of the continuous display on the normal diagram display unit 39a to the end of the acceptance execution state is 1.1 seconds. Therefore, regardless of whether the acceptance execution state does not occur or the acceptance execution state occurs, in the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, the display continuation time in the normal diagram display unit 39a is newly started. Winning of the game ball to the through winning section 34 occurs in a situation where it cannot be made, and the normal drawing side reservation information is acquired. In this case, the number of general map side reservation information acquired is basically one.

The third display continuation period is selected when the display continuation period of the display continuation times is determined in a situation where the standard number (specifically, two pieces) or more of the normal map side reserved information is stored. Therefore, the situation in which the third display duration period is selected occurs after the number of display continuations in the second display duration period occurs. Also, when the third display continuation period is selected as described above, if the acceptance execution state does not occur, the next display continuation time can be started after the display continuation time in the normal diagram display section 39a is started. The period until this is 1 second, and even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period from the start of the continuous display on the normal diagram display unit 39a to the end of the acceptance execution state is 1.1 seconds. In this case, the probability of winning the acceptance execution state in the internal lottery corresponding to the occurrence of the display continuation times is set to a high probability, specifically 98%. Therefore, when the display continuation time occurs, the acceptance execution state generally occurs. In addition, in a situation where the game ball is continuously shot so as to flow down the left side area PA2, one ball is basically placed at the position where the ball can enter the special winning device 35 every 0.6 seconds, which is the shooting cycle of the game ball. However, an error of about 0.1 second may occur depending on how the game ball flows. Therefore, when the display continuation times that result in the selection of the third display continuation period are repeatedly selected, the winning to the special winning device 35 occurs with a probability of about 1/11. On the other hand, the number of game balls to be paid out when a prize to the special prize winning device 35 is generated is 11 pieces. Therefore, in a situation where the display continuation times are repeatedly selected, which results in the selection of the third display continuation period, if the game ball continues to flow down the left area PA2, the player's ball is The increase/decrease is repeated at about 11, and it is possible to prevent the number of balls held by the player from increasing/decreasing during the period in which the display continuation times for which the third display continuation period is selected is repeatedly selected.

When the first display continuation period is selected, as already explained, if the acceptance execution state does not occur, from the start of the display continuation time in the normal diagram display unit 39a to the time when the next display continuation time can be started period is 0.45 seconds, and even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period from the start of the continuous display on the normal diagram display unit 39a to the end of the acceptance execution state becomes 0.55 seconds. Therefore, regardless of whether the acceptance execution state does not occur or the acceptance execution state occurs, in the situation where the first display continuation period is selected, the display continuation time in the normal diagram display section 39a is newly started. Since winning of the game ball to the through winning part 34 does not occur basically in a situation where it cannot be made, the general pattern side reservation information is basically not acquired. However, an error of about 0.1 second may occur in the period of arrival of the game ball to the through winning portion 34 depending on the manner in which the game ball flows. If it does so, even if it is a case where the 1st display continuation period is selected, it is possible that the general map side reservation information will be reserved and stored. However, in this case, the limit of the normal map side reserved information to be reserved and stored is one, and two or more normal map side reserved information are not reserved and stored. On the other hand, as described above, the standard number of pieces of general map side reserved information, which is the standard for selecting the third display duration period, is set not to one but to two, which is a predetermined plurality. This prevents a sudden shift from the situation in which the first display duration is selected to the situation in which the third display duration is selected, and causes a transition to the situation in which the third display duration is selected. Therefore, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which it is necessary to generate a situation in which the second display duration is selected.

A winning lottery is performed based on the occurrence of a prize in the first operating section 32, the second operating section 33, or the special prize winning device 35. - 特許庁When the winning lottery is carried out, the special figure unit 38 performs the variable display of the pattern, and finally the result corresponding to the result of the winning lottery is displayed.

About special figure unit 38 In detail, the special figure unit 38 is provided with the 1st special figure display part 38a and the 2nd special figure display part 38b. In the first special figure display part 38a, a winning lottery is performed based on the occurrence of a prize to the first operation part 32 or the special prize winning device 35, and the fluctuation display of the pattern is performed, and finally the lottery result is displayed. Corresponding results are displayed. In addition, in the second special figure display unit 38b, a winning lottery is performed based on the occurrence of the winning of the second operation unit 33, and the fluctuation display of the pattern is performed, and finally the result corresponding to the lottery result. is displayed. The first special figure display portion 38a or the second special figure display portion 38b starts the variation display of the pattern, and the time until the variation display of the pattern ends after displaying a predetermined result is one game round. times.

The 1st special figure display part 38a and the 2nd special figure display part 38b are constituted by a segment indicator in which a plurality of segment light emitting parts are arranged in a predetermined manner. In this case, it is impossible to perform a complicated display like the symbol display device 51 described later in the first special figure display unit 38a and the second special figure display unit 38b, but the first special figure display unit 38a and the second special figure display unit 38b It is possible to reduce the processing load for controlling the display of the special figure display unit 38b. However, it is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT or a dot matrix display device. In addition, as the pattern displayed in the first special figure display unit 38a and the second special figure display unit 38b, a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed, a configuration in which multiple types of symbols are displayed, and multiple types of characters A configuration in which is displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of colors are displayed, or the like is conceivable.

In the special figure unit 38, a first special figure reservation display section 38c is provided at a position adjacent to the first special figure display section 38a. The number of winning game balls in the first operation unit 32 or the special prize winning device 35 is reserved up to four, and the number of reservations is displayed by lighting the first special figure reservation display unit 38c. On the other hand, the special figure reservation display section corresponding to the second special figure display section 38b is not provided. The number of game balls won in the second operation part 33 is not retained and stored unlike the first operation part 32.例文帳に追加In other words, when the winning to the second operation unit 33 occurs in a situation where it is possible to start the game round, the game round is executed in the second special figure display unit 38b, but the game round cannot be started. Even if a prize is won in the second operation part 33 in such a situation, the hold information that triggers the start of the game cycle is not stored. However, even if a prize is won in the second operation unit 33 in a situation where the game round cannot be started, the game balls are paid out for that prize.

The display ranges of the first special figure display portion 38a and the second special figure display portion 38b are narrower than the display surface of the symbol display device 51, which will be described later. Further, the entire display range of the first special figure display portion 38a, the second special figure display portion 38b and the first special figure reservation display portion 38c is also narrower than the display surface of the symbol display device 51. Thereby, it is possible to increase the degree of attention of the player to the symbol display device 51 than the first special figure display portion 38a, the second special figure display portion 38b and the first special figure reservation display portion 38c.

When the variable display of the pattern is performed in the first special figure display portion 38a or the second special figure display portion 38b, that is, when the game round is executed, the pattern display device 51 provided in the variable display unit 37 is adjusted accordingly. A display effect is performed. In addition, in the symbol display device 51, not only the display effect triggered by the winning of the first operating unit 32, the second operating unit 33, or the special winning device 35, but also the opening and closing execution mode that shifts after the result of a big win, etc. Display effects etc. are performed inside. The pattern display device 51 is configured as a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal display, and display contents are controlled by a display control device, which will be described later. The pattern display device 51 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT or other display device having a display surface, or a dot matrix display device. may

The details of the display effect performed by the symbol display device 51 during execution of the game round will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the display contents of the symbol display device 51 when a game cycle is executed.

As shown in FIG. 5A, on the display surface of the pattern display device 51, three pattern rows Z1, Z2 and Z3, ie upper, middle and lower rows, are set as a plurality of display areas. Each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is constructed by arranging main symbols and sub-symbols in a predetermined order. In other words, when a game cycle is executed, the entire display surface of the symbol display device 51 is used to perform the variable display of symbols.

FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the main symbols and sub-symbols that are variably displayed in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. As shown in FIGS. 6(a) to 6(j), the pattern, which is one type of pattern, consists of 9 types of main patterns to which numbers "1" to "9" are respectively attached, and a shell-shaped picture pattern. It is composed of a sub pattern. More specifically, nine types of character patterns, such as an octopus, are assigned numerals "1" to "9", respectively, to form the main pattern.

As shown in FIG. 5(b), in the upper symbol row Z1, nine types of main symbols from "1" to "9" are arranged in descending numerical order, with one sub-symbol between each main symbol. are distributed one by one. In the lower pattern row Z3, 9 kinds of main symbols "1" to "9" are arranged in ascending numerical order, and one sub-symbol is arranged between each main symbol. That is, the upper symbol row Z1 and the lower symbol row Z3 are composed of 18 symbols. On the other hand, in the middle symbol row Z2, nine types of main symbols "1" to "9" are arranged in ascending order of numbers, and between the main symbol "9" and the main symbol "1" A main symbol of "4" is additionally arranged in the upper part, and one sub-symbol is arranged between each of these main symbols. In other words, only the middle pattern row Z2 is composed of 20 symbols with 10 main symbols arranged. Then, on the display surface, the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are variably displayed so as to scroll in a predetermined direction with periodicity. The symbol display device 51 is designed to stop-display three symbols for each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and as a result, a total of nine symbols of 3×3 are stopped-displayed. As shown in FIG. 5(a), the pattern display device 51 is provided with five effective lines, that is, a left line L1, a middle line L2, a right line L3, a downward-sloping line L4, and an upward-sloping line L5. there is

When the symbol display device 51 performs the variable display of the symbols based on the winning of the first operating portion 32, the second operating portion 33, or the special winning device 35, the symbols of the respective symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are periodically displayed. A variable display is started so as to scroll in a predetermined direction. Basically, the variable display is switched to the standby display in the order of upper symbol row Z1→lower symbol row Z3→middle symbol row Z2, and finally predetermined symbols are statically displayed in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. is terminated with In addition, when the fluctuation display of the symbols ends, if the result of the internal lottery is a high-accuracy jackpot result, which will be described later, the same combination of odd-numbered symbols is formed on any of the effective lines, and the result of the internal lottery is determined. In the case of a low-probability big hit result, which will be described later, a combination of the same even-numbered symbols is formed on one of the effective lines, and when the result of the internal lottery is a small hit result, which will be described later, one of the effective lines. A combination of predetermined symbols (for example, "3.4.1") is formed which is neither a combination of the same symbols nor a combination of ready-to-win symbols.

As described above, in the configuration in which the symbols are varied and displayed in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, an expected effect is set as the display effect of the symbol display device 51 when the game cycle is executed. The expected effect is a display state that makes the player think that the variable display state is likely to result in a big win, in the stage before the stop result is derived and displayed after the variable display of the symbols on the symbol display device 51 is started. Say. There are two types of expectation effects: a ready-to-win display and an advance notice display for expecting the occurrence of the ready-to-win display and the occurrence of a big win in a stage before the occurrence of the ready-to-win display.

In the ready-to-win display, the combination of the ready-to-win symbols is displayed by stopping and displaying the symbols of the same kind in the upper symbol row Z1 and the lower symbol row Z3 among the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and in that state, the remaining medium symbols are displayed. The column Z2 includes a display state in which symbols are displayed in a variable manner. In addition, in a state in which the combinations of ready-to-win patterns are displayed as described above, the patterns are displayed in the remaining pattern rows in a variable manner, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a moving image on the background screen to produce a ready-to-win effect. , the combination of the ready-to-win pattern is reduced or hidden, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a moving image on substantially the entire display surface to perform the ready-to-win effect. In game rounds that result in a big hit, symbols of the same kind as symbols forming a combination of ready-to-win symbols are stopped and displayed on the ready-to-win line in the middle symbol row Z2, and in game rounds that do not result in a big win, the ready-to-win symbols are displayed. A symbol of a different kind from the symbols forming the combination of is stopped and displayed on the reach line in the middle symbol row Z2.

In the advance notice display, after the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 start to display the symbols variably, all the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are variably displayed, or some of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are displayed. A mode is included in which characters are displayed separately from the symbols on the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a situation in which symbols are variably displayed in the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in Z3. In addition, it also includes a background screen in a predetermined mode different from the previous mode, and a pattern in the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined mode different from the previous mode. Such an advance notice display can occur in any game cycle when the reach display is performed or when the reach display is not performed. It is set to occur with probability.

When the big win result or the small win result is selected in the internal lottery executed based on the winning of the first operating part 32, the second operating part 33 or the special winning device 35, the game corresponding to the big winning result or the small winning result After the cycle ends, the opening/closing execution mode is entered. In the opening/closing execution mode, it is possible to win a prize for the special electric prize winning device 36 . As shown in FIG. 3, the special electric prize winning device 36 is provided at a position below the second operating portion 33 in the right area PA3. That is, the special electric prize winning device 36 cannot win a prize when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2, and the shooting operation device 36 makes the game ball flow down the right area PA3. 28 is operated, winning is possible.

As shown in FIG. 3, the special electric prize winning device 36 is provided with a large prize winning opening 36a formed in a size through which a game ball can pass, and in a closed state in which a game ball cannot pass through the special prize winning opening 36a. and an open state through which game balls can pass. The special electric side opening/closing member 36b is opened by being driven through a link mechanism (not shown) by the special electric drive unit 36c. The special electric prize winning device 36 has a game ball passage with a large prize winning opening 36a serving as an entrance, and a game ball flowing into the game ball passage through the large winning prize opening 36a is detected by a detection sensor (not shown). The detection sensor is electrically connected to a main control device 70 which will be described later, and the main control device 70 grasps whether or not a game ball has won a prize to the special electric prize winning device 36 based on the received signal.

The opening/closing execution mode includes a first opening/closing execution mode triggered by the result of a big win and a second opening/closing execution mode triggered by the result of a small win. The first opening/closing execution mode and the second opening/closing execution mode differ in the frequency of occurrence of prizes to the special electric prize-winning device 36 from the start of the opening/closing execution mode to the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Specifically, in the first opening/closing execution mode, the round game is executed a predetermined number of times (specifically, 16 times). The round game continues until one of the following conditions is met: that the number of times the special electric prize winning device 36 is opened and closed reaches the upper limit, or that a predetermined upper limit number of game balls wins the special electric prize winning device 36. It's about gaming. In this pachinko machine 10, the special electric prize winning device 36 is opened and closed once in one round game, and the opening duration in each round game is set to 29 seconds. Also, the upper limit number of winnings to the special electric winning device 36 in each round game is set to ten. When the shooting operation device 28 is operated by the player, the game ball shooting mechanism 27 is driven and controlled so that one game ball is shot toward the game area PA every 0.6 seconds. is set to a period longer than the product of the shooting period of game balls and the upper limit number of one round game. Therefore, it can be expected that game balls equal to or more than the upper limit number will win in the special electric prize winning device 36 in each round game.

On the other hand, in the second opening/closing execution mode, the round game is not set, the number of times of opening/closing of the special electric prize winning device 36 is the upper limit, and a predetermined upper limit number of game balls wins the special electric prize winning device 36. It is terminated based on the fulfillment of either one of these conditions. The number of times the special electric prize winning device 36 is opened and closed in the second opening and closing execution mode is set to 3 times with a predetermined interval period (for example, 1 second) interposed therebetween, and the opening continuation period in each opening time is set to 1 second. Also, the upper limit number in the second opening/closing execution mode is set to ten. When the shooting operation device 28 is operated by the player, the game ball shooting mechanism 27 is driven and controlled so that one game ball is shot toward the game area PA every 0.6 seconds. The total opening continuation period of the special electric prize winning device 36 in the opening/closing execution mode is set to a period shorter than the product of the game ball firing cycle and the upper limit number of the second opening/closing execution mode. Therefore, it cannot be expected that the special electric prize winning device 36 wins the upper limit number of game balls in the second opening/closing execution mode. However, one or two game balls can be expected to win in each opening of the special electric prize winning device 36 in the second opening/closing execution mode, and 15 game balls are expected to win when the special electric prize winning device 36 wins. is executed, the player can increase the number of balls held by the occurrence of the second opening/closing execution mode.

A front door frame 14 is provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame 13 in which the game board 24 having the above structure is attached to the resin base 21 . As shown in FIG. 1, the front door frame 14 is formed with a window portion 61 through which substantially the entire game area PA can be viewed from the front. The window portion 61 has a substantially elliptical shape, and a window panel 62 is fitted therein. The window panel 62 is made of glass in a colorless and transparent manner, but is not limited to this and may be made of a synthetic resin in a colorless and transparent manner. As long as it is visible, it may be colored and transparent.

A display light-emitting portion 63 is provided above the window portion 61 . A pair of left and right speaker units 64 are provided for outputting sound effects and the like according to the game state. An upper bulging portion 65 and a lower bulging portion 66 that bulge forward are vertically arranged below the window portion 61 . An upper plate 65a that opens upward is provided inside the upper bulging portion 65, and a lower plate 66a that similarly opens upward is provided inside the lower bulging portion 66. As shown in FIG. The upper tray 65a has a function of temporarily storing game balls paid out from a payout device 85, which will be described later, and guiding them toward the game ball launching mechanism 27 while aligning them in a line. In addition, the lower tray 66a has a function of storing surplus game balls in the upper tray 65a.

Next, the configuration of the rear side of the gaming machine main body 12 will be described.

As shown in FIG. 2, a main control device 70 is mounted on the back surface of the inner frame 13 (specifically, the game board 24) for main control of the game. The main controller 70 has a main control board 71 housed in a board box 70a. It should be noted that the substrate box 70a may be provided with a trace means for leaving a trace of its opening or provided with a trace structure for leaving a trace of its opening. As the means for traces, there is a configuration of a connecting portion that inseparably connects a plurality of case bodies constituting the board box 70a and requires destruction of a predetermined portion upon separation, and an adhesive layer that remains on the adhesion target when peeled off. A configuration is conceivable in which a sealing seal that leaves a trace of being peeled off is attached so as to straddle the boundary between a plurality of case bodies. Moreover, as the trace structure, a structure in which an adhesive is applied to the boundaries between the plurality of case bodies that constitute the board box 70a is conceivable.

A back pack unit 15 is installed so as to cover the back side of the inner frame 13 including the main controller 70 . The back pack unit 15 includes a back pack 81 made of a transparent synthetic resin, and a payout mechanism 82 and a controller assembly unit 83 are attached to the back pack 81 .

The payout mechanism part 82 includes a tank 84 to which game balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially replenished, and a payout device 85 for paying out the game balls stored in the tank 84 . The game balls paid out from the payout device 85 are discharged to the upper tray 65a or the lower tray 66a through a payout passage provided on the downstream side of the payout device 85. The payout mechanism 82 is supplied with a main power supply of, for example, 24 volts AC, and is equipped with a back pack board having a power switch for turning the power ON and OFF.

The control device assembly unit 83 includes a payout control device 86 having a function of controlling a payout device 85, and a predetermined electric power required by various control devices, etc., is generated and output, and is accompanied by the operation of the shooting operation device 28 by the player. A power supply/shooting control device 87 for controlling the launching of game balls is provided. The payout control device 86 and the power supply/launch control device 87 are arranged one on top of the other in such a manner that the payout control device 86 is behind the pachinko machine 10 .

<Electrical Configuration of Pachinko Machine 10>
FIG. 7 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG.

The main control device 70 has a main control board 71 that controls the main game. An MPU 72 is mounted on the main control board 71 . The MPU 72 includes a ROM 73 storing various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 72, and a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 73. A RAM 74, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, various counter circuits as a random number generator, and the like are incorporated. It should be noted that it is not essential that the ROM 73 and the RAM 74 are integrated into one chip for the MPU 72, and they may be individually integrated into chips. This also applies to MPUs of control devices other than the main control device 70 .

The MPU 72 is provided with an input port and an output port. An input side of the MPU 72 is connected to a power outage monitoring board 75 provided in the main controller 70, and a payout controller 86 is connected. A power supply/emission control device 87 having a function of supplying operating power is connected to the power failure monitoring board 75 , and power is supplied to the MPU 72 via the power failure monitoring board 75 .

Various sensors such as various winning detection sensors 32a, 33a, 34a, 36d, and 45 (hereinafter referred to as various winning detection sensors 32a to 45) are connected to the input side of the MPU 72. FIG. The various winning detection sensors 32a to 45 include a detection sensor 32a provided in the first operating section 32, a detection sensor 33a provided in the second operating section 33, a detection sensor 34a provided in the through winning section 34, and a special prize. A detection sensor 45 provided in the device 35 and a detection sensor 36d provided in the special electric prize winning device 36 are included. In addition, detection sensors provided in the general prize winning section 31 are included. Based on the detection results of these various winning detection sensors 32a to 45, the MPU 72 determines the winning of each winning-corresponding ball winning section. Further, in the MPU 72, various lotteries are executed based on winnings to the first operating section 32, the second operating section 33 and the special winning device 35, and another lottery is executed based on winnings to the through winning section 34. .

The output side of the MPU 72 is connected with a power failure monitoring board 75, a payout control device 86 and a sound emission control device 90. FIG. A winning ball command is output to the payout control device 86 based on the winning judgment result to the winning corresponding winning ball portion. When receiving the prize ball command, the payout control device 86 drives and controls the payout device 85 so that the number of game balls specified by the prize ball command is paid out. The sound emission control device 90 is stacked on the rear surface of the pattern display device 51 together with a display control device 100 which will be described later. Various commands such as a variation command, a type command, and an opening command are output to the sound emission control device 90 .

On the output side of the MPU 72, a special electric drive unit 36c that opens and closes the special electric side opening and closing member 36b of the special electric winning device 36, an opening and closing driving unit 47 that opens and closes the opening and closing member 43 of the special winning device 35, a special figure unit 38, and A normal figure unit 39 is connected. Incidentally, the special figure unit 38 is provided with a first special figure display section 38a, a second special figure display section 38b and a first special figure reservation display section 38c, all of which are connected to the output side of the MPU72. It is Similarly, the normal map unit 39 is provided with a normal map display unit 39a and a normal map reservation display unit 39b, all of which are connected to the output side of the MPU72. Various driver circuits are provided on the main control board 71, and the MPU 72 executes drive control of various drive units through the driver circuits.

That is, when the winning of the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 is achieved, the MPU 72 outputs a drive signal to the opening/closing drive unit 47 so that the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance state, and the return condition to the non-acceptance state is established, the output of the drive signal is stopped and the special winning device 35 is returned to the non-accepting state. Further, when the opening start condition of the special electric prize winning device 36 is established in the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 72 sends a drive signal to the special electric driving unit 36c so that the special electric prize winning device 36 is in an open state in which game balls can win. When the closing condition of the special electric prize winning device 36 is satisfied, the output of the drive signal is stopped and the special electric prize winning device 36 is placed in a closed state in which the winning of game balls is impossible. Also, in each game time and opening/closing execution mode, display control of the special figure unit 38 is executed in the MPU 72 . In addition, when specifying the lottery result as to whether or not the special winning device 35 is to be in the acceptance execution state, the MPU 72 controls the display of the universal figure unit 39 .

The blackout monitoring board 75 relays between the main control board 71 and the power supply/launch control device 87, and also monitors the maximum voltage output from the power supply/launch control device 87, which is a stable DC voltage of 24 volts. The payout control device 86 controls the payout of prize balls and rental balls by the payout device 85 based on the prize ball command input from the MPU 72 of the main control device 70 .

The power/emission control device 87 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game hall or the like. Then, based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, the main control board 71, the payout control device 86 and the like are generated with operating power required for each, and the generated operating power is supplied. Incidentally, the power supply/launch control device 87 is provided with a power supply unit for power failure such as a backup capacitor, and even if the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is in the OFF state, the power supply unit for power failure is used as the main power supply. Electric power for storage is supplied to the RAM 74 of the control device 70 and the payout control device 86 . The power/shooting control device 87 controls the shooting of the game ball shooting mechanism 27, and the game ball shooting mechanism 27 is driven when predetermined shooting conditions are met.

The audio emission control device 90 includes an audio emission control board 91 on which an MPU 92 is mounted. The MPU 92 includes a ROM 93 storing various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 92, and a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 93. A RAM 94, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, etc. are incorporated. The MPU 92 drives and controls the display light emitting section 63 and the speaker section 64 based on the command received from the main control device 70 and also transmits the command to the display control device 100 .

A display control device 100 includes a display control board 101 on which an MPU 102 is mounted. The MPU 102 includes a ROM 103 storing various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 102, and a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 103. A RAM 104, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, etc. are incorporated. The MPU 102 executes display control of the pattern display device 51 based on the command received from the sound emission control device 90 .

In addition to the MPU 102, the display control board 101 also includes a video display processor (VDP), a character ROM, a video RAM, and the like, although not shown. The VDP is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display driver incorporated in the pattern display device 51 . The VDP intervenes in the reading and writing of data in the video RAM, reads image data to be stored in the video RAM from the character ROM at a predetermined timing, and causes the pattern display device 51 to display the image data. The character ROM serves as an image data library for storing character data such as symbols displayed on the symbol display device 51 . This character ROM holds bitmap format image data of various display patterns, a color palette table to be referred to when determining the expression color of each dot of the bitmap image, and the like. The video RAM is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the pattern display device 51, and the display content of the pattern display device 51 is changed by rewriting the content of the video RAM.

In the following description, for convenience of explanation, the MPU 72, ROM 73 and RAM 74 of the main controller 70 are referred to as the main MPU 72, the main ROM 73 and the main RAM 74, and the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 is referred to as the sound and light MPU 92.

<Electrical configuration for performing various lotteries in the main MPU 72>
Next, an electrical configuration for performing various lotteries in the main MPU 72 will be described with reference to FIG.

The main side MPU 72 uses various counter information during the game to set the winning lottery, the display setting of the first special figure display unit 38a, the display setting of the second special figure display unit 38b, and the effect of the game round of the symbol display device 51. Settings, display settings of the general pattern display unit 39a, etc. Specifically, as shown in FIG. A type counter C2 to be used, a reach random number counter C3 to be used for the reach generation lottery when the performance for the game round in the pattern display device 51 is changed, and a random number initial value counter to be used for initial value setting of the win random number counter C1. CINI and a variation type counter CS used when determining the duration of game rounds are used. In addition, the general electric random number counter C4 is used for the lottery to determine whether the special winning device 35 should be put into the receiving execution state. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in the lottery counter area 111 of the main RAM 74. FIG.

Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter that adds "1" to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value. Each of the counters C1-C3, CINI, CS, C4 is updated at short time intervals. The numerical information of the hit random number counter C1, the type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the first special figure provided in the main side RAM 74 when the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35 wins. Stored in area 112 . Further, each numerical value information of the hit random number counter C1 and the type counter C2 is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure provided in the main side RAM 74 when the winning to the second operation unit 33 occurs. .

The first special figure area 112 includes a first area 113a, a second area 113b, a third area 113c and a fourth area 113d. , Each numerical value information of the hit random number counter C1, the type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 is stored in one of the areas 113a to 113d as the reserved information on the first special figure side. In this case, in the first area 113a to the fourth area 113d, when the winning to the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the first area 113a→second area 113b→third area Each numerical value information is stored chronologically in the order of the 3rd area 113c→the 4th area 113d. By providing four areas 113a to 113d in this manner, up to four winning histories of game balls to the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35 are reserved and stored. In addition, the number that can be reserved and stored in the first special figure area 112 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be another plurality such as two, three, or five or more. , may be singular. In the first special figure area 112, an execution area 114 for the first special figure is provided in addition to the first area 113a to the fourth area 113d. The execution area 114 for the first special figure stores reservation information of the target for judging whether or not the special figure is suitable or not, when the variable display of the pattern is started in the first special figure display section 38a. area. The hold information stored in the first area 113a is shifted to the execution area 114 for the first special figure when starting the variable display of the first special figure display section 38a.

In the execution area 115 for the second special figure, each of the hit random number counter C1, the type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 when the winning to the second operation unit 33 occurs in the situation where the game round can be started Numerical information is stored as the pending information on the second special figure side. Here, as already explained, the first special figure area 112 is provided with the first to fourth areas 113a to 113d, and even if it is impossible to start the game round, the first special figure side On the other hand, for the pending information on the side of the second special figure, only the execution area 115 for the second special figure is provided, and the pending information on the side of the second special figure No area is provided for holding and storing the . Thereby, it is possible to treat the presence or absence of pending storage differently between the pending information on the side of the first special figure and the pending information on the side of the second special figure.

Information corresponding to the general/universal random number counter C4 is stored in the general/universal pattern reservation area 116 provided in the main side RAM 74 when a prize to the through prize winning section 34 occurs. The general pattern reservation area 116 includes a first area 117a, a second area 117b, a third area 117c and a fourth area 117d. Information is stored in one of the areas 117a to 117d as normal map side reserved information. In this case, in the first area 117a to the fourth area 117d, when winning to the through winning section 34 occurs multiple times in succession, the first area 117a→second area 117b→third area 117c→fourth area Numerical information is stored chronologically in the order of area 117d. Since the four areas 117a to 117d are provided in this manner, up to four winning histories of game balls to the through winning section 34 are reserved and stored. In addition, the number that can be reserved and stored in the normal drawing reservation area 116 is not limited to 4 and is arbitrary, and may be another plurality such as 2, 3 or 5 or more. may be The normal map reservation area 116 is provided with an execution area 118 for the normal map. The execution area 118 for the normal map is an area in which pending information to be used for determination of propriety for guidance is stored when the variable display is started in the normal map display unit 39a. Specifically, when starting the variable display of the normal map display unit 39a, the normal map side reservation information stored in the first area 117a of the normal map reservation area 116 is shifted to the execution area 118 for the normal map. be.

Each of the above counters will be described in detail.

First, the general electric random number counter C4 will be described. The general electric random number counter C4 is configured to be incremented by 1 in order within the range of "0 to 99" and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value. The general electric random number counter C4 is periodically updated, and the value of the general electric random number counter C4 at that time is stored in the general electric random number reservation area 116 at the timing when the game ball wins the through winning section 34.例文帳に追加Then, at a predetermined timing, an acceptance determination is made as to whether or not to control the special winning device 35 to the acceptance execution state based on the stored value of the general electric random number counter C4.

Next, the winning random number counter C1 will be described. The winning random number counter C1 is configured to be incremented by "1" in sequence within the range of "0 to 399" and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value. In particular, when the winning random number counter C1 completes one cycle, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the winning random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the winning random number counter C1 (value=0 to 399). The winning random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the value of the winning random number counter C1 at that time is stored in the first special figure area 112 at the timing when the game ball wins the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35, The value of the winning random number counter C1 at that time is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure at the timing when the game ball wins the second operation part 33 in a situation where the game round can be started. Then, using the stored value of the winning random number counter C1, determination of winning or losing is performed.

The value of the random number that will be won in the judgment of success is stored in the main ROM 73 as a success/failure table. The success/failure table is provided so as to correspond to each of the reservation information on the side of the first special figure and the reservation information on the side of the second special figure. The pachinko machine 10 has a low-probability mode and a high-probability mode set as a lottery mode in the win-fail lottery means, and a win-fail table is stored corresponding to each mode. That is, the validity table includes a low probability table for the first special figure, a high probability table for the first special figure, a low probability table for the second special figure, and a high probability table for the second special figure. There are four types of success/failure tables. These right/wrong tables will be described. FIG. 9(a) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the contents of the low probability table for the first special figure, and FIG. 9(b) is for explaining the contents of the high probability table for the first special figure. 9(c) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the contents of the low certainty table for the second special figure, and FIG. 9(d) is a high certainty table for the second special figure is an explanatory diagram for explaining the contents of .

In the low certainty table for the first special figure, two values of the winning random number counter C1 that result in a big hit are set as shown in FIG. correspond to the results. When the jackpot result is selected in the success/failure determination process, after the game round corresponding to the success/failure determination process is completed, the already explained first opening/closing execution mode is executed, and the winning result is selected in the success/failure determination process. The open/close execution mode does not occur if the In addition, as shown in FIG. 9(b), 150 values of the winning random number counter C1 that result in a big win are set in the high certainty table for the first special figure, and other values of the winning random number counter C1 are set. corresponds to the outlier result. As a result, the high-probability mode is more likely to cause a big hit result than the low-probability mode, triggered by the reservation information on the first special figure side.

In the low probability table for the second special figure, as shown in FIG. 9(c), two values of the winning random number counter C1, which results in a big hit, are set in the same way as the low probability table for the first special figure. In the high probability table for the second special figure, as shown in FIG. 9(d), the value of the hit random number counter C1, which results in a big hit, is set to 150 similarly to the high probability table for the first special figure. It is In other words, the probability that the jackpot results in the low probability mode is the same in the reservation information on the side of the first special figure and the reservation information on the side of the second special figure, and the probability that the result will be a jackpot in the high probability mode is also the first special figure. The holding information on the side and the holding information on the second special figure side are the same.

In both the low probability table for the second special figure and the high probability table for the second special figure, a small winning result is set in addition to the big winning result, and the value of the winning random number counter C1 that becomes the small winning result. is 240 common in the low certainty table for the second special figure and the high certainty table for the second special figure. That is, the probability of a big win result is different between the low probability mode and the high probability mode, whereas the probability of a small win result is common between the low probability mode and the high probability mode. When a small hit result is selected in the win/loss determination process, the already explained second opening/closing execution mode is executed after the game round corresponding to the win/fail determination process ends. In addition, in the low probability table for the second special figure and the high probability table for the second special figure, the value of the hit random number counter C1 that does not correspond to either the big hit result or the small hit result is associated with the off result. It is

By setting the success/failure table as described above, when the hold information on the first special figure side is subject to the success/failure determination process, either the jackpot result or the off result is selected, When the hold information on the side of the second special figure becomes the object of the success/failure determination process, not only the big hit result and the off result but also the small hit result are selected. In this case, the probability that the small hit result is selected when the reservation information on the second special figure side is the target of the right or wrong determination process is either the low probability mode or the high probability mode. higher than the probability of being More specifically, the probability that this small winning result is selected is 1/2 or more. As a result, the shooting operation of the game ball is performed with the aim of winning a prize to the second operating portion 33, and thus a small hit result occurs with a high probability.

In addition, when the reservation information on the second special figure side is the object of the propriety determination process, if the big hit result is not obtained, the small hit result may be surely or almost certainly selected. Further, even if the reservation information on the side of the first special figure is subject to the propriety determination process, the small hit result may be selected.

The type counter C2 is configured to be incremented by "1" in sequence within the range of "0 to 29" and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value. The type counter C2 is periodically updated, and at the timing when the game ball wins the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35, the value of the type counter C2 at that time is stored in the first special figure area 112, and the game round The value of the type counter C2 at that time is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure at the timing when the game ball wins the second operation unit 33 in a situation where it is possible to start. Then, using the stored value of the type counter C2, the type determination of the jackpot result is performed.

FIG. 9(e) is an explanatory diagram for explaining a jackpot type table used when determining the type of the jackpot result for the type counter C2. In the jackpot type table, among the values of the type counter C2 of "0 to 29", "0 to 19" corresponds to the low probability jackpot result, and "20 to 29" corresponds to the high probability jackpot result. there is Both of these low-probability jackpot results and high-probability jackpot results serve as an opportunity to shift to the first opening/closing execution mode. Further, when a low-probability jackpot result is obtained, the low-probability mode is set after the end of the first opening/closing execution mode, regardless of the type of win/fail lottery mode before the start of the first opening/closing execution mode, and the high-probability jackpot result is set. In this case, after the first opening/closing execution mode ends, the high probability mode is set regardless of the type of the lottery mode before the start of the first opening/closing execution mode.

Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3, for example, is configured to be incremented by one within the range of "0" to "238" and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value. The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the value of the reach random number counter C3 at that time is stored in the first special figure area 112 at the timing when the game ball wins the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35, The value of the reach random number counter C3 at that time is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure at the timing when the game ball wins the second operation part 33 in a situation where the game round can be started. When the game round corresponding to the result of losing is executed, whether or not to execute the reach display is determined using the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored.

Next, the variation type counter CS will be described. The fluctuation type counter CS is incremented by 1 in order within the range of "0 to 198" and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value. The variation type counter CS is used when the main MPU 72 determines the duration of the game cycle.

<Regarding various processes executed by the main MPU 72>
Next, various processes executed in the main MPU 72 to advance the game will be described. The processing of the main MPU 72 can be roughly classified into main processing that is started when the power is turned on, and timer interrupt processing that is started periodically (with a cycle of 4 msec in this embodiment).

<Main processing>
First, the main processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

In the main process, first, power-on wait process is executed (step S101). In the power-on wait process, for example, the process waits until 1 sec has elapsed since the main process was started, without proceeding to the next process. Thereafter, access to the main RAM 74 is permitted (step S102), and the internal function register of the main MPU 72 is set (step S103).

After that, it is determined whether or not the RAM deletion button provided in the power supply/launch control device 87 is manually operated (step S104), and it is determined whether or not the power failure flag of the main side RAM 74 is set to "1". (step S105). Also, a checksum calculation process for calculating a checksum is executed (step S106), and it is determined whether or not the checksum matches the checksum saved at the time of power shutdown, that is, the validity of the stored data is determined (step S106). step S107).

In the pachinko machine 10, when the RAM data is initialized when the power is turned on, for example, when the game hall starts operating, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase button. Therefore, if the RAM erase button has been pressed, the process proceeds to step S108. Similarly, when the power-off occurrence information is not set, or when an abnormality in the stored data is confirmed by the checksum, the process proceeds to step S108. In step S108, the main RAM 74 is cleared as initialization of the main RAM 74. FIG. After that, the process proceeds to step S109.

On the other hand, if the RAM erase button has not been pressed, step S109 is executed without executing the processing of step S108 on the condition that the power failure flag is set to "1" and the checksum is normal. proceed to In step S109, power-on setting processing is executed. In the power-on setting process, a predetermined area of the main-side RAM 74 such as initialization of a power failure flag is set to an initial value. Also, a payout initialization command indicating that the RAM of the payout control device 86 should be initialized is transmitted to the payout control device 86 .

After that, the process proceeds to the remaining processes of steps S110 to S113. In other words, although the main MPU 72 is configured to periodically execute timer interrupt processing, there will be a residual time between one timer interrupt processing and the next timer interrupt processing. Although this remaining time varies according to the processing completion time of each timer interrupt process, the remaining process of steps S110 to S113 is repeatedly executed using such irregular time. In this regard, it can be said that the remaining processes of steps S110 to S113 are irregular processes that are executed irregularly.

In the remaining processing, interrupt prohibition is set to prohibit the occurrence of timer interrupt processing (step S110). Also, a random number initial value update process for updating the random number initial value counter CINI is executed (step S111), and a fluctuation counter update process for updating the fluctuation type counter CS is executed (step S112). In these update processes, the current numerical information is read from the corresponding counter of the main RAM 74, and after executing the process of adding 1 to the read numerical information, the process of overwriting the reading source counter is executed. In this case, each counter value is cleared to "0" when it reaches the maximum value. After that, an interrupt permission setting is performed to switch from a state in which the generation of timer interrupt processing is prohibited to a state in which it is permitted (step S113). After executing the process of step S113, the process returns to step S110, and the processes of steps S110 to S113 are repeated.

<Timer interrupt processing>
Next, timer interrupt processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. The timer interrupt process is repeatedly started at a period of 4 msec.

First, power failure information storage processing is executed (step S201). In the power failure information storage process, it is monitored whether or not a power failure signal corresponding to the occurrence of power failure is received from the power failure monitor board 75, and when the occurrence of power failure is specified, the power failure process is executed.

After that, random number update processing for lottery is executed (step S202). In the lottery random number update process, the winning random number counter C1, the type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the general electric random number counter C4 are updated. Specifically, the current numerical information is sequentially read from the hit random number counter C1, the type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the general electric random number counter C4, and after executing the process of adding 1 to each of the read numerical information, read Perform an operation that overwrites the original counter. In this case, each counter value is cleared to "0" when it reaches the maximum value.

After that, as in step S111, random number initial value update processing is executed (step S203), and as in step S112, variation counter update processing is executed (step S204). After that, game stop determination processing is executed (step S205). In the game stop determination process, it is monitored whether or not the progress of the game should be stopped, and if the situation is such that the progress of the game should be stopped, execution of the process for progressing the game is stopped. After that, on the condition that the progress of the game is not stopped (step S206: NO), the processes after step S207 are executed.

In step S207, port output processing is executed. In port output processing, if output information has been set in the previous timer interrupt processing, output corresponding to the output information is executed.

After that, read processing is executed (step S208). In the reading process, signals other than the power failure signal and the winning signal are read, and the read information is stored for use in future processing.

After that, winning detection processing is executed (step S209). In the winning detection process, signals received from the various winning detection sensors 32a to 45 are read, and the general winning section 31, the first operating section 32, the second operating section 33, the through winning section 34, the special winning device 35 and A process of specifying whether or not there is a prize to the special electric prize winning device 36 is executed.

After that, a timer update process is executed to collectively update the numerical information of a plurality of types of timer counters provided in the main RAM 74 (step S210). In this case, the timer counters that are updated by subtracting the stored numerical information are collectively handled. may be configured.

Thereafter, a fraud detection process is executed to monitor whether or not a predetermined event set as a monitoring target for fraud has occurred (step S211). In the fraud detection process, the occurrence of a plurality of types of events is monitored, and by confirming that a predetermined event has occurred, setting for game stop is performed in the above step S205 in the next timer interrupt process, An affirmative determination is made in step S206.

After that, a launch control process for controlling the launch of game balls is executed (step S212). In a situation where the shooting operation is continued with respect to the shooting operation device 28, one game ball is shot every 0.6 seconds so as to have a predetermined shooting cycle, as already explained.

After that, as input state monitoring processing, based on the information read in the reading processing of step S208, disconnection confirmation of each prize detection sensor 32a to 45 and opening confirmation of the game machine main body 12 and the front door frame 14 are performed (step S213).

After that, a special figure special electric control process for performing execution control of the game round in the first special figure display unit 38a, execution control of the game round in the second special figure display unit 38b, and execution control of the opening and closing execution mode is executed ( step S214). In addition, it executes a normal map general electric control process for performing execution control of the display continuation time in the general map display unit 39a and execution control of the acceptance execution state of the special winning prize device 35 (step S215).

After that, based on the processing result of step S214 to step S215 immediately before, the setting of the output information for reflecting the increase or decrease number of the reservation information on the first special figure side to the first special figure reservation display unit 38c, and the general figure side Output information is set to reflect the increase/decrease number of the reservation information in the normal drawing reservation display section 39b (step S216). In addition, based on the processing result of step S214 to step S215 just before, setting the output information for updating the display content of the first special figure display unit 38a, in order to update the display content of the second special figure display unit 38b and setting of output information for updating the display contents of the normal map display unit 39a (step S216).

After that, the content of the command and signal received from the payout control device 86 is confirmed, and payout state reception processing for performing processing corresponding to the confirmation result is executed (step S217). Also, a payout output process for setting the prize ball command as an output target is executed (step S218). Also, an external information setting process is executed for controlling the start and end of the output of the external signal according to the processing results of the various processes executed in the current timer interrupt process (step S219). When an affirmative determination is made in step S206, or after the processing of steps S207 to S219 is executed, this timer interrupt processing ends.

<Special special train control processing>
Next, the special figure special electric control processing executed in step S214 of the timer interrupt processing (FIG. 11) will be described in detail with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

In the special figure special train control process, the acquisition process of the pending information is executed first (step S301). FIG. 13 is a flow chart showing the process of acquiring hold information. When the winning to the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35 has occurred (step S401: YES), the first On the condition that the number of reserved information on the special figure side is less than 4 which is the upper limit number (step S402: NO), the storage process to the first special figure area 112 is executed (step S403). In the storage process, the numerical information of the hit random number counter C1, the type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in the first area 113a to the fourth area 113d of the first special figure area 113 as the reserved information on the first special figure side. Stored in the area on the side of the early digestion order among the areas in which the reservation information on the special figure side is not stored. In addition, when the reservation information on the first special figure side is acquired, the display contents of the first special figure reservation display section 38c are updated according to the fact that the number of the reservation information on the first special figure side has increased this time. Make data settings to Also, when the hold information on the first special figure side is acquired, the hold increase command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92 . As a result, the image for notifying the reserved storage number of the reserved information on the side of the first special figure in the symbol display device 51 is updated corresponding to the new acquisition of the reserved information on the side of the first special figure.

When a negative determination is made in step S401, when an affirmative determination is made in step S402, or when the process of step S403 is executed, it is determined whether or not the second operation unit 33 has won a prize (step S404). If an affirmative determination is made in step S404, on the condition that neither the game round nor the opening/closing execution mode is currently being executed (step S405: YES), to the execution area 115 for the second special figure is executed (step S406). In the storage process, each numerical value information of the hit random number counter C1, the type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure as the hold information on the second special figure side. In other words, the hold information on the second special figure side is the game round triggered by the hold information on the first special figure side, the game round triggered by the hold information on the second special figure side, and the opening and closing execution mode Obtained only in situations where it is not And, as will be described in detail later, regarding the execution of the success/failure determination process, in other words, regarding the execution of the game round, the hold information on the second special figure side is prioritized as an execution opportunity over the hold information on the first special figure side , When the hold information on the second special figure side is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure, the right or wrong determination processing triggered by the hold information on the second special figure side is immediately executed, and the second A game round triggered by the hold information on the 2 special figure side is started. In addition, the second special figure reservation display unit for notifying the number of stored reservation information on the second special figure side is not provided, and the second special figure side reservation information in the design display device 51 No image is displayed to notify the number of reserved memories.

Returning to the description of the special figure special electric control process (FIG. 14), after executing the pending information acquisition process in step S301, the special figure special electric address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read out (step S302). In the special figure special electric address table, the start address of the program for executing the processing corresponding to the numerical information of the special figure special electric counter is set. The special figure special electric counter is a counter for specifying the processing contents to be executed in the special figure special electric control process by the main side MPU 72 .

The special special electric counter can take a value of "0" to "6", and each value of "0" to "6" corresponds to the start address SA0 to SA6 of each process (step S305 to step S311). ing. Specifically, when the value of the special figure special electric counter is "0", the special figure fluctuation start process (step S305), which is a process for starting the effect for the game round, is executed, and the special figure special electric When the value of the counter is "1", the special figure fluctuating process (step S306), which is the process for advancing the effect for the game cycle, is executed, and the value of the special figure special electric counter is "2". In some cases, special figure determination processing (step S307), which is processing for ending the effect for the game round, is executed, and when the value of the special figure special electric counter is "3", the opening and closing execution mode A special electric start process (step S308), which is a process for controlling the opening, is executed, and when the value of the special special electric counter is "4", the special electric winning device 36 is opened. The processing during special electric opening (step S309) is executed, and when the value of the special electric electric counter is "5", the special electric closing which is the processing for controlling the closed state of the special electric winning device 36 If the middle process (step S310) is to be executed and the value of the special special electric counter is "6", it is a process for controlling the ending of the opening and closing execution mode and the transition of the game state at the end of the opening and closing execution mode. Special electric end processing (step S311) is executed.

In the special special electric control process, after reading the special special electric address table (step S302), the start address corresponding to the information of the special special electric counter is acquired from the special special electric address table (step S303), and the acquired Jump to the process indicated by the start address (step S304). Each process of steps S305 to S311 will be individually described below.

<Special figure fluctuation start processing>
First, the special figure fluctuation start processing of step S305 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

In the special figure fluctuation start process, on the condition that the hold information on the side of the first special figure or the hold information on the side of the second special figure is stored (step S501: YES), the data setting process is executed (step S502). . In the data setting process, if the pending information on the side of the second special figure is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure, the holding information on the side of the second special figure is stored in the first special figure area 112. Regardless of whether the hold information on the first special figure side acquired in is acquired, the hold information on the second special figure side stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure is set as the execution target do. As a result, it is possible to prioritize the hold information on the second special figure side over the hold information on the first special figure side as an execution opportunity for the success/failure determination process, and it is possible to give priority as an execution opportunity for the game round. Become. In addition, the reservation information on the side of the second special figure stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure is erased when the game cycle triggered by the reservation information on the side of the second special figure ends.

On the other hand, in the data setting process, if the pending information on the second special figure side is not stored in the second special figure execution area 115, the data stored in the first area 113a of the first special figure area 112 Move to the execution area 114 for the first special figure. Thereafter, a process of shifting the data stored in the storage area of the first special figure area 112 is executed. This data shift process is a process for sequentially shifting the data stored in the first to fourth areas 113a to 113d to the lower area side. Data in each area is shifted in the order of first area 113a, third area 113c→second area 113b, fourth area 113d→third area 113c. Further, in the data setting process, data setting is performed so that the display contents of the first special figure reservation display section 38c are updated in accordance with the fact that the number of pieces of reservation information on the first special figure side has decreased this time. Also, in the data setting process, a hold decrease command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 . As a result, the image for notifying the number of reserved storage of the reserved information on the side of the first special figure in the design display device 51 is updated corresponding to the decrease of the reserved information on the side of the special figure.

After executing the data setting process, the propriety determination process is executed (step S503). In the success/failure determination process, a success/failure table (FIGS. 9(a) to 9(d)) corresponding to the combination of the type of pending information selected as the execution target of the success/failure determination process in the data setting process and the current success/failure lottery mode is read from the main ROM 73 . Numerical information about the winning random number counter C1 in the pending information that is the object of the current success/failure determination process is checked against the read success/failure table.

When the result of the success/failure determination process is a jackpot result (step S504: YES), the type determination process at the time of the jackpot is executed (step S505). In the type determination process at the time of the jackpot, the jackpot type table shown in FIG. Further, when the hold information on the side of the first special figure is the trigger for the game round this time, the numerical information about the type counter C2 stored in the execution area 114 for the first special figure is read, and the second special figure is read out. When the holding information on the side is the trigger for the game round this time, the numerical information about the type counter C2 stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure is read. Then, it is determined whether the numerical information about the read type counter C2 corresponds to the numerical range of which kind of jackpot results, out of the low-probability jackpot results and the high-probability jackpot results set in the jackpot type table. do.

After executing the type determination process at the time of the big win, "1" is set to the flag of the main side RAM 74 corresponding to the type of the big win result specified in the type determination process (step S506). Specifically, if it corresponds to the low-probability jackpot result, set the low-probability jackpot flag to "1", and if it corresponds to the high-probability jackpot result, set the high-probability jackpot flag to "1". set. The state in which either the low-probability jackpot flag or the high-probability jackpot flag is set to "1" is cleared to "0" when the game state transition processing is executed when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

After that, a stop result setting process for the jackpot result is executed (step S507). Specifically, information on the stop mode of the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed in the current game round on the side of the first special figure display unit 38a and the second special figure display unit 38b that is the execution target of the game round is specified from the stop result table for jackpot results stored in advance in the main ROM 73 , and the specified information is stored in the main RAM 74 . In the stop result table for the jackpot results, the types of stop modes of the symbols stopped and displayed in the first special figure display section 38a or the second special figure display section 38b are set differently for each type of jackpot result. In step S507, the main side RAM 74 stores information on the pattern stop mode corresponding to the type of the jackpot result specified in step S505. The pattern stop mode may be set in a one-to-one correspondence with each jackpot result, or a plurality of types of pattern stop modes may be set for at least some of the jackpot results. Any method can be used to select a stop result for a jackpot result in which a plurality of types of pattern stop modes are set. For example, the stop result may be selected according to the value of the type counter C2.

If the result of the success/failure determination process is not a big hit result (step S504: NO), it is determined whether or not the result of the success/failure determination process is a small hit result (step S508). In this pachinko machine 10, as already explained, when the hold information on the first special figure side is the object of the success/failure determination process, the small hit result is not selected, and the hold information on the second special figure side is not accepted. A small hit result can be selected when it becomes the object of determination processing. If the result of the success/failure determination process is a small hit result (step S508: YES), the small hit flag provided in the main side RAM 74 is set to "1" (step S509). Then, a stop result setting process for the small winning result is executed (step S510). Concretely, it reads from the main side ROM 73 and stores in the main side RAM 74 the information on the stop mode of the pattern for the small hit result that is finally stopped and displayed on the second special figure display portion 38b in the current game round. The information on the pattern stop mode selected in this case is different from the information on the pattern mode selected in the case of the jackpot result. It should be noted that one type of pattern stop mode may be set for the small win result, or a plurality of types of pattern stop modes may be set for the small win result.

If the result of the success/failure determination process is neither the big hit result nor the small hit result (step S504 and step S508: NO), the stop result setting process for the out result is executed (step S511). Specifically, out of the first special figure display portion 38a and the second special figure display portion 38b, the side that is the execution target of the game round is finally stopped and displayed in this game round. Information on the stop mode is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74 . In this case, the information on the pattern mode selected in this case is different from the information on the pattern mode selected in the case of the big win result and the information on the pattern mode selected in the case of the small win result.

After executing one of the stop result setting processes, a process for specifying the duration of the game cycle is executed (step S512). In the specific process, if the hold information that triggered the start of the current game round is the hold information on the side of the first special figure, it is first determined whether or not the current game round corresponds to the occurrence of the ready-to-win effect. . Specifically, when the current game cycle corresponds to the big win result, it is determined that the ready-to-win effect is generated. Also, even if the game round this time does not correspond to the jackpot result, the numerical information of the reach random number counter C3 in the hold information on the first special figure side that is the target of starting the game round this time is reached. If the numerical information corresponds to , it is determined that the ready-to-win effect is generated. When it is determined that the ready-to-win effect will occur, the variable display period table for the ready-to-win effect is read from the main ROM 73, and the current numerical information of the variable type counter CS is collated against the read variable display period table to display the variable display. A period is determined, and information on the determined variable display period is set in a timer counter provided in the main side RAM 74 . In addition, when it is determined that the ready-to-win effect does not occur, the variable display period table for non-reach to occur is read from the main ROM 73, and the current numerical information of the fluctuation type counter CS and the current numerical information for the read-out variable display period table are displayed. A variable display period is determined by collating the combination of the number of reserved information on the first special figure side, and information on the determined variable display period is set in a timer counter provided in the main side RAM74. When the variable display period table for reach generation is referred to, the variable display period corresponding to the value of the variable type counter CS is selected regardless of the number of pending information on the first special figure side, whereas the non-reach When the variable period table for occurrence is referred to, a shorter variable display period is selected as the number of pending information on the first special figure side increases. The numerical information set in the timer counter is updated in the timer update process of step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11). By the way, the variable display period that can be selected when the hold information on the side of the first special figure is the start opportunity of the game round is 1 second to 180 seconds.

In the specific processing of the duration of the game round, if the hold information that triggered the start of the game round this time is the hold information on the second special figure side, the current lottery mode is the high probability mode and the low probability mode. Determine which one. If the success or failure lottery mode is a high probability mode, as in the case of the reservation information on the first special figure side, the variable display period for reach occurrence depending on whether or not the game round this time corresponds to the occurrence of reach production Select either the table or the variable display period table for reach non-occurrence. If a ready-to-win effect occurs, the variable display period is determined by collating the current numerical information of the variable type counter CS against the variable display period table for ready-to-win generation, and the information on the determined variable display period is sent to the main side. A timer counter provided in the RAM 74 is set. If the ready-to-win effect does not occur, the variable display period is determined by collating the current numerical information of the variable type counter CS against the variable display period table for non-reach generation, and the information of the determined variable display period is used as the main information. A timer counter provided in the side RAM 74 is set. By the way, in the case of high probability mode, the variable display period that can be selected when the hold information on the second special figure side is the start of the game cycle is 1 second to 60 seconds. In this case, the longest variable display period that can be selected is shorter than the longest variable display period that can be selected when the pending information on the first special figure side is triggered, and the average variable display period is also the first. It is shorter than the average variable display period that can be selected when the pending information on the 1 special figure side is triggered.

On the other hand, if the success/fail lottery mode is the low-probability mode, the value and variation of the reach random number counter C3 are determined regardless of whether the game result of the current game round is a big win result, a small win result, or a losing result. A variable display period of 1200 seconds is selected regardless of the value of the type counter CS. This variable display period is longer than the longest variable display period that can be selected when the pending information on the first special figure side is triggered, and in the high probability mode, the pending information on the second special figure side is triggered. longer than the longest variable display period that can be selected if In this way, by extremely lengthening the variable display period of the game cycle triggered by the hold information on the second special figure side in the low probability mode, the entry of the game ball to the second operation unit 33 in the low probability mode When a game is played aiming at it, it is possible to make the digestion efficiency of the game cycle extremely bad. As already described, the second operating portion 33 is not provided with an opening/closing member for preventing entry of a game ball. On the other hand, when the reservation information on the second special figure side is the target of the right or wrong determination process, not only the jackpot result can be selected, but also the small hit result is selected with a high probability, and the small hit result is selected. In this case, the number of balls possessed by the player increases based on the entry of the game ball into the special electric prize winning device 36 due to the occurrence of the second opening/closing execution mode. In this case, in the low-probability mode, when the game is played aiming at the entry of the game ball into the second operating unit 33 as described above, the efficiency of digestion of the game rounds is extremely deteriorated. Aims to enter the game ball to the first operating unit 32 instead of aiming for the entering ball of the game ball to the second operating unit 33, and with the holding information on the side of the first special figure as a trigger, the result of a high-quality jackpot Then, after the high probability mode, it is possible to play a game aiming at the entry of the game ball into the second operation part 33.例文帳に追加

As a method for dissuading the player from aiming for the game ball to enter the second operating section 33 in the low probability mode, in addition to or instead of the configuration for selecting the variable display period, for example, a low probability In the mode, when the shooting operation is performed so that the game ball flows down the right side area PA3, the corresponding notification may be made. Specifically, when a game ball enters the second operation unit 33 in the low probability mode, at least one of the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64 is used to A notification is made to enable the player to recognize that the shooting of game balls toward PA3 is stopped. This configuration also makes it possible to discourage the player from aiming for the game ball to enter the second operating section 33 in the low probability mode.

By the way, as an effect for the game round, the fluctuation display of the pattern in the first special figure display section 38a or the second special figure display section 38b and the fluctuation display of the pattern in the pattern display device 51 are performed. When the game is terminated, the state in which the stop result of the game round is displayed is displayed as the final stop over the final stop period. In this case, the variable display period information read in step S512 is a period obtained by subtracting the final stop period from the continuation period of the game cycle. In other words, the duration of the game cycle is the sum of the variable display period and the final stop period.

After that, it selects from the main ROM 73 a variation command and a type command corresponding to the result of the suitability determination process and the type determination process of this time and the process result of step S512 (step S513). Then, the selected variation command and type command are transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 (step S514). The sound and light side MPU 92 executes control for causing the game round effect corresponding to the received variation command and type command to be executed by the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64. .

After that, the variable display of the pattern on the side of the first special figure display portion 38a and the second special figure display portion 38b which is the execution target of the game round of this time is started (step S515). 1st special figure display section 38a and 2nd special figure display section 38a and 2nd special figure display section 38a and 2nd special figure display section 38a and 2nd special figure display section 38b A variation display table for special figures that is common to 38b is stored in the main ROM 73 in advance. When the variation display of the pattern is executed in the first special figure display unit 38a or the second special figure display unit 38b, the same variation display table is used regardless of the result of the success or failure determination process and the result of the type determination process be. When the variation display of the pattern is performed in the first special figure display section 38a or the second special figure display section 38b, the variation display of the pattern is repeated according to a predetermined pattern, but the variation display table for the special figure Control data for one cycle in the variable display of the pattern according to the predetermined pattern is set. Therefore, when the variation display of the pattern is performed in the first special figure display section 38a or the second special figure display section 38b, the variation display table for the special figure is displayed until the continuation period of the game round determined in step S512 passes. It will be used repeatedly.

After that, 1 is added to the value of the special figure special electric counter (step S516). Since the value of the special figure special electric counter when the special figure fluctuation start processing is executed is "0", the value of the special figure special electric counter is " 1”.

<Process during special figure fluctuation>
Next, the processing during special figure fluctuation of step S306 in the special figure special electric control processing (FIG. 12) will be described.

In the special figure fluctuation processing, it is determined whether or not it is the timing before the final stop display during the game round, and if it is before the final stop display, the special figure display units 38a and 38b that are the control targets of this time A process for regularly changing the display mode of the pattern is executed. This regular change continues until the timing for starting the final stop display. Also, this regular change is performed in a fixed manner regardless of whether a winning result is obtained and whether a ready-to-win indication occurs.

When it is time to display the final stop, in order to display the final stop result of the current game round on the pattern display device 51, a final stop command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92, and the current control object is displayed. The display mode of the pattern in the special figure display portions 38a and 38b is set to the display mode corresponding to the game result of the current game round. Also, the information of the final stop period (0.5 sec) of the game round is read from the main side ROM 73 and set in the timer counter. And, by adding 1 to the value of the special figure special electric counter, the value of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the special figure fluctuation process to the one corresponding to the special figure determination process (step S307).

<Processing during special figure confirmation>
Next, the process during special figure determination of step S307 in the special figure special electric control process (FIG. 12) is demonstrated.

In the process during special figure confirmation, if the final stop period of this game round has not passed, this special figure confirmation process is terminated as it is, and if the final stop period of this game round has passed, If the result of the success/failure judgment that triggered this game round is a wrong result, after clearing the value of the special figure special electric counter to "0", this special figure confirmation processing is ended, and this game round is triggered If the result of the success/failure determination is a big hit result or a small hit result, a process for switching to the opening/closing execution mode is executed.

In the processing for switching to the opening/closing execution mode, the information of the opening period (for example, 4 sec) pre-stored in the main ROM 73 is read, and the information of the opening period is set in the timer counter. Incidentally, the opening period is constant regardless of the type of game result that triggered the transition to the opening/closing execution mode. Also, it transmits an opening command to the sound and light side MPU 92 . The opening command is a command for making the sound/light side MPU 92 recognize that it is time to start the presentation for the opening/closing execution mode. The opening command also includes information indicating whether the game result that triggered the opening/closing execution mode is one of various big win results and small win results. Therefore, the sound/light side MPU 92 can execute the effect of the opening/closing execution mode in a manner corresponding to the game result that triggered the opening/closing execution mode. Furthermore, by adding 1 to the special special electric counter, the value of the counter is updated to correspond to the special electric start processing (step S308).

<Special electric start processing>
Next, the special electric power start processing of step S308 in the special electric power control processing (FIG. 12) will be described.

In the special electric start processing, it is determined whether or not the opening period in the opening and closing execution mode of this time has passed, and if it has passed, the opening and closing execution mode of this time is the first opening and closing execution mode triggered by the jackpot result. For example, "16" is set to the round counter provided in the main side RAM 74 as the information of the number of round games. In addition, "10" is set as the upper limit number information in the prize winning counter provided in the main RAM 74, and information corresponding to 29 seconds is set in the timer counter as the open duration information. On the other hand, if the current opening/closing execution mode is the second opening/closing execution mode triggered by the result of the small win, "3" is set to the opening/closing number counter provided in the main side RAM 74 as the information of the opening/closing number of times of the special electric prize winning device 36. . In addition, "10" is set as the upper limit number information in the win counter provided in the main RAM 74, and information corresponding to 1 second is set in the timer counter as the open duration information. After performing these various settings, the special electric prize winning device 36 is put into an open state. Also, it transmits an open command to the sound and light side MPU 92 . By receiving the opening command, the sound and light side MPU 92 executes control for switching the effect in the opening/closing execution mode accordingly. After opening the special electric prize winning device 36, the special electric electric counter is incremented by 1 to update the value of the counter to correspond to the special electric electric open processing (step S309).

<Processing during opening of the special train>
Next, the processing during the special electric transmission opening of step S309 in the special electric electric control processing (FIG. 12) will be described.

In the special electric open process, it is determined whether or not the end condition of one round game is established in the first open/close execution mode, and if the end condition is established, the special electric prize winning device 36 is closed. At the same time, a closing command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 . Also, it determines whether the value of the round counter after subtracting 1 is "0", and if it is not "0", the timer counter corresponds to the closing period (specifically, 1 second). set the information to On the other hand, in the second opening/closing execution mode, it is determined whether or not one open duration period has elapsed, and whether or not the upper limit number of game balls have entered the special electric winning device 36, and any condition is satisfied. When established, the special electric prize winning device 36 is put into a closed state, and a closing command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 . In addition, when the opening continuation period has passed, whether or not the value of the open/close number counter after subtracting 1 is "0", and if there is a prize to the special electric prize winning device 36, the number of prizes won Determine whether or not the value of the winning counter after subtraction is "0", and if neither is "0", the timer counter corresponds to the closing period (specifically, 1 second) set the information to After performing these various settings, by adding 1 to the special special electric counter, the value of the counter is updated to correspond to the special electric closing process (step S310).

<Treatment during special train closure>
Next, the processing during special electric closing of step S310 in special figure special electric control processing (FIG. 12) is demonstrated.

In the special electric closing process, it is determined whether or not conditions for terminating the current opening/closing execution mode are satisfied. Specifically, in the first opening/closing execution mode, it is determined whether or not the round counter is "0". Determine whether or not there is If the end condition of the opening/closing execution mode is not established, the special electric prize winning device 36 is opened on the condition that the closing period has elapsed, and if the first opening/closing execution mode is selected, the winning counter is reached. The upper limit number is set and the duration of opening the timer counter is set. If the second open/close execution mode is selected, the duration of opening the timer counter is set. Also, it transmits an open command to the sound and light side MPU 92 . After that, by subtracting 1 from the special special electric counter, the value of the counter is updated to correspond to the special electric open processing (step S309).

On the other hand, if the conditions for ending the current open/close execution mode are satisfied, an ending command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 . The ending command is a command for making the sound and light side MPU 92 recognize that it is time to start the ending effect. The ending command also includes information indicating whether the game result that triggered the opening/closing execution mode is one of various big win results and small win results. Therefore, the sound/light side MPU 92 can execute the ending effect in a manner corresponding to the game result that triggered the opening/closing execution mode. Also, the information of the ending period (for example, 6 sec) pre-stored in the main ROM 73 is read, and the information of the ending period is set in the timer counter. Incidentally, the ending time is constant regardless of the type of game result that triggers the transition to the opening/closing execution mode. After that, by adding 1 to the special special electric counter, the value of the counter is updated to correspond to the special electric end processing (step S311).

<Special call end processing>
Next, the special electric end processing of step S311 in the special electric electric control processing (FIG. 12) will be described.

In the special electric end processing, it is determined whether or not the ending period has passed, and if the ending period has passed, the contents of the success or failure lottery mode after the opening/closing execution mode are used as a trigger to shift to the opening/closing execution mode this time. The content corresponding to the type of the jackpot result is set, and the special special electric counter is cleared to "0". It should be noted that if the opportunity to shift to the opening/closing execution mode this time is a small winning result, the winning/failing lottery mode before the start of the opening/closing execution mode is maintained as the winning/failing lottery mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. to

<Public power control processing>
Next, it demonstrates in detail, referring the flowchart of FIG. 15, about the normal figure normal electric control process performed in step S215 of timer interrupt processing (FIG. 11).

When a prize to the through prize winning section 34 has occurred (step S601: YES), the number of general pattern side reservation information stored in the first area 117a to the fourth area 117d of the general pattern reservation area 116 is the upper limit number On the condition that it is less than four (step S602: NO), the storing process to the general pattern reservation area 116 is executed (step S603). In the storage process, the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C4 is used as the general map side reserved information, and the general map side reserved information in the first area 117a to the fourth area 117d of the general map reservation area 116 is not stored. Store in the area with the earliest digestion order. In addition, when the general map side reserved information is acquired, the data setting is performed so that the display contents of the general map reserved display unit 39b are updated in accordance with the increase in the number of the general map side reserved information this time. conduct.

When the negative determination is made in step S601, when the affirmative determination is made in step S602, or when the process of step S603 is executed, the general/universal/universal electrical address table stored in the main side ROM 73 is read (step S604). . In the general/universal electrical address table, the start address of the program for executing the processing corresponding to the numerical information of the general/universal electrical counter is set. The general electric power counter is a counter for specifying the processing contents to be executed in the general electric power control process by the main side MPU 72 .

The general/universal electric counter can take a value of "0" to "3", and each value of "0" to "3" corresponds to the start address NA0 to NA3 of each process (step S607 to step S610). ing. Specifically, when the value of the general pattern general electric counter is "0", the general pattern fluctuation start process (step S607), which is a process for starting the display continuation round in the general pattern display unit 39a, is executed. Then, when the value of the normal map general electric counter is "1", the normal map fluctuation process (step S608), which is a process for advancing the display continuation time in the general map display unit 39a, is executed. When the value of the figure general electricity counter is "2", the general figure confirmation process (step S609), which is a process for ending the display continuation time in the general figure display unit 39a, is executed. When the value of the counter is "3", the processing during the general electricity opening (step S610), which is the processing for controlling the acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35, is to be executed.

In the general map general electric control process, after reading the general general electric address table (step S604), the start address corresponding to the information of the general general electric counter is obtained from the general general electric address table (step S605). , jumps to the process indicated by the acquired start address (step S606). Each process of steps S607 to S610 will be individually described below.

<Normal map fluctuation start process>
First, the general pattern fluctuation start processing of step S607 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

In the general pattern fluctuation start process, on condition that the general pattern side reservation information is stored (step S701: YES), data setting processing is executed (step S702). In the data setting process, the data stored in the first area 117a of the normal map reservation area 116 is moved to the normal map execution area 118. FIG. After that, the process of shifting the data stored in the storage area of the general pattern reservation area 116 is executed. This data shift process is a process for sequentially shifting the data stored in the first to fourth areas 117a to 117d to the lower area side. Data in each area is shifted in the order of first area 117a, third area 117c→second area 117b, fourth area 117d→third area 117c. In addition, in the data setting process, data setting is performed so that the display contents of the normal pattern reserved display section 39b are updated in accordance with the decrease in the number of the normal pattern side reserved information this time.

After executing the data setting process, the acceptance determination process is executed (step S703). In the acceptance determination process, the acceptance determination table is read from the main ROM 73, and the general electric random number counter C4 in the general map side reservation information that is the target of the current acceptance determination process is read with respect to the read acceptance determination table. Collate numeric information. In this case, as already explained, there is a probability of 98% that the winning result will be accepted.

If the result of the acceptance determination process is the acceptance winning result (step S704: YES), the stop result setting process for the acceptance winning result is executed (step S705). Specifically, it reads from the main-side ROM 73 and stores in the main-side RAM 74 information on the stop mode of the pattern for the acceptance winning result that is finally stopped and displayed in the current display continuation time on the normal pattern display section 39a. One type of pattern stop mode may be set for the acceptance winning result, or a plurality of types of pattern stop modes may be set for the acceptance winning result.

If the result of the acceptance determination process is not the acceptance winning result (step S704: NO), the stop result setting process for the losing result is executed (step S706). Concretely, it reads from the main ROM 73 and stores in the main RAM 74 the information on the pattern stop mode for the outlier result that is finally stopped and displayed on the normal map display section 39a in the current display continuation time. The information on the form of the pattern selected in this case is different from the information on the form of the pattern selected in the case of the acceptance winning result.

After executing one of the stop result setting processes, specific processing of the normal pattern fluctuation period is executed (step S707). After that, the variable display of the pattern in the general pattern display section 39a is started (step S708). As a table to be referred to by the main side MPU 72 when performing variable display of patterns in the normal pattern display unit 39a, a variable display table for normal patterns is stored in the main ROM 73 in advance. When the variable display of patterns is executed in the normal pattern display section 39a, the same variable display table is used regardless of the result of the acceptance determination process. When the variable display of patterns is performed in the normal pattern display section 39a, the variable display of patterns according to a predetermined pattern is repeated. Control data for one round is set. Therefore, when the variation display of the pattern is performed in the normal pattern display section 39a, the variation display table for the normal pattern is repeatedly used until immediately before the final display is performed. After that, 1 is added to the value of the general/universal/universal electric counter (step S709). As a result, the value of the normal map normal counter becomes "1" corresponding to the normal map fluctuation process (step S608).

FIG. 17 is a flow chart showing processing for identifying the normal pattern fluctuation period in step S707. First, it is determined whether or not the number of general map side reservation information stored in the first area 117a to the fourth area 117d of the general map reservation area 116 is equal to or greater than the reference number (step S801). Specifically, the reference number is two.

If a negative determination is made in step S801, lottery processing for period selection is executed (step S802). In the lottery process, numerical information is acquired from a random number counter that is periodically updated (for example, every 4 milliseconds) in the main RAM 74, and the acquired numerical information is stored in a period selection table stored in advance in the main ROM 73. match against. The period selection table is set so that the selection winning result has a probability of 1/500.

If the result of the lottery process for selecting the period is not the result of selection but the result of losing (step S803: NO), the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S804). As already explained, the first display duration is 0.45 seconds. If the result of the lottery process for period selection is a selection winning result (step S803: YES), the second display duration is selected as the display duration of the current display duration (step S805). As already explained, the second display duration is 10.4 seconds. In other words, when the number of normal map side reserved information is less than the reference number, the first display duration is selected unless the selection winning result is obtained in the period selection lottery process, and in the period selection lottery process The second display continuation period is selected when a selection winning result is obtained. And since the probability of this selection winning result is 1/500, the probability of a big hit result in the low probability mode triggered by the reservation information on the first special figure side or the reservation information on the second special figure side (specifically is lower than 1/200). However, it is not limited to this, and the probability of the selected winning result is set to 1/100, etc., so that the probability of the selected winning result is the first special figure side reservation information or the second With the reservation information on the special figure side as a trigger, it may be configured to have a higher probability than the probability (specifically 1/200) of the jackpot result in the low probability mode, and the probability of the selected winning result is set to 1/200. As a result, the probability of the selected winning result is the probability of a jackpot result in the low probability mode triggered by the reservation information on the first special diagram side or the reservation information on the second special diagram side (specifically 1 /200).

On the other hand, when the number of the general map side reserved information is equal to or greater than the reference number, an affirmative determination is made in step S801, and the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S806). . That is, when the number of normal-map-side reserved information is equal to or greater than the reference number, the third display continuation period is reliably selected without executing the lottery process. As already explained, the third display duration is 1 second.

When one of the processes of steps S804 to S806 is executed, the information of the display duration selected in one of steps S804 to S806 is set in the normal side timer counter of the main side RAM 74 (step S807). The update of the numerical value information set in the normal map side timer counter is executed in the timer update process of step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11).

<Normal map fluctuation process>
Next, the processing during the normal pattern fluctuation of step S608 in the normal pattern general electric control process (FIG. 15) will be described.

In normal figure fluctuation processing, it is determined whether or not the timing is during display continuation and before final display. Specifically, when the value of the normal-side timer counter that measures the display duration of the current display duration is 0.4 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the final display. If it is before final display, a process for regularly changing the display mode of the pattern in the normal pattern display section 39a is executed. This regular change continues until the timing for starting the confirmation display. Also, this regular change is performed in a fixed manner regardless of whether or not an acceptance winning result is obtained. Further, when it is time to confirm and display, the display mode of the pattern in the normal pattern display section 39a is set to the display mode corresponding to the determination result of the current acceptance determination process. Then, by adding 1 to the value of the normal pattern normal counter, the value of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the normal pattern fluctuation process to the one corresponding to the normal pattern determination process.

<Normal map finalization processing>
Next, it demonstrates, referring the flowchart of FIG. 18 about the process during the normal pattern determination of step S609 in the normal pattern normal electric control process (FIG. 15).

By determining whether or not the value of the timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is "0", the fixed display period of the current display continuation time (specifically, 0. 4 seconds) has elapsed (step S901). If the fixed display period has passed (step S901: YES), it is determined whether or not the result of the acceptance determination process in the current display continuation time is an acceptance winning result (step S902). If it is not an acceptance winning result (step S902: NO), after clearing the value of the general/universal electric counter to "0" (step S903), this general/universal pattern determination process is terminated.

If it is an acceptance winning result (step S902: YES), "1" is set as information on the number of opening/closing times of the special prize winning device 35 in the general electric open counter provided in the main side RAM 74 (step S904). In addition, "10" is set as the information of the upper limit number of prizes to be awarded to the special prize winning device 35 in the current acceptance execution state in the general electric prize winning counter provided in the main RAM 74 (step S905). In addition, the information corresponding to 0.1 second is set to the general map side timer counter as the information of the opening continuation period of the special winning device 35 (step S906). In addition, the special winning device 35 is brought into the acceptance state by starting to output the drive signal to the opening/closing drive unit 47 (step S907). After that, 1 is added to the general/universal/universal electric counter. As a result, the value of the general/universal electric counter becomes "3" corresponding to the general/universal electric open processing (step S610).

<Processing while power is open>
Next, the process during normal/universal power opening of step S610 in normal/universal/universal power control process (FIG. 15) is demonstrated.

In the normal electric open processing, when a prize to the special prize winning device 35 has occurred, the value corresponding to the number of prizes won is subtracted from the value of the general electric winning counter of the main side RAM74. Then, when the value of the general electric prize winning counter is "0", the value of the general electric open counter of the main side RAM 74 is cleared to "0", and the output of the driving signal to the opening/closing driving unit 47 is stopped. The special winning device 35 is brought into a non-accepting state. Then, the value of the general/universal/universal electric counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the process to be executed in the next process round of the normal pattern normal electric control process becomes the normal pattern fluctuation start process (step S607). Also, even if the value of the general electric winning prize counter is not "0", if the value of the general electric drawing side timer counter of the main side RAM 74 is "0", the general electric winning prize counter of the main side RAM 74 and the general electric winning prize counter The special winning device 35 is brought into the non-acceptance state by clearing the value of the electric release counter to "0" and stopping the output of the drive signal to the opening/closing drive section 47 . Then, the value of the general/universal/universal electric counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the process to be executed in the next process round of the normal pattern normal electric control process becomes the normal pattern fluctuation start process (step S607).

<Relationship between the display continuation period of the normal figure display unit 39a and the acceptance state of the special winning device 35>
Next, the relationship between the display continuation period of the general pattern display section 39a and the receiving state of the special winning device 35 will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG. FIG. 19(a) shows the period during which the game ball passes through the through winning section 34, and FIG. 19(b) shows the period during which the game ball is present at a position where the special winning device 35 can win. 19(c) shows the period during which the display continuation is performed in the general pattern display unit 39a, FIG. 19(d) shows the period during which the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance state, and FIG. e) shows the number of reservations of the general map side reservation information.

As already explained, all the game balls flowing into the left area PA2 enter the through winning section 34, and when the game balls continue to flow down the left area PA2, the through winning section 34 A game ball reaches the position at a cycle of 0.6 seconds. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 19(a), timing t1, timing t3, timing t6, timing t8, timing t10, timing t12, timing t14, timing t16, timing t19 and timing t22 The game ball wins in the through winning section 34 in each of the above.

The through winning portion 34 has a through hole, and by passing through the through hole, winning to the through winning portion 34 occurs, and the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 flows down the game area PA as it is. continue. Then, the game ball that has won the through prize winning portion 34 reaches a position where the prize to the special prize winning device 35 is possible within 0.65 to 0.7 seconds after winning the through prize winning portion 34 . Therefore, as shown in FIG. 19(b), the game ball that has won the through prize winning section 34 at the timing of t1 reaches a position where it can win the prize to the special prize winning device 35 at the timing of t4, and at the timing of t3. The game ball that has won the through prize winning section 34 reaches a position where it can win a prize to the special prize winning device 35 at the timing of t7, and the game ball that has won the through prize winning section 34 at the timing of t6 has a special prize at the timing of t9. The game ball reaches a position where it can win a prize to the device 35, and wins a prize in the through prize winning section 34 at the timing of t8, reaches a position where it can win a prize to the special prize winning device 35 at the timing of t11, and reaches a position where it can win a prize to the special prize winning device 35 at the timing of t10. The game ball that has won the through prize-winning portion 34 at the timing reaches the position where it can win the special prize-winning device 35 at the timing of t13, and the game ball that has won the through prize-winning portion 34 at the timing of t12 reaches the timing of t15. The game ball reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can win, and the game ball which wins the prize through the through winning part 34 at the timing of t16 reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can win the prize at the timing of t20, The game ball that has won the through prize winning section 34 at the timing of t19 reaches the position where the prize to the special prize winning device 35 is possible at the timing of t23.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 19(c), the timing of t1 to the timing of t2 is triggered by the winning of the through winning unit 34 at the timing of t1 where the general map side reservation information is not stored. The display continuation time in the display unit 39a occurs, and the winning to the through prize winning unit 34 at the timing of t3 where the general map side hold information is not stored is triggered As shown in FIG. 19 (c), timing of t3 ~ Over the timing of t5, the display continuation times in the normal map display section 39a will occur. By not becoming a selection winning result in the period selection lottery process (step S802) in the specific process (FIG. 17) of the normal figure fluctuation period when these display continuation times are started, the display continuation times of these display continuation times Both periods are the first display continuation period. Then, after the display continuation times of the first display continuation period are completed, the special winning device 35 enters the acceptance state at timings t2 and t5, respectively, as shown in FIG. 19(d). The first display continuation period is 0.45 seconds as already explained, and even if the acceptance execution state is started subsequently, the period during which the acceptance state of the special winning device 35 is maintained due to the acceptance execution state is 0. 0.1 second, the total period of 0.55 seconds is shorter than the game ball firing period of 0.6 seconds. Therefore, in the display continuation times of the normal pattern display unit 39a and the acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35, no new winning to the through prize winning unit 34 occurs, and as shown in FIG. Pending information is not stored pending.

In addition, the game ball that has won the through prize winning section 34 at the timing of t1 is awarded to the special prize winning device 35 at the timing of t4, which is the timing after the acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35 triggered by the game ball is completed. is reached, and the game ball that has won the through prize-winning portion 34 at the timing of t3 is the timing of t7, which is the timing after the acceptance execution state of the special prize-winning device 35 triggered by the game ball is completed. Then, the player reaches a position where the special winning device 35 can win a prize. Therefore, these game balls do not win the special winning device 35 in the acceptance execution state triggered by itself. Furthermore, when the display continuation times of the normal figure display unit 39a at the timing of t3 to the timing of t5 are explained as an example, the game ball that wins the through prize unit 34 at the timing of t3 was shot one before The game ball reaches a position where it can win a prize in the special prize winning device 35 at the timing of t4, but after passing the position where the game ball can win a prize in the special prize winning device 35, the game ball The receiving execution state of the special winning device 35 triggered by the game ball winning in the through winning section 34 next to the ball is started. Therefore, in a situation where the first display duration is selected as the display duration of the normal pattern display section 39a, basically no prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 19(c), as shown in FIG. 19(c), the general pattern display unit 39a Display continuation times occur. When the display continuation time is started, the selection winning result in the period selection lottery process (step S802) in the normal figure fluctuation period specific process (Fig. 17) When the display continuation time is started, the display continuation time is continued The period is the second display continuation period. The second display continuation period is 10.4 seconds as already explained, and even if the acceptance execution state is started subsequently, the period during which the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 is maintained due to the acceptance execution state is At 0.1 seconds, their total duration of 10.5 seconds is longer than four times the firing period of the game ball. Therefore, at each of timing t8, timing t10, timing t12 and timing t14 included in the period from timing t6 to timing t18 corresponding to these total periods, as shown in FIG. Winning to 34 occurs, and as shown in FIG. 19(e), the general map side hold information is held and stored at each timing. Then, at the timing of t14, the number of reserved storages of the general map side reserved information reaches the upper limit number.

After that, at the timing of t18 as shown in FIG. As shown, at the timing of t18, a new display continuation time in the normal map display unit 39a is started, and as shown in FIG. be. In this case, since the specification process (Fig. 17) of the general pattern fluctuation period in the new display continuation time is executed in a situation where the number of reservations of the general pattern side reservation information is more than the reference number (specifically, 2 pieces), The third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period in the specific process. The third display continuation period is 1 second as already explained, and even if the acceptance execution state is started subsequently, the period during which the acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35 is maintained due to the acceptance execution state is 0.5 seconds. Since it is 1 second, the total period of 1.1 seconds is longer than the shooting period of the game ball. Therefore, at the timing of t19, which is the timing before the timing at which it is possible to start the new display continuation round of the normal diagram display unit 39a, as shown in FIG. Winning a prize occurs, as shown in Figure 19 (e), general map side reservation information is newly acquired at the timing of t19 concerned, and the number of reservation storage of general map side reservation information becomes the upper limit number. As a result, when the number of reserved memories of the normal map side reserved information becomes equal to or greater than the reference number and the third display duration is selected as the display duration of the normal map display unit 39a, the left area PA2 flows down. By continuing the shooting of the game ball, the situation in which the third display continuation period is selected is continued.

However, the total period of 1.1 seconds is shorter than twice the shooting period of the game ball. Therefore, basically, the number of game balls winning through the prize-winning portion 34 during the total period of the display continuation times of the third display continuation period and the reception execution state of the special prize-winning device 35 triggered by the display continuation times is one. , and at most two. In this case, even if the number of reserved memories of the general map side reserved information becomes equal to or greater than the reference number due to the selection of the second display duration period, the display continuation times of the third display continuation period and the display continuation times are triggered. Winning to the through prize winning section 34 in the total period of the display continuation time of the third display duration period of the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 and the one time of the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 triggered by the display continuation time is generated once, the situation in which the third display duration period is selected cannot be continued. Therefore, in the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, attention is paid to whether or not the game ball wins in the through winning portion 34, so that it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Here, the situation where the number of reserved memories of the general map side reserved information is equal to or more than the reference number and the third display duration is repeatedly selected as the display duration of the general map display unit 39a is triggered by the first special map side reserved information. When the big hit result is selected in the success/failure determination process and the first opening/closing execution mode occurs, the process ends naturally. That is, when the first opening/closing execution mode is entered, the special electric prize winning device 36 is opened and closed, and a large number of game balls are paid out by causing the special electric prize winning device 36 to win prizes. The special electric prize winning device 36 is provided in the right side area PA3, and when the shooting operation is continued so as to flow down the right side area PA3, no prize is awarded to the through prize winning part 34 provided in the left side area PA2. And the maximum period of time required for all the display continuation times of the upper limit number of the general map side reserved information and the acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35 to end is from the shortest period required to end the first opening and closing execution mode is also short. Furthermore, the longest period required for all the display continuation times of the upper limit number of normal diagram side reserved information and the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 is completed, one round game in the first opening and closing execution mode Shorter than the minimum time required to finish. Therefore, the situation where the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the normal diagram display section 39a can basically be terminated when the first opening/closing execution mode occurs, and the third It is possible to prevent the situation in which the display continuation period is selected from continuing for an excessively long time.

The third display continuation period is selected when the display continuation period is started in a situation where the standard number (specifically, two pieces) or more of the normal map side reserved information is stored. Therefore, the situation in which the third display duration period is selected occurs after the number of display continuation times in the second display duration period occurs. Also, when the third display continuation period is selected as described above, if the acceptance execution state does not occur, the next display continuation time can be started after the display continuation time in the normal diagram display section 39a is started. The period until this is 1 second, and even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period from the start of the continuous display on the normal diagram display unit 39a to the end of the acceptance execution state is 1.1 seconds. In this case, the probability of winning the acceptance execution state in the internal lottery corresponding to the occurrence of the display continuation times is set to a high probability, specifically 98%. Therefore, when the display continuation time occurs, the acceptance execution state generally occurs. In addition, in a situation where the game ball is continuously shot so as to flow down the left side area PA2, one ball is basically placed at the position where the ball can enter the special prize winning device 35 every 0.6 seconds, which is the shooting cycle of the game ball. However, an error of about 0.1 second may occur depending on how the game ball flows. Therefore, when the display continuation times for which the third display continuation period is selected is repeatedly selected, the special prize winning device 35 wins with a probability of about 1/11. Specifically, for the case of FIG. 19, the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 over the timing of t21 to the timing of t24 after the display continuation times of the third display duration period over the timing of t18 to the timing of t21 is completed. As shown in FIG. 19(b), the game ball reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can win at the timing t23, which is the timing in the middle of the above, so that the game ball wins the special winning device 35. Become. The number of game balls to be paid out when a prize to the special prize winning device 35 is generated is eleven. In other words, in a configuration in which 11 game balls are supplied to the left area PA2 and one of them may win a prize in the special prize winning device 35, 11 balls are generated by winning a prize in the special prize winning device 35. of game balls are paid out. Therefore, in a situation where the display continuation times are repeatedly selected, which results in the selection of the third display continuation period, if the game ball is continuously launched so as to flow down the left area PA2, the ball possessed by the player is The increase/decrease is repeated at about 11, and it is possible to prevent the number of balls held by the player from increasing/decreasing during the period in which the display continuation times for which the third display continuation period is selected is repeatedly selected.

According to the embodiment detailed above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

A through winning part 34 and a special winning device 35 are provided in the left area PA2, and the special winning device is obtained by receiving a winning result in the acceptance determination process executed based on the winning of the game ball in the through winning part 34. 35 is ready for acceptance. Also, when the special winning device 35 is in the receiving state, the special winning device 35 is in the receiving state after the display continuation including the variable display of the pattern is executed in the general pattern display section 39a. This allows the player to predict in advance that the special winning device 35 will be in the accepting state. In this case, when the third display continuation period is set as the display continuation period of the display continuation times, the special prize winning device 35 can win a prize in the state where the special prize winning device 35 is in the receiving state. While the game ball can reach the position, when the first display continuation period is set as the display continuation period of the display continuation time, the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance state. The game ball basically does not reach the position where winning to the device 35 is possible. As a result, the player expects that the third display continuation period will be set as the predetermined period, and it is possible to improve the interest in the game. In addition, since it is possible to cause the above situation by adjusting the display duration of the display continuation times, the control for switching the special winning device 35 between the acceptance state and the non-acceptance state is complicated. It is possible to obtain the excellent effects as described above.

Even if either the first display duration period or the third display duration period is selected as the display duration period of the display continuation times of the normal pattern display section 39a, the control mode of the special winning device 35 in the acceptance execution state is constant. be. This makes it possible to simplify the configuration of the control processing for switching the special prize winning device 35 between the acceptance state and the non-acceptance state, while achieving the excellent effects described above.

The first display continuation period during which basically no prizes are awarded to the special prize winning device 35 is shorter than the third display continuation period during which prizes to the special prize winning device 35 can occur at a predetermined frequency. It has become. As a result, it is possible to prevent one display continuation time corresponding to basically no prize winning to the special prize winning device 35 from continuing excessively.

The third display continuation period is a period equal to or longer than the game ball shooting period, and the first display continuation period is a period shorter than the game ball shooting period. As a result, in the situation where the third display duration is set as the display duration of the display duration of the normal pattern display section 39a, one or more game balls are supplied to the position where the through prize winning section 34 can win. On the other hand, in the situation where the first display duration is set, the number of game balls that are wastefully consumed in the range where one display duration is executed is suppressed. becomes possible.

The through winning part 34 is provided upstream of the special winning device 35 in the left area PA2, and the game ball winning the through winning part 34 can reach the position where it can enter the special winning device 35.例文帳に追加As a result, it is possible to cause both the winning of the through winning portion 34 and the winning of the special winning device 35 with one game ball. In this case, the game ball that has won the through prize-winning portion 34 surely reaches the position where the ball can enter the special prize-winning device 35. - 特許庁This makes it easier to identify the relative relationship between the timing at which the game ball reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can enter the game ball with respect to the timing at which the display continuation round of the general pattern display unit 39a is started. It becomes easy to adjust the ease with which the game ball enters the special winning device 35 with respect to the setting of the period.

The first display continuation period is a period shorter than the shortest period required for the game ball that has won the through prize winning section 34 to reach the position where the ball can enter the special prize winning device 35 . Thereby, when the first display continuation period is set in the display continuation times of the normal pattern display unit 39a, the game ball that wins the through prize winning unit 34 and starts the display continuation times of the normal pattern display unit 39a can be prevented from winning the special prize winning device 35.

The first display continuation period is the firing order of the predetermined game ball one before when the measurement of the first display continuation period is started when a predetermined game ball wins in the through winning section 34. is a period that elapses after the game ball passes through the position where the ball can enter the special prize winning device 35 . Thereby, when the first display continuation period is set in the display continuation times of the normal pattern display unit 39a, the predetermined game in which the through prize winning unit 34 is won and the display continuation times of the normal pattern display unit 39a is started Both the ball and the game ball in the firing order one before the predetermined game ball win a prize in the special prize winning device 35 which is in the acceptance state based on the prize winning to the through prize winning section 34 by the predetermined game ball. It is possible to avoid it. Therefore, when the first display continuation period is set in the display continuation times of the normal pattern display section 39a, it is possible to basically disable the winning of the special winning device 35. FIG.

When the third display continuation period is set in the display continuation time of the normal figure display unit 39a, to the special winning device 35 when the game balls are continuously supplied to the position where the special winning device 35 can win The probability of winning is 1/11, but when one game ball wins in the special prize winning device 35, 11 game balls are given to the player. Thus, when the third display continuation period is set, it is possible to target the prize to the special prize winning device 35 while substantially preventing the game balls owned by the player from increasing or decreasing.

When the first display continuation period is set in the display continuation times of the normal pattern display unit 39a, even if the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs after the display continuation time, the display continuation times of the normal pattern display unit 39a is shorter than the game ball shooting cycle. Therefore, when the 1st display continuation period is set up, general map side reservation information is not acquired fundamentally. Thus, when the first display duration period is set, the display continuation times of the general pattern display portion 39a is started at the timing when the game ball wins the through prize portion 34, so the first display In a situation where the continuation period is set, the relationship between the timing at which the game ball reaches the position where the ball can enter the special winning device 35 and the timing at which the special winning device 35 enters the acceptance state is determined at the design stage of the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to achieve the relationship assumed in . Therefore, when the first display continuation period is set, it becomes easy to design so that the special winning device 35 basically does not win a prize.

When the third display continuation period is set in the display continuation times of the general pattern display unit 39a, the general pattern display unit 39a regardless of whether the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs after the display continuation time The period required to newly start the display continuation times is longer than the game ball shooting cycle. Therefore, when the third display continuation period is set, the display continuation times of the general pattern display section 39a are likely to be started at a timing different from the timing at which the through prize winning section 34 wins. Therefore, when the third display continuation period is set, the relationship between the timing when the game ball reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can enter and the timing when the special winning device 35 enters the acceptance execution state It can be made irregular.

When the display continuation times of the normal diagram display unit 39a is started in a situation where the normal diagram side reserved information of the reference number or more is not stored, the first display continuation period is set as the display continuation period of the display continuation times, When the display continuation times of the normal diagram display unit 39a are started in a situation where the normal diagram side reserved information equal to or more than the reference number is retained and stored, the third display continuation period is set as the display continuation period of the display continuation times. . As a result, the player who expects to win a prize to the special prize winning device 35 will pay attention to whether or not the standard number or more of the general map side reserved information is acquired, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. Become.

Further, when the third display continuation period is set as already explained, the display continuation of the general pattern display unit 39a regardless of whether or not the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs after the display continuation time. The period required to start a new turn is longer than the game ball shooting cycle. As a result, the state in which the third display continuation period is set when the general map side reserved information equal to or more than the reference number is once reserved and stored is maintained by continuously generating the winning to the through winning section 34.例文帳に追加becomes possible.

The reference number is set as a plurality of numbers. As a result, in the situation where the first display continuation period is set in the display continuation times of the normal map display unit 39a, a winning to the through prize winning unit 34 occurs accidentally, and one normal map side hold information is acquired. Even if it does, the third display continuation period is not set thereafter. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the situation in which the third display duration period is set to occur.

When the display continuation times of the general pattern display unit 39a are started in a situation where the standard number or more of the general pattern side reserved information is retained and stored, it is possible for the special winning device 35 to win prizes at a predetermined frequency. is set as the third display duration. As a result, the degree of advantage of the player is different depending on the status of the reservation storage of the general diagram side reservation information, so it is possible to make the player pay attention to whether the general diagram side reservation information is reserved and stored. , it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In the situation where the standard number or more of the normal map side reserved information is not stored, the selection is won in the lottery process for selecting the period, so that the second display continuation period is set in the display continuation times of the normal map display unit 39a. be. Then, when the second display continuation period is set, regardless of whether or not the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs after the display continuation time, the display continuation time of the general pattern display unit 39a is newly set. It is possible to win the through winning section 34 with a number of game balls larger than the reference number before the game can be started. As a result, in a situation where the first display duration period is repeatedly set in the display continuation times of the normal diagram display unit 39a, it is possible to generate an opportunity to switch to a situation where the third display duration period is set. . Furthermore, such switching can be realized by setting the display continuation period.

When the second display continuation period is set, it is possible to win the through winning section 34 with a number of game balls that is two or more more than the reference number, and in this case, the normal drawing side reservation information is the reference number. 2 or more more than 100 are reserved and stored. As a result, when the second display duration period is set, the situation in which the third display duration period is set in the subsequent display continuation times of the normal figure display section 39a can be continued for a long time. Become.

The through winning section 34 and the special winning device 35 are provided in the left side area PA2, while the special electric winning device 36 is provided in the right side area PA3. As a result, the shift to the open/close execution mode occurs in a situation where the normal map side hold information of more than the reference number is stored and the third display duration is repeatedly set in the display continuation times of the normal map display unit 39a. In this case, even if the display continuation times of the general pattern display unit 39a, which is the third display continuation period, is executed in parallel with the opening and closing execution mode, the shooting operation is performed aiming at winning the prize to the special electric prize winning device 36. Due to the fact that no prize is awarded to the prize winning section 34, a situation arises in which the standard number or more of the normal map side reserved information is not reserved and stored during the opening/closing execution mode. Therefore, the situation in which the third display duration period is repeatedly set can be terminated when the opening/closing execution mode occurs, so that the situation in which the third display duration period is repeatedly set does not continue excessively. It becomes possible to

In addition, the shortest period required from the start to the end of the opening and closing execution mode is the state where the upper limit number of normal map side reserved information is reserved and stored, and the normal map side reserved information of the reference number or more is reserved and stored. It is set to a period longer than the longest period required until the display continuation times of the normal diagram display unit 39a is started in a situation where the normal diagram display unit 39a is not displayed. Therefore, when the opening/closing execution mode occurs, it is possible to reliably end the situation in which the third display duration period is repeatedly set.

Based on the fact that the special winning device 35 wins a prize, the hold information on the first special figure side is acquired to execute the winning judgment process, and when the big winning result is selected in the winning judgment process, the opening and closing execution is performed. mode occurs. As a result, it is expected that the special winning device 35 will win a prize, and as a result, whether the second display continuation period or the third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation time of the normal diagram display unit 39a It is possible to attract the player's attention. Also, in the configuration in which the reservation information on the first special figure side is acquired based on the occurrence of the winning to the first operation unit 32, even if the special winning device 35 wins, the first special figure side Pending information is obtained. As a result, the player who expects to shift to the opening/closing execution mode expects not only to win a prize in the first operating section 32 but also to win a prize in the special prize winning device 35, thereby increasing the interest of the game. Improvement can be achieved.

The first operation part 32, the through winning part 34, and the special winning device 35 are all provided at positions where the game ball can reach when the shooting operation is performed so as to flow down the left area PA2. As a result, it is possible to aim to generate a prize for all of the first operating section 32, the through prize winning section 34 and the special prize winning device 35 by performing the shooting operation so that the game ball flows down the left side area PA2. Therefore, it is possible to achieve the excellent effects already described while suppressing the complication of the firing operation.

<Another form of the first embodiment>
(1) When the open/close execution mode occurs, the general map side reservation information may be deleted. In this case, if the opening/closing execution mode is entered in a situation where the third display duration is selected, it is possible to forcibly shift to a situation where the third display duration is not selected with the opening/closing execution mode as a trigger. .

(2) Even if the general pattern side reserved information is acquired, the special winning device 35 will not be in the acceptance execution state unless the acceptance winning result is obtained in the acceptance determination process, but when the general pattern side reserved information is acquired , the special winning device 35 may be configured to be in the acceptance execution state, and when the general map side reservation information is acquired, the special winning device 35 may be in the acceptance execution state with a probability of about 100%. good.

(3) When a prize to the special winning device 35 occurs, instead of the configuration in which the hold information on the side of the first special figure is acquired, it may be configured to acquire the hold information on the side of the second special figure. In this configuration, for example, instead of the second operating unit 33, a combination of a through prize winning unit 34 and a special prize winning device 35 is provided in the right area PA3, and when the winning lottery mode is the low probability mode, the normal figure display unit 39a is displayed. The first display continuation period may be selected in the continuation times, and the third display continuation period may be selected in the display continuation times of the normal figure display section 39a when the winning/failure lottery mode is the high probability mode. Thus, in the low-probability mode, winning to the special winning device 35 becomes impossible or difficult to occur, and in the high-probability mode, winning to the special winning device 35 becomes possible or more likely to occur. It becomes possible. In addition, in this configuration, it is necessary to have a configuration in which the pending information on the second special figure side is acquired frequently in the high probability mode, so to the special winning device 35 when the third display duration period is selected It is preferable to increase the frequency of winning prizes. Also, in this configuration, it is not preferable for the number of balls in the player's possession to increase excessively based on the winning to the special winning device 35, so the number of game balls paid out based on winning to the special winning device 35 is reduced to one or two.

(4) In the configuration in which the reservation information on the second special figure side is acquired when a prize to the special prize winning device 35 occurs as in the alternative form of (3) above, the second operation unit 33 is considered to be defective. On the other hand, a combination of the through winning part 34 and the special winning device 35 is provided in the upper area PA1, the left area PA2 or the lower area PA4 so that the game ball can flow down toward the first operation part 32 in the game area PA. A configuration may be adopted in which a prize can be awarded to the through prize winning unit 34 and the special prize winning device 35 when supplied. In this configuration, when the win/fail lottery mode is the low probability mode, the first display duration is basically selected in the display continuation times of the normal pattern display unit 39a, and the second display duration is selected with a predetermined probability. It may be configured such that the third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation times of the general pattern display section 39a when the success/failure lottery mode is the high probability mode. As a result, the reservation information on the side of the second special figure is acquired based on the winning to the special winning device 35 in the high probability mode, and the winning to the special winning device 35 is achieved with a predetermined probability even in the low probability mode. Based on this, it is possible to acquire the hold information on the second special figure side. In addition, in this configuration, it is necessary to have a configuration in which the pending information on the second special figure side is acquired frequently in the high probability mode, so to the special winning device 35 when the third display duration period is selected It is preferable to increase the frequency of winning prizes. Also, in this configuration, it is not preferable for the number of balls in the player's possession to increase excessively based on the winning to the special winning device 35, so the number of game balls paid out based on winning to the special winning device 35 is reduced to one or two.

(5) In the above-described first embodiment and another form of (4) above, due to the execution mode of the opening execution state of the special winning device 35, the game state and the special winning device 35 in which it is difficult to win a prize to the special winning device 35 It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which there is a game state in which winning is likely to occur. Specifically, in the former game state, the opening execution state of the special winning device 35 is performed in the manner described in the first embodiment, and in the latter game state, the display of the normal pattern display section 39a is performed. To perform an open execution state of a special winning device 35 in a mode in which winning to the special winning device 35 is likely to occur irrespective of the display continuation period in continuous times. As a result, it is possible to create a state in which a prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35 regardless of the display continuation times of the normal pattern display section 39a. The latter game state may be configured to occur when the winning lottery mode becomes the high-probability mode, or in addition to or instead of this configuration, may be configured to occur reliably after the opening/closing execution mode ends. . Further, when the latter game state is reached, the latter game state may be continued until the next opening/closing execution mode occurs. The latter game state may be continued, or the latter game state may be continued from the end of the opening/closing execution mode until a predetermined number of game rounds are executed. The latter game state may be continued until winning.

(6) The number of reserved information of the general map side reserved information, which is the reference for setting the third display duration period in the display continuation times of the normal map display unit 39a, is not limited to 2, but is 1. The number may be three, or four, which is the upper limit number. When the standard number is 1, in the situation where two or more pieces of the normal map side reserved information are reserved and stored, when the display continuation time of the normal map display unit 39a is newly started, at the display continuation time Since the third display continuation period is set, it is possible to increase the player's attention to the holding and storing of the normal-side holding information.

(7) It may be configured such that the number of reserved pieces of general-purpose-side reserved information serving as a reference for setting the third display continuation period in the display continuation times of the general-purpose map display unit 39a changes according to the game state. In this case, the player plays the game in anticipation of a game state with a small reference number.

(8) It is not limited to a configuration in which both the second display duration and the third display duration are present as the display duration in the display duration of the normal diagram display unit 39a. There is a certain target period, and if the selection winning result is selected in the period selection lottery process (step S802) in the normal pattern fluctuation period specific process (Fig. 17) and the number of reservations of the normal pattern side reservation information is If the number is equal to or greater than the reference number, the target period may be set. If the third display duration period is set as the target period, it is necessary to create a situation in which the number of reservations on the general map side reservation information is equal to or greater than the reference number. It is preferable to make it longer than the embodiment or to reduce the number of reference numbers.

(9) If the normal map side hold information is acquired in a situation where the display continuation time of the normal map display unit 39a cannot be started, then the display continuation time is started, the third display continuation period may be set. In this case, it is possible to increase the frequency with which the third display duration period is set.

(10) When the special electric prize winning device 36 is in the open state, the game ball can enter the special electric prize winning device 36, and when the special electric prize winning device 36 is in the closed state, the game ball can enter the special electric prize winning device 36. However, even if the special electric prize winning device 36 is in a closed state, it is possible to enter a game ball into the special electric prize winning device 36, but it is in an open state. It may be configured such that it is more difficult for a game ball to enter the special electric prize winning device 36 than in the case.

(11) Limited to a configuration in which the third display continuation period is surely set when the display continuation times of the normal pattern display unit 39a is started in a situation where the standard number or more of the normal pattern side reserved information is stored. A configuration may be adopted in which the third display continuation period is easily set. Specifically, in any situation where the standard number or more of the general map side reserved information is not stored and the standard number or more of the standard number or more of the general map side reserved information is stored The third display duration can be set in the display continuation times, but the situation where the standard number or more of the normal map side reserved information is retained and stored is the situation where the standard number or more of the normal map side retained information is not retained and stored. It is good also as composition which is easy to set the 3rd display continuation period in the display continuation time of normal figure display part 39a rather than.

(12) Instead of the configuration in which the third display continuation period is set when the standard number or more of the normal diagram side hold information is held and stored at the timing of determining the display continuation period in the display continuation times of the normal map display unit 39a , the normal pattern fluctuation start processing (FIG. 16) data setting processing (step S702) is performed when the normal pattern side hold information of the reference number or more is retained and stored, the third display duration is It may be configured to be set.

<Second embodiment>
In this embodiment, the processing configuration of the specific processing of the normal pattern fluctuation period in the main side MPU 72 is different from that of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, configurations different from those of the first embodiment will be described, and descriptions of configurations that are the same as those of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

FIG. 20 is a flow chart showing processing for identifying a normal pattern fluctuation period in this embodiment. When the number of the general map side reservation information is not more than the reference number (step S1001: NO), the lottery process for period selection is executed in the same manner as in the first embodiment (step S1002), and when it is not the selection winning result (step S1003: NO), the first display duration is selected (step S1004), and in the case of winning results (step S1003: YES), the second display duration is selected (step S1005).

On the other hand, when the number of the general map side reservation information is the reference number or more (step S1001: YES), the lottery process for short-term selection is executed (step S1006). In the lottery process for short-term selection, numerical information is acquired from a random number counter that is periodically updated (for example, every 4 milliseconds) in the main-side RAM 74, and the acquired numerical information is stored in the main-side ROM 73 in advance. Match against table for interselection. The short-term selection table is set so that the selection winning result is obtained with a probability of 1/300, which is higher than the probability of selection winning result in the lottery process for period selection in step S1002. However, it is not limited to this, and may be configured to have a lower probability than the selected winning result in the period selection lottery process in step S1002, or may be configured to be the same or substantially the same.

If the result of the lottery process for short-term selection is not the selected winning result but the result of losing (step S1007: NO), the third display duration is selected as the display duration of the current display duration (step S1008). . On the other hand, if the result of the lottery process for short-term selection is a selection winning result (step S1007: YES), the first display duration is selected as the display duration of the current display duration (step S1004).

When one of the processes of step S1004, step S1005 and step S1008 is executed, the information of the display continuation period selected by one of these processes is set in the normal map side timer counter of the main side RAM 74 (step S1009). .

According to the present embodiment described in detail above, when the selection winning result in the lottery process for short-term selection even in the situation where the number of the general map side reservation information is reserved and stored is equal to or more than the reference number , the first display duration is selected rather than the third display duration. Then, when the first display continuation period is selected, a new game ball wins to the through prize winning section 34 during the total period of the display continuation times of the normal diagram display section 39a and the subsequent acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35. cannot be expected. As a result, even in a situation where the number of reserved pieces of the general map side reserved information is equal to or greater than the reference number, the situation where the first display continuation period is selected instead of the third display continuation period as the display continuation period of the normal diagram display section 39a is eliminated. Even in a situation where the number of reservations in the normal diagram side reservation information is equal to or greater than the reference number, it is possible to draw the player's attention to the display continuation period of the normal diagram display section 39a.

It should be noted that, in the case of the selection winning result in the lottery process for short-term selection, the display duration of the normal diagram display unit 39a until the number of reservations of the normal diagram side reservation information becomes the reference number or becomes 0 , the first display duration period may be reliably selected. This makes it possible to reliably end the situation in which the third display continuation period is selected when the selection winning result is obtained in the lottery process for short-term selection.

<Third Embodiment>
This embodiment differs from the first embodiment in the positions where the through prize winning section 34 and the special prize winning device 35 are provided in the game area PA. Hereinafter, configurations different from those of the first embodiment will be described, and descriptions of configurations that are the same as those of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

FIG. 21 is a front view of the game board 24 in this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 21, the through winning section 34 and the special winning device 35 are provided in the upper area PA1 instead of the left area PA2. More specifically, the through prize winning portion 34 is located near the exit of the guide rail partitioned by the inner rail portion 25 and the outer rail portion 26, and is aligned with the passage direction of the guide rail and the axial direction of the through hole of the through prize portion 34. are slanted so that the As a result, the game ball launched into the game area PA surely enters the through prize winning section 34 regardless of whether the game ball flows down the left side area PA2 or the right side area PA3, and the game ball. is continued, the winning to the through winning section 34 is surely generated in the shooting period of the game ball.

The special winning device 35 is provided at a position shifted to the left in the upper area PA1. In the special winning device 35, the standing wall 48 is present at the right end of the base body 41, and the ball receiving surface 44 and the upper surface of the opening/closing member 43 arranged at the non-receiving position are inclined downward to the left. is installed in In this case, by shooting the game ball with the strength that the game ball hits the standing wall 48, the game ball can surely reach the position where the special prize winning device 35 can win.

According to the above configuration, it is possible to perform the shooting operation of the game ball so that the prize to the through prize winning section 34 is surely generated, and to surely reach the position where the special prize winning device 35 can win the prize. It is possible to perform a game ball shooting operation.

In addition, by reducing the number of obstacle members that change the flowing direction of the game ball on the upstream side of the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35, the arrival cycle of the game ball to the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 are reduced. The arrival period of the game ball to the position at which it is possible to win a prize becomes likely to be the same or substantially the same as the game ball launch period. Therefore, it is possible to bring the mode of obtaining the reserved information on the normal pattern side and the mode of winning to the special winning device 35 with respect to the selection mode of the display continuation period in the normal pattern display unit 39a to the mode assumed in the design stage of the pachinko machine 10. .

<Fourth Embodiment>
In this embodiment, the configuration of the game area PA is different from that of the first embodiment, and when a prize is awarded to the first operating unit 32 and when a prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35, it is executed The contents of the processing are different from those of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, configurations different from those of the first embodiment will be described, and descriptions of configurations that are the same as those of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

FIG. 22 is a front view of the game board 24 in this embodiment. The game area PA is divided by the variable display unit 37 into an upper area PA1, a left area PA2, a right area PA3 and a lower area PA4, as in the first embodiment. A first operating portion 32 is provided in the lower area PA4 as in the first embodiment. In addition, the through winning section 34 and the special winning device 35 are provided in the left side area PA2 in the same manner as in the first embodiment. In this case, since the first guide area 49a and the second guide area 49b are provided in the same manner as in the first embodiment, the game ball flowing down the left side area PA2 surely wins the through prize winning section 34, A game ball that has won a prize through a prize winning part 34 surely reaches a position where a prize can be won in a special prize winning device 35.例文帳に追加Also, the relative positional relationship between the through prize winning section 34 and the special prize winning device 35 is the same as in the first embodiment.

The right side area PA3 is not provided with the second operation unit 33 and the special electric prize winning device 36 in the first embodiment, and instead is provided with the first electric device 121 and the second electric device 122. . These first general electric device 121 and second general electric device 122 cannot win a prize when the shooting operation is performed so as to flow down the left area PA2, and the shooting operation is performed so as to flow down the right area PA3. It is possible to win prizes by doing so.

The first general electrical device 121 is provided with a first general electrical accessory 121a as a guide piece consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the first general electrical accessory 121a, the game ball cannot win the first general electrical device 121, and when the first general electrical accessory 121a is in the open state, it is possible to win the first general electrical device 121. becomes. The first general electric drive unit 121b for opening and closing the first general electric accessory 121a and the first general electric detection sensor 121c for detecting the winning game ball of the first general electric device 121 are both connected to the main controller 70 and electrically. properly connected. By transmitting a drive signal from the main side MPU 72 to the first universal electric drive unit 121b, the first universal electric function 121a becomes an open state, and by stopping the transmission of the drive signal, the first universal electric function 121a returns to its closed state. Further, the main side MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball enters the first general electrical device 121 based on the detection result of the first general electrical detection sensor 121c.

The second universal electrical device 122 is provided with a second universal electrical accessory 122a as a guide piece consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the second general electrical accessory 122a, the game ball cannot win the second general electrical device 122, and when the second general electrical accessory 122a is in the open state, it is possible to win the second general electrical device 122. becomes. The second general electric drive unit 122b for opening and closing the second general electric accessory 122a and the second general electric detection sensor 122c for detecting the winning game ball of the second general electric device 122 are both connected to the main controller 70 and electrically. properly connected. By transmitting a drive signal from the main side MPU 72 to the second general electric drive unit 122b, the second general electric utility 122a becomes an open state, and by stopping the transmission of the drive signal, the second general electric utility 122a returns to its closed state. Further, the main side MPU 72 grasps whether or not the game ball enters the second general electric device 122 based on the detection result of the second general electric detection sensor 122c. The first general electrical device 121 and the second general electrical device 122 are arranged side by side in the vertical direction at a predetermined interval with the first general electrical device 121 facing upward.

Although the details will be described later, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first general electric device by winning the internal lottery executed based on the game ball entering the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35 121 is open. In addition, the second general electrical device 122 is opened by winning an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the first general electrical device 121 . Regardless of whether the game ball enters the first general electrical device 121 or the second general electrical device 122, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball entered. .

A third general electrical device 123 is provided in addition to the first general electrical device 121 and the second general electrical device 122 . The third general electrical device 123 is provided downstream of the special winning device 35 in the left area PA2. Therefore, the game ball that has flowed into the left side area PA2 and has not won the special winning device 35 can win the third general electrical device 123 . In addition, game balls that have flowed into the left area PA2 and have not won the special winning device 35 and the third general electrical device 123 flow into the lower area PA4. The game ball can enter the first operating section 32 .

The third general electrical device 123 is provided with a third general electrical accessory 123a as a guide piece consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the third general electrical accessory 123a, the game ball cannot win the third general electrical device 123, and when the third general electrical accessory 123a is in the open state, it is possible to win the third general electrical device 123. becomes. The third general electric drive unit 123b for opening and closing the third general electric accessory 123a and the third general electric detection sensor 123c for detecting the winning game ball in the third general electric device 123 are both connected to the main controller 70 and electrically. properly connected. By transmitting a drive signal from the main side MPU 72 to the third universal electric drive unit 123b, the third universal electric utility 123a becomes an open state, and by stopping the transmission of the drive signal, the third universal electric utility 123a returns to its closed state. Further, the main side MPU 72 grasps whether or not the game ball enters the third general electrical device 123 based on the detection result of the third general electrical detection sensor 123c.

A specific actuating portion 124 for generating a trigger to open the third general electrical device 123 is provided on the stage 37 a of the variable display unit 37 . Specifically, the specific operating portion 124 is formed in the variable display unit 37 so as to open forward at the center in the horizontal direction of the rear wall 125 that defines the rear side of the stage 37a. A game ball entering the specific operation part 124 is led out to the back side of the game board 24 and discharged downward. A specific detection sensor 124a is provided in the middle of the discharge passage. The specific detection sensor 124a is electrically connected to the main controller 70, and the main side MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball enters the specific operation part 124 based on the detection result of the specific detection sensor 124a. When a game ball enters the specific operation part 124, five game balls are put out for one game ball entering the game ball. In addition, game balls supplied onto the stage 37a but not hitting the specific operation portion 124 flow into the lower area PA4. A game ball that has flowed into the lower area PA4 can enter the first operating portion 32 . The third general electrical device 123 is opened by winning an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the specific operation part 124.例文帳に追加When a game ball enters the third general electrical device 123, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball entering.

A game ball entered into a lead-in port 126 provided in the upper left part of the variable display unit 37 is supplied onto the stage 37a. A game ball that has reached the right side of the left end of the variable display unit 37 in the upper area PA1 can enter the inlet 126 in the course of flowing down toward the left area PA2. However, the game ball that has reached the right side of the left end of the variable display unit 37 in the upper area PA1 does not reliably enter the inlet 126 in the process of flowing down toward the left area PA2. 1 game ball out of 10 game balls flowing down is about to enter. In addition, game balls entering the inlet 126 are supplied onto the stage 37a through the warp passage 127 provided in the variable display unit 37, but all of the game balls supplied onto the stage 37a are specified. Only the game ball that does not enter the operating portion 124 and whose horizontal movement speed is sufficiently reduced in front of the specific operating portion 124, which is the center of the horizontal direction on the stage 37a, moves to the specific operating portion 124 enter the ball. This ball-entering probability is such that one of ten game balls supplied onto the stage 37a enters the stage 37a. Due to the above configuration, a game ball flowing down toward the left side area PA2 can enter the specific operation portion 124, and a game ball flowing down toward the right side area PA3 cannot enter. However, it is not limited to this, and although a game ball flowing down toward the right side area PA3 can enter the specific operation part 124, the game ball flowing down toward the left side area PA2 is the right side area. A configuration may be adopted in which the game ball is more likely to enter the specific operation portion 124 than the game ball flowing down toward PA3.

When a game ball is shot to reach the left side of the variable display unit 37 in the upper area PA1, the game ball reliably flows down the left area PA2 without entering the inlet 126. It will happen. Then, when the game ball is shot in the shooting mode, the game ball is surely won in the through prize winning section 34.例文帳に追加

1st normal figure display part 131, 2nd normal figure display part 132, 3rd normal figure display part 133, 4th normal figure display part 134, 1st normal figure display part 134, 1st normal figure display part 134, and 1st normal figure display part 133 A figure reservation display section 135, a second normal diagram reservation display section 136 and a third normal diagram reservation display section 137 are provided. Each of the first normal-symbol display unit 131 to the fourth normal-symbol display unit 134 is composed of a segment display device in which a plurality of segment light-emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner. In this case, it is not possible to perform a complicated display like the pattern display device 51 in the first normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit 134, but the first normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit It is possible to reduce the processing load for controlling the display of the display unit 134 . However, it is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT or a dot matrix display device. Further, the patterns displayed in the first general-purpose map display unit 131 to the fourth general-purpose map display unit 134 include a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed, a configuration in which multiple types of symbols are displayed, and a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed. A configuration in which is displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of colors are displayed, or the like is conceivable. In addition, the display range of the first general pattern display unit 131 to the fourth general pattern display unit 134 is narrower than the display surface of the pattern display device 51 . Furthermore, the display range of both the first normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit 134 and the first normal map reservation display unit 135 to the third normal map reservation display unit 137 is also displayed on the pattern display device 51. The range is narrower than the display surface. As a result, the degree of attention of the player to the symbol display device 51 than the first normal diagram display unit 131 to the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 and the first normal diagram reservation display unit 135 to the third normal diagram reservation display unit 137 can be increased.

When the game ball enters the first operation part 32 or the special prize winning device 35, the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern is performed in the first normal pattern display part 131. - 特許庁In addition, the above-mentioned first normal map reservation display unit 135 is provided at a position adjacent to the first normal map display unit 131 . The information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35 is reserved up to four pieces as the first general pattern side reservation information, and is reserved by lighting of the first general pattern reservation display unit 135 The number is displayed.

Based on the entry of the game ball into the first general electric device 121, the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern is performed in the second general pattern display section 132. - 特許庁In addition, the second normal diagram reservation display section 136 is provided at a position adjacent to the second normal diagram display section 132 . Information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the first general electrical device 121 is reserved up to four as the second normal diagram side reservation information, and the number of reservations is displayed by lighting the second normal diagram reservation display unit 136. It has become so.

Based on the entry of the game ball into the specific operation section 124, the third normal display section 133 performs display continuation including variable display of the pattern. Moreover, the said 3rd normal figure reservation display part 137 is provided in the position adjacent to the 3rd normal figure display part 133. As shown in FIG. Information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the specific operation unit 124 is reserved up to four as the third normal diagram side reservation information, and the number of reservations is displayed by lighting the third normal diagram reservation display unit 137 It has become.

Based on the entry of the game ball into the through winning section 34, the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern is performed in the fourth normal display section 134. - 特許庁Here, the normal map reservation display unit is not provided for the fourth normal map display unit 134 . That is, the 4th normal figure side reservation information acquired when winning through winning section 34 is not retained and stored.

<Electrical configuration for performing various lotteries in the main MPU 72>
Next, an electrical configuration for performing various lotteries in the main MPU 72 will be described with reference to FIG.

The main side MPU 72 uses various counter information during the game to set the winning lottery, the display setting of the first normal pattern display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit 134, the setting of the display continuation performance of the symbol display device 51, etc. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 23, a lottery to determine whether or not the special winning device 35 is to be placed in the acceptance execution state, and A general electric random number counter C11 used for a lottery for determining whether or not to put the general electric device 123 into an open execution state, and a reach random number used for a reach generation lottery when the performance for the display continuation time in the pattern display device 51 is lost and fluctuated. A counter C12, a random number initial value counter C13 used to set the initial value of the general electric random number counter C11, and a variation type counter C14 used to determine the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the first general diagram display unit 131 , is used.

Each of the counters C11 to C14 is a loop counter that adds "1" to the previous value each time it is updated, and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value. Each counter C11 to C14 is updated at short time intervals. Numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 is stored in the first general electric drawing reservation area 141 provided in the main side RAM 74 when winning to the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35 occurs, When the winning to the device 121 occurs, it is stored in the second normal drawing reservation area 142 provided in the main side RAM 74, and when the winning to the specific operation unit 124 occurs, the third normal provided in the main side RAM 74 It is stored in the figure reservation area 143, and is stored in the fourth normal figure execution area 144 provided in the main side RAM 74 when a prize to the through prize winning section 34 occurs.

The first normal drawing reservation area 141 is provided with a first area 141a, a second area 141b, a third area 141c and a fourth area 141d. , the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 is stored in one of the areas 141a to 141d as the first general map side reserved information. In this case, in the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d, when the winning to the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35 occurs multiple times in succession, the first area 141a→second area 141b→third area Numerical information is stored in chronological order from the 3rd area 141c to the 4th area 141d. Since the four areas 141a to 141d are provided in this way, up to four winning histories of game balls to the first operating section 32 or the special winning device 35 are reserved and stored. In addition, the number that can be reserved and stored in the first general pattern reservation area 141 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be another plurality such as two, three, or five or more. , may be singular. In the first normal map reservation area 141, a first normal map execution area 141e is provided in addition to the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d. The first normal map execution area 141e is an area in which the first normal map side reserved information to be subjected to the open determination process when the first normal map display unit 131 starts the display continuation time is stored. The first normal map side hold information stored in the first area 141a is shifted to the first normal map execution area 141e when the display continuation time of the first normal map display unit 131 is started.

The second general pattern reservation area 142 includes a first area 142a, a second area 142b, a third area 142c and a fourth area 142d. Numerical information of the counter C11 is stored in one of the areas 142a to 142d as the second normal map side reserved information. In this case, in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d, when the winning to the first general electric device 121 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the first area 142a→second area 142b→third area 142c→ Numerical information is stored chronologically in the order of the fourth area 142d. Since the four areas 142a to 142d are provided in this manner, up to four winning histories of game balls to the first general electrical device 121 are reserved and stored. In addition, the number that can be reserved and stored in the second normal drawing reservation area 142 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be another plurality such as two, three, or five or more , may be singular. In the second normal map reservation area 142, a second normal map execution area 142e is provided in addition to the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d. The execution area 142e for the 2nd normal map is an area in which the 2nd normal map side reservation information for which the open determination process is performed when the 2nd normal map display unit 132 starts the display continuation time is stored. The second normal map side hold information stored in the first area 142a is shifted to the second normal map execution area 142e when the display continuation time of the second normal map display unit 132 is started.

The third general pattern reservation area 143 includes a first area 143a, a second area 143b, a third area 143c and a fourth area 143d. is stored in one of the areas 143a to 143d as the third normal map side reservation information. In this case, in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d, when winning to the specific operation unit 124 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the first area 143a→second area 143b→third area 143c→fourth area Numerical information is stored chronologically in the order of area 143d. By providing four areas 143a to 143d in this manner, up to four winning histories of game balls to the specific operation unit 124 are reserved and stored. In addition, the number that can be reserved and stored in the third normal drawing reservation area 143 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be another plurality such as two, three, or five or more , may be singular. In addition to the first area 143a to fourth area 143d, the third normal map reservation area 143 is provided with a third normal map execution area 143e. The execution area 143e for the 3rd normal map is an area in which the 3rd normal map side reservation information for which the open determination process is performed when the 3rd normal map display unit 133 starts the display continuation time is stored. When the display continuation of the third normal map display unit 133 is started, the third normal map side hold information stored in the first area 143a is shifted to the third normal map execution area 143e.

In the fourth normal map execution area 144, a situation in which continuous display times can be started in the fourth normal map display unit 134 (that is, no continuous display times are performed in the fourth normal map display unit 134, Furthermore, when a prize to the through prize winning unit 34 occurs in a situation where the special prize winning device 35 is not in the acceptance execution state), the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 is stored as the 4th general diagram side reserved information. Here, as already explained in the 1st normal map reservation area 141, the 2nd normal map reservation area 142 and the 3rd normal map reservation area 143, the 1st to 4th areas 141a to 141d, 142a to 142d, 143a to 143d It is provided, and even in the situation where it is not possible to start the display continuation round in the corresponding normal map display unit 131 to 133, the corresponding normal map side hold information is retained and stored. Only the execution area 144 for the 4th normal map side is provided for the 4th normal map side reserved information, and no area for holding and storing the 4th normal map side reserved information is provided. As a result, it is possible to treat the presence or absence of reserved memory differently for the first to third normal map side reserved information and the fourth normal map side reserved information.

Each of the above counters will be described in detail.

First, the general electrical random number counter C11 will be described. The general electric random number counter C11 is configured to be incremented by 1 in order within the range of "0 to 99" and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value. In this case, when the general electrical random number counter C11 completes one cycle, the value of the random number initial value counter C13 at that time is read as the initial value of the general electrical random number counter C11. The random number initial value counter C13 is a loop counter similar to the general electrical random number counter C11 (value=0 to 99).

The general electric random number counter C11 is periodically updated, and as already explained, at the timing when the game ball wins the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35, the value of the general electric random number counter C11 at that time becomes the first general figure. Stored in the reservation area 141, the value of the general electrical random number counter C11 at the time when the game ball wins in the first general electrical device 121 is stored in the second general electrical device 121 reservation area 142, the game ball in the specific operation unit 124 The value of the general electric random number counter C11 at that time is stored in the third general figure reservation area 143 at the timing of winning, and the value of the general electric random number counter C11 at that time is stored in the through winning section 34 at the timing when the game ball wins. It is stored in the execution area 144 for the 4th normal figure. Then, at a predetermined timing, whether or not to control the first universal device 121, the second universal device 122, and the third universal device 123 to the open execution state is determined by the value of the stored general-purpose random number counter C11. An open determination is made, and an acceptance determination is made as to whether or not to control the special winning device 35 to the acceptance execution state.

In addition, although there is no mode for changing the winning probability in these open determination and acceptance determination, a configuration may be adopted in which there is a mode for changing the winning probability. For example, there may be a plurality of modes that differ in the winning probability in the open determination using the first normal pattern side reservation information stored in the first normal pattern reservation area 141, and the second normal pattern reservation area 142 There may be a plurality of modes that differ in the winning probability in the open determination using the second normal diagram side reservation information stored in the third normal diagram stored in the third normal diagram reservation area 143 It may be configured to have a plurality of modes that differ in the winning probability in the open determination using the side reservation information, and the acceptance using the 4th normal diagram side reservation information stored in the 4th normal diagram execution area 144 A configuration may be adopted in which there are a plurality of modes in which the winning probability in the determination is different.

Next, the reach random number counter C12 will be described. The reach random number counter C12, for example, is configured to be incremented by one within the range of "0" to "238" and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value. The reach random number counter C12 is periodically updated, and the value of the reach random number counter C12 at that time is acquired at the timing of starting the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern in the first normal/universal figure display unit 131 . Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the display continuation round in the first normal figure display unit 131 is started, the symbol display device 51 responds to the effect for the game round in the first embodiment. When the variable display of symbols is started and the display continuation times in the first normal symbol display unit 131 is terminated, the final stop display after the variable display of the symbols in the symbol display device 51 is terminated. Then, when the stop result corresponding to the opening execution state of the first general electrical device 121 is displayed on the first general symbol display unit 131, the combination of the same symbols is stopped and displayed on the symbol display device 51, When the stop result corresponding to not putting the first general electrical device 121 into the open execution state is displayed in the first general symbol display unit 131, the pattern display device 51 corresponds to the result of deviation different from the combination of the same symbols. A combination of symbols to be displayed is stopped. In this configuration, when the display continuation times corresponding to the losing result are executed, whether or not to execute the reach display on the symbol display device 51 is determined using the value of the reach random number counter C12.

Next, the variation type counter C14 will be described. The fluctuation type counter C14 is configured to be incremented by 1 in order within the range of "0 to 198" and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value. The fluctuation type counter C14 is used when the main MPU 72 determines the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the first normal diagram display unit 131 .

<No. 1 general/universal electric power control process>
Next, various processes executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. First, a description will be given of the first normal map/general power control process for performing the execution control of the display continuation times in the first normal/universal map display unit 131 and the execution control of the open execution state of the first universal/general power device 121 . FIG. 24 is a slow chart showing the first normal/universal power control process.

If the winning to the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35 has occurred (step S1101: YES), the first stored in the first area 141a ~ fourth area 141d of the first general chart reservation area 141 On the condition that the number of the normal map side reservation information is less than 4 which is the upper limit number (step S1102: NO), the storage processing to the first normal map reservation area 141 is executed (step S1103). In the storage process, the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 is used as the first general map side reserved information, and the first general map side reserved information in the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d of the first general map reservation area 141 is stored. The data is stored in the area with the earlier digestion order among the areas that have not been digested. In addition, when the first general map side reserved information is acquired, the display contents of the first general map side reserved display unit 135 are updated according to the increase in the number of the first general map side reserved information this time. Make data settings for

When the negative determination is made in step S1101, when the affirmative determination is made in step S1102, or when the process of step S1103 is executed, whether or not the second general electric device 122 is in the open execution state, or the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state (step S1104). If a negative determination is made in step S1104, the processing of steps S1105 to S1107 is executed. These processes will be described later. After that, the first general/universal/universal electric address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S1108). The start address of the program for executing the process corresponding to the numerical information of the first normal/universal electric counter is set in the first normal/universal electric/universal electric address table. The first general electric power counter is a counter for specifying the processing content to be executed in the first general electric power control process by the main side MPU 72 .

The first general/universal electric counter can take a value of "0" to "4", and each value of "0" to "4" is the start address NA10 to NA14 of each process (step S1111 to step S1115). corresponds to Specifically, when the value of the first normal pattern counter is "0", the first normal pattern fluctuation start process ( Step S1111) is to be executed, and when the value of the first normal pattern normal counter is "1", the first normal pattern fluctuation which is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the first normal pattern display unit 131 Medium processing (step S1112) is to be executed, and when the value of the first normal diagram normal electric counter is "2", the first normal diagram display unit 131 is a process for ending the display continuation times The normal pattern determination process (step S1113) is executed, and when the value of the first normal pattern general electric counter is "3", the first general electric device 121 is a process for controlling the open state. When the first normal/universal power supply open processing (step S1114) is executed, and the value of the first normal/universal power supply counter is "4", the first general/universal power supply device 121 is opened again. The first electric power closing process (step S1115) is executed.

In the first normal/universal electric power control process, after reading the first normal/universal electric address table (step S1108), the start address corresponding to the information of the first normal/universal electric counter is set to the first normal/universal electric address. It is acquired from the table (step S1109), and jumps to the process indicated by the acquired start address (step S1110). Each process of steps S1111 to S1115 will be individually described below.

In the first normal pattern fluctuation start process of step S1111, it is reserved and stored in the first normal pattern reservation area 141 on the condition that the first normal pattern side reservation information is stored in the first normal pattern reservation area 141. Execute the process of shifting the first general map side reservation information. Specifically, the 1st general map side reservation information stored in the 1st area 141a of the 1st general map reservation area 141 is shifted to the 1st general map execution area 141e, and then the 2nd area 141b → the 1st 1st area 141a, 3rd area 141c→2nd area 141b, and 4th area 141d→3rd area 141c. In addition, when the first normal map side reserved information is shifted, the display contents of the first normal map reserved display unit 135 are updated according to the fact that the number of the first normal map side reserved information has decreased this time. Make data settings for

After executing the shift process in the first normal pattern fluctuation start process, the first normal pattern side reservation information newly shifted to the first normal pattern execution area 141e is used as a lottery value, and the first normal pattern open lottery process to run. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the probability of winning the first normal open lottery in the first normal open lottery process is constant regardless of the game state. Open election. However, it is not limited to this, and the probability of winning the first electric power open election may be higher or lower than this.

When the first general electric open lottery process is executed in the first general electric figure fluctuation start processing, the processing for specifying the display continuation period of the display continuation times of this time is executed. In the specific process, first, it is determined whether or not the current display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the ready-to-win effect. Specifically, when the current display continuation time corresponds to the first general electric open winning, it is determined that the ready-to-win effect is generated. In addition, even if the current display continuation time does not correspond to the first general electric open winning, the value of the reach random number counter C12 is acquired, and the acquired value of the reach random number counter C12 corresponds to the occurrence of reach. In the case of numerical information, it is determined that a ready-to-win effect will occur. When it is determined that the ready-to-win effect will occur, the ready-to-win occurrence table is read from the main ROM 73, and the read out ready-to-win occurrence table is compared with the current numerical information of the fluctuation type counter C14 to determine the display continuation period. Then, the determined display duration information is set in the first timer counter provided in the main RAM 74 . In addition, when it is determined that the reach effect does not occur, the reach non-occurrence table is read from the main side ROM 73, and the current numerical information of the fluctuation type counter C14 and the current first A display continuation period is determined by collating the combination of the numbers of the general map side reserved information, and the determined display continuation period information is set in the first timer counter provided in the main side RAM74. When the reach occurrence table is referred to, the display duration corresponding to the value of the fluctuation type counter C14 is selected regardless of the number of the first general map side reservation information, whereas the reach non-occurrence table is selected. When referred to, the shorter the display continuation period is selected, the greater the number of the first normal map side reserved information. The numerical information set in the first timer counter is updated in the timer update process of step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11). By the way, the display continuation period that can be selected when the first general map side hold information is the start trigger of the display continuation times is 1 second to 180 seconds.

In the first general pattern fluctuation start processing, when the processing for specifying the display duration period is executed, the result of the first general electric open lottery process and the command corresponding to the information on the determined display duration period are read from the main side ROM73 , to the sound and light side MPU 92 . The sound and light side MPU 92 executes control for executing the effect for the display continuation time corresponding to the received command by the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting section 63 and the speaker section 64. FIG. Incidentally, in the pattern display device 51, the same effect as the effect for the game cycle in the first embodiment is executed as the effect for the continuous display cycle.

In the first normal pattern fluctuation start process, after the command is transmitted, the first normal pattern display unit 131 is caused to start the fluctuation display of the pattern. As a table to be referred to by the main side MPU 72 when the first normal map display unit 131 performs the variable display of the pattern, the main side ROM 73 stores in advance a fluctuation display table for the normal map. When the fluctuation display of the pattern is executed in the first general/universal diagram display unit 131, the same fluctuation display table is used regardless of the result of the first general/universal electric open lottery process. When the variation display of the pattern is performed in the first normal map display unit 131, the variation display of the pattern is repeated according to a predetermined pattern. Control data for one round in the display is set. Therefore, when the variable display of the pattern is performed in the 1st general-purposes figure display part 131, the variation-display table for a general-purposes figure will be used repeatedly until just before performing a fixed display. It should be noted that the same variable display table for normal patterns is also used in the second normal pattern display unit 132, the third normal pattern display unit 133, and the fourth normal pattern display unit 134, when the variable display of the pattern is performed.

After starting the variable display of the pattern in the 1st normal figure display part 131, 1 is added to the value of the 1st normal figure general electric counter. Since the value of the first normal figure normal electric counter when the first normal figure fluctuation start process is executed is "0", the value of the first normal figure normal electric counter is the first normal figure by adding 1 It becomes "1" corresponding to the process during fluctuation (step S1112).

In the process during the 1st normal figure fluctuation of step S1112, it is determined whether it is during display continuation time and it is the timing before a fixed display. Specifically, when the value of the first timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.4 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the final display. If it is before confirmation display, the process for regularly changing the display mode of the pattern in the 1st normal figure display part 131 is performed. This regular change is continued until the timing of starting the confirmation display. Also, this regular change is carried out in a fixed manner regardless of whether or not the first electric power open election is won. Further, when the timing for the confirmation display has come, the display mode of the pattern in the first general/universal diagram display unit 131 is set to the display mode corresponding to the result of the first general/universal electric open lottery process of this time. Also, it transmits a confirmation display command to the sound and light side MPU 92 . When the sound and light side MPU 92 receives the confirmation display command, it causes the pattern display device 51 to finally stop display the combination of symbols to be stopped and displayed this time. After that, by adding 1 to the value of the 1st normal pattern normal electric counter, the value of the counter is changed from the one corresponding to the 1st normal pattern fluctuation process to the 1st normal pattern determination process (step S1113) update to.

In the process during the determination of the first normal figure in step S1113, it is determined whether or not the determination display period (specifically, 0.4 seconds) of the current display continuation times has elapsed. When the fixed display period has passed, it is determined whether or not the result of the first general electric open lottery process in the current display continuation time is the first electric open winning. If it is not the first general electric open election, after clearing the value of the first general electric counter to "0", the process during the determination of the first general electric is terminated. In the case of winning the first general electric open winning, "3" is set to the first general electric open counter provided in the main side RAM 74 as the information of the number of times the first general electric device 121 is opened and closed. In addition, "10" is set in the first general electrical winning counter provided in the main RAM 74 as the information of the upper limit number of winnings to the first general electrical device 121 in the current opening execution state. In addition, information corresponding to 3 seconds is set in the first timer counter as information on the open duration period of the first general electrical device 121 . In addition, the first general electric device 121 is brought into the open state by starting to output the drive signal to the first general electric drive section 121b. After that, 1 is added to the first normal/universal electric counter. In this case, since the value of the 1st normal electric power counter is "2" when the 1st normal electric power counter is being executed, after adding 1, it corresponds to the 1st electric power open processing (step S1114) It becomes "3" to do.

In step S1114, in the process of opening the first electric power, when the first electric power device 121 has won a prize, the value corresponding to the number of winning prizes is subtracted from the value of the first electric power winning counter of the main side RAM74. do. Then, when the value of the first general electric winning prize counter is "0", the value of the first general electric open counter is cleared to "0", the value of the first timer counter is cleared to "0", and the By stopping the output of the drive signal to the first general electric drive unit 121b, the first general electric accessory 121a is closed and the value of the first general electric counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the first normal pattern normal electric control processing becomes the first normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S1111). Further, even if the value of the first general electric winning prize counter is not "0", if the value of the first timer counter is "0", the drive signal is output to the first general electric drive section 121b. By stopping, the first general electric accessory 121a is closed and the value of the first general electric open counter of the main side RAM 74 is subtracted by 1. Then, when the value of the first general electric open counter is not "0", after setting the numerical information of the closing duration (specifically 1 second) of the first general electric accessory 121a to the first timer counter Update the value of the 1st general/universal electric counter from "3" to "4". As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the first normal electric power control processing becomes the first normal electric power closing process (step S1115). When the value of the first normal/universal electric open counter is "0", the value of the first normal/universal electric counter is cleared to "0" without setting the value in the first timer counter. As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the first normal pattern normal electric control processing becomes the first normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S1111).

In step S1115, in the first normal/commercial power closing process, on the condition that the value of the first timer counter is “0”, the output of the drive signal to the first common/common power driving unit 121b is started. Numerical information of the open continuation period (specifically, 3 seconds) in the case of opening the first general electrical accessory 121a and setting the first general electrical accessory 121a to the open state once is set in the first timer counter. . Then, the value of the first normal/universal/universal electric counter is updated from "4" to "3". As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the first normal/universal electric power control processing becomes the first normal/universal electric power open processing (step S1114).

As described above, the first general pattern general electrical control process is executed, and the first operation unit 32 or the special winning device 35 is triggered by winning a prize in the first general pattern display unit 131. Variation of the pattern The continuous display including the display is performed, and the pattern display device 51 performs the variable display of the pattern. Then, when the first general electric open lottery process is won, the first general electric device 121 is displayed after the display continuation times in the first general electric symbol display unit 131 and the pattern display device 51 are completed. It will be in open execution state. In the open execution state, the first general electric device 121 is opened three times for 3 seconds with a closed continuation period of 1 second in between. Also, if the number of winning game balls to the first electrical device 121 becomes 10 or more before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times, before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times. Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated. In addition, when the game ball wins in the first general electrical device 121, the second general pattern side reservation information is stored in the second general pattern reservation area 142 with an upper limit of four pieces.

In the first normal electric power control process, if the second universal electric device 122 is in the open execution state, or if the special winning prize device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, by making an affirmative determination in step S1104, step S1116 Executes fluctuation stop processing. In the fluctuation stop processing, if the current situation is during execution of the display continuation times in the first normal map display unit 131 and the pattern display device 51, the display continuation time in the first normal map display unit 131 is changed to the current first normal map display unit 131, the updating of the first timer counter is temporarily stopped, and a stop command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92. FIG. By receiving the stop command, the sound and light side MPU 92 continues the performance in the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64 as it is, and receives the stop release command described later after receiving the stop command. The period during which the combination of symbols is finally stopped and displayed in this display continuation time is extended by the period until it is displayed. Further, in the fluctuation stop processing, the first stop flag provided in the main RAM 74 is set to "1".

In the first normal/universal electric power control process, when a negative determination is made in step S1104 and "1" is set to the first stop flag of the main side RAM74 (step S1105: YES), the 1 The stopped flag is cleared to "0" (step S1106). Thereby, when the 1st normal figure display part 131 is temporarily stopped in the middle of the display continuation time, the said display continuation time is resumed, and the update of a 1st timer counter is restarted. After that, a stop release command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 (step S1107). Thereby, the sound and light side MPU 92 grasps the period for extending the final stop display of the symbol combination in the current display continuation time.

As described above, when the second general electric device 122 is in the open execution state in the first general electric power control process, or when the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, the display continuation number of the first general electric power display unit 131 Execute processing to temporarily stop As a result, when the second universal device 122 is in the open execution state, or when the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, the display continuation time of the first universal diagram display unit 131 is prevented from progressing. becomes possible. Therefore, when the second general electric device 122 is in the open execution state, or when the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, the first general electric device 121 will not be in the open execution state. It becomes possible to

<Second normal/universal electric power control processing>
Next, a description will be given of the second normal/universal electric power control process executed by the main side MPU 72 . In the second normal/universal electric power control process, execution control of display continuation times in the second normal/universal electric power apparatus 122 and execution control of the open execution state of the second universal electric apparatus 122 are performed. FIG. 25 is a slow chart showing the second normal/universal electric power control process.

When the winning prize to the first general electric device 121 has occurred (step S1201: YES), the second general map side reservation stored in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second general pattern reservation area 142 On the condition that the number of information is less than four which is the upper limit number (step S1202: NO), the storage process to the second normal pattern reservation area 142 is executed (step S1203). In the storage process, the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 is used as the second general map side reserved information, and the second general map side reserved information in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second general pattern reservation area 142 is stored. The data is stored in the area with the earlier digestion order among the areas that have not been digested. In addition, when the second normal map side reserved information is acquired, the display contents of the second normal map reserved display unit 136 are updated according to the fact that the number of the second normal map side reserved information has increased this time. Make data settings for

If a negative determination is made in step S1201, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1202, or if the process of step S1203 is executed, whether or not the first general electrical device 121 is in an open execution state, or a special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state (step S1204). If a negative determination is made in step S1204, the processes of steps S1205 and S1206 are executed. These processes will be described later. After that, the second general/universal electric address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S1207). The start address of the program for executing the process corresponding to the numerical information of the second normal/universal electric counter is set in the second normal/universal electric/universal electric address table. The second normal/universal electric counter is a counter for specifying the processing content to be executed in the second normal/universal electric power control process by the main side MPU 72 .

The second general/universal electric counter can take a value of "0" to "4", and each value of "0" to "4" is the start address NA20 to NA24 corresponds to Specifically, when the value of the second normal pattern counter is "0", the second normal pattern fluctuation start process ( Step S1210) is executed, and when the value of the second normal pattern counter is "1", the second normal pattern fluctuation which is a process for advancing the display continuation time in the second normal pattern display unit 132 Medium processing (step S1211) is to be executed, the value of the second normal diagram normal counter is "2" is a process for ending the display continuation times in the second normal diagram display unit 132 second The normal pattern determination process (step S1212) is executed, and when the value of the second normal pattern normal counter is "3", the second normal pattern control process for controlling the open state of the second general electric device 122 When the second normal/universal power supply open process (step S1213) is executed and the value of the second normal/universal/general/universal power counter is "4", the second normal/universal power apparatus 122 is opened again. The second electric power closing process (step S1214) is executed.

In the second normal electric power control process, after reading the second normal electric power address table (step S1207), the start address corresponding to the information of the second normal electric power counter is set to the second normal electric power address. It is acquired from the table (step S1208), and jumps to the process indicated by the acquired start address (step S1209). Each process from step S1210 to step S1214 will be individually described below.

In the second normal pattern fluctuation start process of step S1210, it is reserved and stored in the second normal pattern reservation area 142 on the condition that the second normal pattern side reservation information is stored in the second normal pattern reservation area 142. Execute the process of shifting the second general map side reservation information. Specifically, the second general map side reservation information stored in the first area 142a of the second general map reservation area 142 is shifted to the second general map execution area 142e, and then the second area 142b → 1st area 142a, 3rd area 142c→2nd area 142b, and 4th area 142d→3rd area 142c. In addition, when the second normal map side reserved information is shifted, the display contents of the second normal map reserved display unit 136 are updated according to the fact that the number of the second normal map side reserved information has decreased this time. Make data settings for

After executing the shift process in the second normal pattern fluctuation start process, the second normal pattern side reservation information newly shifted to the second normal pattern execution area 142e is used as a lottery value, and the second normal pattern open lottery process to run. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the probability of winning the second normal open lottery in the second normal open lottery process is constant regardless of the game state. Open election. However, it is not limited to this, and the probability of winning the second general electric open election may be higher or lower than this. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which the opening execution state of the 2nd general electric device 122 generate|occur|produces reliably, when the 2nd general electric device side hold information is acquired, without performing the 2nd general electric open lottery process.

In the second general pattern fluctuation start processing, when the second general electric open lottery processing is executed, the processing for specifying the display continuation period of the display continuation time of this time is executed. In the specific process, a fixed display duration of 0.2 seconds is set to the second timer counter provided in the main side RAM 74 regardless of the result of the second general electric open lottery process and the number of the second general electric map side reserved information. set. In addition, when the display continuation time is executed in the second normal diagram display section 132, the corresponding effect is not executed in the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting section 63 and the speaker section 64.例文帳に追加After the first general electrical device 121 enters the open execution state, all of the second general map side hold information acquired by the open execution state is digested, and the second general map side hold information is used as a trigger. Until the opening execution state of the second general electric device 122 is completed, it corresponds to the jackpot state of the pachinko machine 10 in this embodiment, and in the jackpot state, the effect corresponding to the jackpot state is the pattern display device 51. , the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64 .

In the second normal pattern fluctuation start processing, after executing the processing for specifying the display duration period, the second normal pattern display unit 132 is caused to start the fluctuation display of the pattern. When the variation display of the pattern is performed in the second normal pattern display unit 132, the variation display table for the normal pattern, which has already been described, is referred to. After starting the variable display of the pattern in the second normal diagram display unit 132, 1 is added to the value of the second normal diagram general electric counter. Since the value of the second normal figure normal electric counter when the second normal figure fluctuation start process is executed is "0", the value of the second normal figure normal electric counter is the second normal figure by adding 1 It becomes "1" corresponding to the process during fluctuation (step S1211).

In the process during the second normal figure fluctuation of step S1211, it is determined whether or not it is during the display continuation time and the timing is before the final display. Specifically, when the value of the second timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.1 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the final display. If it is before confirmation display, the process for regularly changing the display mode of the pattern in the 2nd normal figure display part 132 is performed. Further, when the timing of the final display has come, the display mode of the pattern in the second general/universal diagram display unit 132 is set to the display mode corresponding to the result of the second general/universal electric open lottery process of this time. After that, by adding 1 to the value of the second normal pattern counter, the value of the counter is changed from the one corresponding to the second normal pattern fluctuation process to the second normal pattern determination process (step S1212) update to

In the process during the 2nd normal figure determination of step S1212, it is determined whether the determination display period (specifically 0.1 second) of the display continuation time of this time passed. When the fixed display period has passed, it is determined whether or not the result of the second general power open lottery process in the current display continuation time is the second general power open win. If it is not the second general electric open election, after clearing the value of the second general electric counter to "0", the process during the second general electric system determination is terminated. In the case of the winning of the second open/closed electric power, "3" is set to the second open open counter provided in the main side RAM 74 as the information of the number of opening/closing of the second electric power device 122 . Also, "10" is set in the second general electrical winning counter provided in the main RAM 74 as the upper limit information of the number of winnings to the second general electrical device 122 in the current opening execution state. In addition, information corresponding to 3 seconds is set in the second timer counter as information of the open duration period of the second general electric device 122 . In addition, the second universal device 122 is opened by starting to output the drive signal to the second universal device 122b. After that, 1 is added to the second normal/universal electric counter. Since the value of the second normal electric power counter in the case where the second normal electric power counter is being executed is "2", after adding 1, "3" corresponding to the second normal electric open processing (step S1213) ”.

In step S1213, in the second general electric power open process, when the second general electric device 122 has won a prize, the value corresponding to the number of prizes won is subtracted from the value of the second general electric prize counter of the main side RAM 74. do. Then, when the value of the second normal electric winning prize counter is "0", the value of the second normal electric open counter is cleared to "0", the value of the second timer counter is cleared to "0", and the second timer counter is cleared to "0". By stopping the output of the drive signal to the second general electric drive unit 122b, the second general electric accessory 122a is closed and the value of the second general electric counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the second normal pattern normal electric control processing becomes the second normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S1210). Further, even if the value of the second general electric winning prize counter is not "0", if the value of the second timer counter is "0", the drive signal is output to the second general electric drive section 122b. By stopping, the second general electric accessory 122a is closed and the value of the second general electric open counter of the main side RAM 74 is subtracted by 1. Then, when the value of the second general electric open counter is not "0", after setting the numerical information of the closing continuation period (specifically 1 second) of the second general electric accessory 122a to the second timer counter Update the value of the 2nd general/universal/universal electric counter from "3" to "4". Thereby, the processing to be executed in the next processing time of the second normal electric power control processing becomes the second normal electric power closing process (step S1214). When the value of the second normal/universal electric open counter is "0", the value of the second normal/universal electric counter is cleared to "0" without setting the value in the second timer counter. As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the second normal pattern normal electric control processing becomes the second normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S1210).

In the second normal/commercial power closing process in step S1214, on the condition that the value of the second timer counter is “0”, the output of the drive signal to the second common/common power driving unit 122b is started. Set the numerical information of the open duration (specifically, 3 seconds) in the case of opening the second general electric accessory 122a and setting the second general electric accessory 122a to the open state once in the second timer counter. . Then, the value of the second normal/universal electric counter is updated from "4" to "3". As a result, the process to be executed in the next process round of the second normal/universal power control process becomes the second normal/universal power open process (step S1213).

As described above, by executing the second general electric system control process, the variation display of the pattern is performed in the second general electric system display unit 132 triggered by the occurrence of the winning to the first general electric device 121. . Then, in the second general electric open lottery process, when the second general electric open lottery is won, the second general electric device 122 enters the open execution state after the display continuation time in the second general electric diagram display unit 132 is completed. . In the open execution state, the second general electric device 122 is opened three times for 3 seconds with a closed duration period of 1 second. Also, if the winning number of game balls to the second general electrical device 122 becomes 10 or more before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times, before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times. Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated.

In the second general electric power control process, if the first general electric device 121 is in the open execution state, or if the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, by making an affirmative determination in step S1204, step S1215 Executes fluctuation stop processing. In the fluctuation stop processing, if the current situation is during execution of the display continuation times in the second normal diagram display unit 132, the display continuation times in the second normal diagram display unit 132 are changed to the display mode of the current second normal diagram display unit 132 state, and the update of the second timer counter is temporarily stopped. Further, in the fluctuation stop processing, the second stop flag provided in the main RAM 74 is set to "1".

In the second normal/universal electric power control process, when a negative determination is made in step S1204 and "1" is set to the second stop flag of the main side RAM74 (step S1205: YES), the 2 The stop flag is cleared to "0" (step S1206). Thereby, when the 2nd normal figure display part 132 is temporarily stopped in the middle of the display continuation time, the said display continuation time is resumed, and the update of a 2nd timer counter is restarted.

As described above, when the first general electric device 121 is in the open execution state in the second general electric power control process, or when the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, the display continuation number of the second general electric power display unit 132 Execute processing to temporarily stop As a result, when the first universal electrical device 121 is in the open execution state, or when the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, the display continuation time of the second universal diagram display unit 132 is prevented from progressing. becomes possible. Therefore, when the first general electric device 121 is in the open execution state, or when the special prize winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, the second general electric device 122 will not be in the open execution state. It becomes possible to

<Third normal/universal electric power control processing>
Next, a description will be given of the third normal/universal electric power control process executed by the main side MPU 72 . In the third general/universal electric power control process, execution control of display continuation times in the third general/universal diagram display unit 133 and execution control of the open execution state of the third universal electric device 123 are performed. FIG. 26 is a slow chart showing the third normal/universal electric power control process.

If the winning a prize to the specific operation unit 124 has occurred (step S1301: YES), the third normal diagram side reservation information stored in the first area 143a ~ fourth area 143d of the third normal diagram reservation area 143 On the condition that the number is less than four, which is the upper limit number (step S1302: NO), the storage process to the third normal pattern reservation area 143 is executed (step S1303). In the storage process, the third normal diagram side reserved information in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third normal diagram reservation area 143 is stored with the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 as the third normal diagram side reserved information. The data is stored in the area with the earlier digestion order among the areas that have not been digested. In addition, when the 3rd normal map side reserved information is acquired, the display contents of the 3rd normal map reserved display unit 137 are updated according to the fact that the number of the 3rd normal map side reserved information has increased this time Make data settings for

When the negative determination is made in step S1301, when the affirmative determination is made in step S1302, or when the process of step S1303 is executed, the third normal/universal electric address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S1304). The start address of the program for executing the process corresponding to the numerical information of the 3rd normal/general electric counter is set in the 3rd normal/normal/general/general electric address table. The 3rd general electric power counter is a counter for specifying the processing contents to be executed in the 3rd general electric power control process by the main side MPU 72 .

The third general/universal electric counter can take a value of "0" to "3", and each value of "0" to "3" is the start address NA30 to NA33 of each process (step S1307 to step S1310). corresponds to Specifically, when the value of the third normal pattern counter is "0", the third normal pattern fluctuation start process ( Step S1307) is executed, and when the value of the 3rd normal pattern normal counter is "1", the 3rd normal pattern fluctuation which is a process for advancing the display continuation time in the 3rd normal pattern display unit 133 Medium processing (step S1308) is executed, and when the value of the third normal diagram normal electric counter is "2", the third normal diagram display unit 133 is a process for ending the display continuation times The process (step S1309) during the general pattern determination is executed, and when the value of the third general pattern general electric counter is "3", the third general electric device 123 is a process for controlling the open state. 3. Processing during power supply disconnection (step S1310) is to be executed.

In the 3rd normal electric power control process, after reading the 3rd normal electric power address table (step S1304), the start address corresponding to the information of the 3rd normal electric power counter is set to the 3rd normal electric power address. It is obtained from the table (step S1305), and jumps to the process indicated by the obtained start address (step S1306). Each process from step S1307 to step S1310 will be individually described below.

In the third normal pattern fluctuation start process of step S1307, it is reserved and stored in the third normal pattern reservation area 143 on the condition that the third normal pattern side reservation information is retained and stored in the third normal pattern reservation area 143. Execute the process of shifting the 3rd general map side reservation information. Specifically, the 3rd general map side reservation information stored in the 1st area 143a of the 3rd general map reservation area 143 is shifted to the 3rd general map execution area 143e, and then the 2nd area 143b → 3rd 1st area 143a, 3rd area 143c→2nd area 143b, and 4th area 143d→3rd area 143c. In addition, when the third normal map side reserved information is shifted, the display contents of the third normal map reserved display unit 137 are updated according to the fact that the number of the third normal map side reserved information has decreased this time. Make data settings for

After executing the shift process in the 3rd normal pattern fluctuation start process, the 3rd normal pattern side reservation information newly shifted to the 3rd normal pattern execution area 143e is used as a lottery value 3rd normal pattern open lottery process to run. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the probability of winning the third normal open lottery in the third normal open lottery process is constant regardless of the game state. Open election. However, it is not limited to this, and the probability of winning the third electric power open election may be higher or lower than this.

In the third general pattern fluctuation start processing, when the third general electric open lottery processing is executed, processing for specifying the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is executed. In the specific process, a fixed display duration of 300 seconds is set to the third timer counter provided in the main side RAM 74 regardless of the result of the third general/universal electric open lottery process and the number of the third general/universal diagram side reserved information. . In addition, when the display continuation time is executed in the third normal-symbol display unit 133, the corresponding effect is not executed in the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64.例文帳に追加

In the third normal pattern fluctuation start process, after executing the process for specifying the display continuation period, the variable display of the pattern in the third normal pattern display unit 133 is started. When the variable display of the pattern is to be performed in the third normal pattern display unit 133, the variable display table for the normal pattern, which has already been described, is referred to. After starting the variable display of the pattern in the 3rd normal figure display part 133, 1 is added to the value of the 3rd normal figure general electric counter. Since the value of the 3rd normal figure normal electric counter when the 3rd normal figure fluctuation start process is executed is "0", by adding 1, the value of the 3rd normal figure normal electric counter is the 3rd normal figure It becomes "1" corresponding to the process during fluctuation (step S1308).

In the process during the 3rd normal figure fluctuation of step S1308, it is determined whether it is during display continuation time and it is the timing before a fixed display. Specifically, when the value of the third timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.4 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the final display. If it is before confirmation display, the process for changing the display mode of the design in the 3rd normal figure display part 133 regularly is performed. Further, when the timing for the confirmation display comes, the display mode of the pattern in the third general/universal diagram display unit 133 is set to the display mode corresponding to the result of the third general/universal electric open lottery process of this time. After that, by adding 1 to the value of the 3rd normal pattern counter, the value of the counter is changed from the one corresponding to the 3rd normal pattern fluctuation process to the 3rd normal pattern determination process (step S1309) update to

In the process during the 3rd normal figure determination of step S1309, it is determined whether the determination display period (specifically 0.4 second) of the display continuation time of this time passed. When the fixed display period has passed, it is determined whether or not the result of the third general/universal power open lottery process in the current display continuation time is the third general/universal power open winning. If it is not the third general electric open election, after clearing the value of the third general electric counter to "0", the process during the third general electric system determination is terminated. In the case of winning the 3rd general/universal power open winning, "1" is set as the information of the number of opening/closing of the 3rd general/universal power device 123 in the 3rd general/universal power open counter provided in the main side RAM74. In addition, "10" is set in the third general electric winning counter provided in the main side RAM 74 as the information of the upper limit number of the winning prizes to the third general electric device 123 in the open execution state of this time. In addition, information corresponding to one second is set in the third timer counter as the information of the open continuation period of the third general electric device 123 . In addition, the third universal device 123 is opened by starting to output a drive signal to the third universal device 123b. After that, 1 is added to the 3rd P/P/P counter. Since the value of the third normal electric power counter when the third normal electric power counter is being executed is "2", after adding 1, "3" corresponding to the third normal electric power open processing (step S1310) ”.

In step S1310, in the third normal/universal power open process, when the third universal/universal power device 123 has won a prize, the value corresponding to the number of prizes won is subtracted from the value of the third/universal power winning counter of the main side RAM74. do. Then, when the value of the third general electric winning prize counter is "0", the value of the third general electric open counter is cleared to "0", the value of the third timer counter is cleared to "0", and the By stopping the output of the drive signal to the 3 general electric drive unit 123b, the 3rd general electric accessory 123a is closed and the value of the 3 general electric counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the process to be executed in the next process round of the 3rd normal pattern normal electrical control process becomes the 3rd normal pattern fluctuation start process (step S1307). Further, even if the value of the third normal electric winning prize counter is not "0", if the value of the third timer counter is "0", the third normal electric winning prize counter of the main side RAM 74 and the third By clearing the value of the general electric opening counter to "0" and further stopping the output of the drive signal to the third general electric drive unit 123b, the third general electric accessory 123a is brought into the closed state. Then, the value of the 3rd P/P/P counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the process to be executed in the next process round of the 3rd normal pattern normal electrical control process becomes the 3rd normal pattern fluctuation start process (step S1307).

As a result of the execution of the third normal/universal electric power control process as described above, the fluctuation display of the pattern is performed in the third normal/universal diagram display unit 133 with the occurrence of the winning to the specific operation unit 124 as a trigger. Then, in the third universal electric open lottery process, when the third universal electric open lottery is won, the third universal electric device 123 enters the open execution state after the display continuation times in the third universal electric diagram display unit 133 is completed. . In the open execution state, the third general electric device 123 is opened once for 1 second. In addition, since the shooting cycle of the game ball is 0.6 seconds, the upper limit number of game balls will not win the third general electrical device 123 in the open state of 1 second.

Here, in the third general electric power control process, when the first universal electric device 121 is in the open execution state, when the second universal electric device 122 is in the open execution state, and when the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state In any of the cases, the processing for temporarily stopping the display continuation times of the third normal figure display unit 133 is not executed. As a result, even if the first general electric device 121 is in the opening execution state, the second general electric device 122 is in the opening execution state, or the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, Regardless, it is possible to advance the display continuation times of the third general/universal diagram display unit 133 and to advance the opening execution state in the third general/universal electrical device 123 . In addition, in the first normal diagram general electric control process, even if the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state, the process for temporarily stopping the display continuation time of the first general diagram display unit 131 is not executed. , In the second normal diagram general electric control process, even if the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state, the process for temporarily stopping the display continuation time of the second general diagram display unit 132 is not executed, In the later-described fourth normal diagram general electric control process, even if the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state, the process for temporarily stopping the display continuation times of the fourth general diagram display unit 134 is not executed. As a result, even when the third general electric device 123 is in the opening execution state, it is possible to advance the display continuation times of the first general electric device 131 regardless of that, and the first general electric device It is possible to advance the opening execution state in 121, and regardless of that, it is possible to advance the display continuation time of the second normal diagram display unit 132 and advance the opening execution state in the second general electric device 122. Regardless of this, it is possible to advance the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134, and it is possible to advance the acceptance execution state in the special winning device 35.

<Fourth normal/universal electric power control processing>
Next, the 4th normal figure normal electric control process performed in main side MPU72 is demonstrated. In the 4th general pattern general electric control process, the execution control of the display continuation time in the 4th general pattern display part 134, and the execution control of the acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35 are performed. FIG. 27 is a slow chart showing the fourth normal/universal electric power control process.

It is determined whether or not the first general electrical device 121 is in the opening execution state, or whether the second general electrical device 122 is in the opening execution state (step S1401). If a negative determination is made in step S1401, the processes of steps S1402 and S1403 are executed. These processes will be described later. After that, the 4th general/universal electric address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S1404). The start address of the program for executing the process corresponding to the numerical information of the 4th normal/universal electric counter is set in the 4th/normal/normal electric address table. The 4th general electric power counter is a counter for specifying the processing contents to be executed in the 4th general electric power control process by the main side MPU 72 .

The fourth general/universal electric counter can take a value of "0" to "3", and each value of "0" to "3" is the start address NA40 to NA43 corresponds to Specifically, when the value of the fourth normal diagram counter is "0", the fourth normal diagram fluctuation start process ( Step S1407) is to be executed, and when the value of the 4th normal figure normal counter is "1", the 4th normal figure fluctuation which is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the 4th normal figure display unit 134 Medium processing (step S1408) is to be executed, and when the value of the fourth normal map normal counter is "2", the fourth normal map display unit 134 is a process for ending the display continuation times Normal pattern determination process (step S1409) is executed, and when the value of the 4th normal pattern normal counter is "3", the 4th normal pattern which is a process for controlling the acceptance state of the special winning device 35 The power-off process (step S1410) is to be executed.

In the fourth normal electric power control process, after reading the fourth normal electric power address table (step S1404), the start address corresponding to the information of the fourth normal electric power counter is changed to the fourth normal electric power address. It is acquired from the table (step S1405), and jumps to the process indicated by the acquired start address (step S1406). Each process from step S1407 to step S1410 will be individually described below.

FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing the fourth normal pattern fluctuation start process of step S1407. If a winning to the through winning section 34 has occurred (step S1501: YES), acceptance determination processing is executed (step S1502). In the acceptance determination process, the current numerical value information of the normal electric random number counter C11 is stored in the execution area 144 for the 4th normal map as the 4th normal map side reserved information. Then, the acceptance determination table is read from the main ROM 73, and the read acceptance determination table is compared with the fourth normal diagram side reserved information stored in the fourth normal diagram execution area 144. FIG. In this case, there is a probability of 98% that the winning result will be accepted.

If the result of the acceptance determination process is the acceptance winning result (step S1503: YES), the stop result setting process for the acceptance winning result is executed (step S1504). Concretely, the information of the stop mode of the pattern for the acceptance winning result to be finally stopped and displayed in the current display continuation time in the fourth normal figure display unit 134 is read from the main side ROM 73 and stored in the main side RAM 74. . One type of pattern stop mode may be set for the acceptance winning result, or a plurality of types of pattern stop modes may be set for the acceptance winning result.

If the result of the acceptance determination process is not the acceptance winning result (step S1503: NO), the stop result setting process for the losing result is executed (step S1505). Concretely, it reads from the main ROM 73 and stores in the main RAM 74 the information on the stop mode of the pattern for the outlier result that is finally stopped and displayed on the fourth normal figure display unit 134 in the current display continuation time. The information on the form of the pattern selected in this case is different from the information on the form of the pattern selected in the case of the acceptance winning result.

After executing any stop result setting process, the specific process of the 4th normal figure fluctuation period is executed (step S1506). After that, the variation display of the pattern in the fourth normal figure display unit 134 is started (step S1507). When the variation display of the pattern is to be performed in the fourth normal pattern display unit 134, the variation display table for the normal pattern, which has already been described, is referred to.

After that, 1 is added to the value of the fourth normal/universal electric counter (step S1508). Since the value of the 4th normal figure normal electric counter when the 4th normal figure fluctuation start processing is executed is "0", the value of the 4th normal figure normal electric counter is 4 normal figure by adding 1 It becomes "1" corresponding to the process during fluctuation (step S1408).

FIG. 29 is a flow chart showing the identification process of the fourth normal pattern fluctuation period in step S1506. First, it is determined whether or not one or more 3rd normal map side reservation information is stored in the 1st area 143a to 4th area 143d of the 3rd normal map reservation area 143 (step S1601).

If a negative determination is made in step S1601, lottery processing for period selection is executed (step S1602). In the lottery process, numerical information is acquired from a random number counter that is periodically updated (for example, every 4 milliseconds) in the main RAM 74, and the acquired numerical information is stored in a period selection table stored in advance in the main ROM 73. match against. The period selection table is set so that the selection winning result has a probability of 1/500. In addition, it is not limited to this, and the probability of winning the first electric open lottery process in the first electric open lottery process is such that the probability of winning the selection winning result in the lottery process for selecting the period is 1/50. The probability of winning the selection result in the lottery process for selecting the period is 1/100, which is the same as the probability of winning the first power open lottery process in the first power open lottery process. They may have a certain configuration, or they may have substantially the same configuration.

If the result of the lottery process for selecting the period is not the selected winning result but the losing result (step S1603: NO), the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S1604). The first display duration is 0.45 seconds as in the first embodiment. In the situation where the first display duration is selected, even if the special prize winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, basically no prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35 as in the first embodiment.

On the other hand, when one or more third normal figure side reservation information is stored and affirmative determination is made in step S1601, or the result of the lottery process for period selection is a selection winning result and affirmative determination is made in step S1603 If so, the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S1605). As in the first embodiment, the third display duration is 1 second. In the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, one special winning device 35 out of 11 game balls reaching the position where the special winning device 35 can win, as in the first embodiment. You can expect to win a prize.

If either step S1604 or step S1605 has been executed, the display continuation period information selected in either step S1604 or step S1605 is set in the fourth timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S1606). The update of the numerical value information set in the fourth timer counter is executed in the timer update process of step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11).

Due to the above configuration, in a situation where the third normal map side hold information is retained and stored, the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the fourth normal map display unit 134, Winning to the special prize winning device 35 can occur. As a result, the player who expects the special prize winning device 35 to pay attention to whether or not the game ball wins the special operation section 124, can improve the interest of the game.

Only when the display continuation times in the third normal diagram display unit 133 is executed, the third display continuation time is not selected in the display continuation times in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134, and the display continuation in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 In order to select the 3rd display continuation time in the time, it is necessary to further hold and store the 3rd normal map side hold information. As a result, it is possible to increase the degree of difficulty for selecting the third display continuation time in the display continuation time in the fourth normal figure display unit 134, and from this point also, the game ball is placed in the specific operation unit 124 Attention is paid to whether or not the player wins, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest in the game.

Even in a situation where the 3rd normal map side reserved information is not retained and stored, the selection winning result in the period selection lottery process will result in the 3rd display continuation period in the display continuation times in the 4th normal map display unit 134 is selected. Thereby, it is possible to increase the frequency of selecting the third display duration period in the display duration times in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 .

In the fourth normal figure fluctuation process of step S1408, it is determined whether or not the timing is during display continuation and before final display. Specifically, when the value of the fourth timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.4 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the final display. If it is before confirmation display, the process for changing the display mode of the pattern in the 4th normal figure display part 134 regularly is performed. Further, when the timing for the confirmation display has come, the display mode of the pattern in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 is set to the display mode corresponding to the result of the current acceptance determination process. After that, by adding 1 to the value of the 4th normal figure normal electric counter, the value of the counter is changed from the one corresponding to the 4th normal figure fluctuation process to the 4th normal figure determination process (step S1409) update to.

In the process during the 4th normal figure determination of step S1409, it is determined whether the fixed display period (specifically 0.4 seconds) of the display continuation time of this time passed. When the fixed display period has passed, it is determined whether or not the result of the acceptance determination process in the current display continuation time is the acceptance winning result. If it is not an acceptance winning result, after clearing the value of the 4th normal pattern general electric counter to "0", this 4th normal pattern finalization process is terminated. In the case of an acceptance winning result, "1" is set as information on the number of opening/closing times of the special prize winning device 35 in the fourth common electric open counter provided in the main side RAM74. In addition, "10" is set in the fourth general electrical winning counter provided in the main RAM 74 as information of the upper limit number of winnings to the special winning device 35 in the current receiving execution state. In addition, information corresponding to 0.1 second is set in the fourth timer counter as information of the opening duration of the special winning device 35 . Also, by starting to output a drive signal to the opening/closing drive unit 47, the special prize winning device 35 is placed in the receiving state. After that, 1 is added to the 4th P/P/P counter. Since the value of the 4th normal electric power counter when the 4th normal electric power counter is being executed is "2", after adding 1, "3" corresponding to the 4th electric power open processing (step S1410) ”.

In step S1410, when the special winning device 35 has won a prize, the value corresponding to the number of winning prizes is subtracted from the value of the fourth universal power winning counter of the main side RAM74. Then, when the value of the fourth general electric prize winning counter is "0", the value of the fourth general electric open counter of the main side RAM 74 is cleared to "0", and the output of the driving signal to the open/close driving section 47 is stopped. By stopping, the special winning device 35 is brought into a non-accepting state. Then, the value of the 4th P/P/P counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the 4th normal pattern normal electric control processing becomes the 4th normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S1407). Further, even if the value of the fourth general electric prize counter is not "0", if the value of the fourth timer counter of the main side RAM 74 is "0", the fourth general electric prize winning counter of the main side RAM 74 The special winning device 35 is brought into the non-acceptance state by clearing the counter and the fourth electric open counter to "0" and by stopping the output of the drive signal to the open/close drive unit 47 . Then, the value of the 4th P/P/P counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the 4th normal pattern normal electric control processing becomes the 4th normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S1407).

As described above, the variation display of the pattern is performed in the fourth normal diagram display section 134 with the occurrence of a prize to the through prize winning section 34 by executing the fourth normal diagram general electric control process. Then, when the acceptance winning result is obtained in the acceptance determination process, the special winning device 35 enters the acceptance execution state after the display continuation times in the fourth normal figure display unit 134 is completed. In the acceptance execution state, the special prize winning device 35 performs the acceptance state for 0.1 seconds once.

In the fourth normal/universal electric power control process, if the first universal electric device 121 is in the opening execution state or if the second universal electric device 122 is in the opening execution state, by making an affirmative determination in step S1401, In step S1411, fluctuation stop processing is executed. In the fluctuation stop process, if the current situation is during execution of the display continuation times in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134, the display continuation times in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 are changed to the display mode of the current fourth normal diagram display unit 134. state, and the update of the fourth timer counter is temporarily stopped. Further, in the fluctuation stop processing, the fourth stop flag provided in the main RAM 74 is set to "1".

In the fourth general/universal electric power control process, when a negative determination is made in step S1401 and "1" is set to the fourth stop flag of the main side RAM74 (step S1402: YES), the 4 The stop flag is cleared to "0" (step S1403). Thereby, when the 4th normal figure display part 134 is once stopped in the middle of the display continuation time, the said display continuation time is resumed, and the update of a 4th timer counter is restarted.

As described above, when the first general electric device 121 is in the open execution state in the fourth general electric device 121 in the fourth general electric device control process, or when the second general electric device 122 is in the open execution state, the display of the fourth general electric device 134 Execute processing for temporarily stopping the continuation. As a result, when the first general electric device 121 is in the opening execution state or when the second general electric device 122 is in the opening execution state, the display continuation time of the fourth general diagram display unit 134 is not progressed. It becomes possible to Therefore, when the first general electric device 121 is in the open execution state, or when the second general electric device 122 is in the open execution state, the special winning device 35 will not be in the acceptance execution state. It becomes possible to

<Relationship between the display continuation period of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 and the acceptance state of the special winning device 35>
Next, the relationship between the display continuation period of the 4th normal figure display part 134 and the receiving state of the special prize winning device 35 will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG. FIG. 30(a) shows the period during which the game ball is detected by the specific detection sensor 124a of the specific operation unit 124, and FIG. FIG. 30(c) shows the period during which the game ball passes through the through prize winning section 34, and FIG. FIG. 30(e) shows the period during which the display continuation is performed in the fourth normal figure display unit 134, and FIG. 30(f) shows the period during which the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance state. show.

As already explained, a game ball that has reached the right side of the left end of the variable display unit 37 in the upper area PA1 can enter the introduction port 126 that enables the inflow of the game ball toward the specific operation part 124, and can enter the introduction port 126. If the ball does not enter the mouth 126, it flows into the left area PA2. Then, all the game balls flowing into the left area PA2 will win the through prize winning section 34.例文帳に追加In addition, the game ball flowing into the left area PA2 can win the first operating section 32 . Therefore, in a situation where either the first general electrical device 121 or the second general electrical device 122 is not in the open state, basically, in the upper area PA1, from the right side of the left end of the variable display unit 37 toward the left side area PA2. A shooting operation is performed so that the game ball flows down. In the situation where the firing operation is performed in this way, timing t1, timing t6, timing t12, timing t16, timing t19, timing t23, timing t28 and As shown at the timing of t32, basically winning to the through winning section 34 occurs, and as shown at timings of t7 and t13 in FIG. do.

Based on the occurrence of a prize to the through prize winning section 34, timing t1-timing t2, timing t6-timing t8, timing t12-timing t14, timing t16-timing t20, timing t23-t29. and the timing of t32 to the timing of t35, the display continuation times in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 are performed as shown in FIG. 30(e). Then, following the display continuation times, timing t2-timing t3, timing t8-timing t9, timing t14-timing t15, timing t20-timing t22, timing t29-timing t31. And in each period from the timing of t35 to the timing of t36, the special winning device 35 enters the acceptance execution state as shown in FIG. 30(f).

In this case, as shown in FIG. 30 (a), the winning to the specific operation unit 124 occurs at the timing of t7, so that the third normal figure display unit as shown in FIG. 30 (b) at the timing of t7 A display continuation cycle at 133 is initiated. Then, at the timing of t13 in the situation where the display continuation time is being executed, as shown in FIG. Due to the occurrence of the winning to the specific operation unit 124, the third normal diagram side reservation information is retained and stored. After that, as shown in FIG. 30(b), at the timing of t25, the continuous display of the third general/universal diagram display unit 133 ends, and although not shown, the third general/universal apparatus 123 is immediately opened. . Then, at the timing of t27, which is the timing after the opening execution state ends, a new display continuation time in the third normal diagram display unit 133 is started as shown in FIG. 30(b). In this case, the state in which the third normal map side hold information is held and stored is canceled.

When the game is performed as described above, the third general chart side hold information is held and stored over the timing of t13 to the timing of t27. Therefore, the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 in each period of the timing of t1 to the timing of t2, the timing of t6 to the timing of t8, the timing of t12 to the timing of t14, and the timing of t32 to the timing of t35 While the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period, the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 in each period from the timing of t16 to the timing of t20 and the timing of t23 to the timing of t29 are A third display duration is selected as the display duration. Then, as shown in FIG. 30(d), timing t4-timing t5, timing t10-timing t11, timing t17-timing t18, timing t20-timing t21, timing t24-timing t26. , t29 timing to t30 timing and t33 timing to t34 timing. Timing of t20 to timing of t21 and timing of t29 to timing of t30 included in the execution period of the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 immediately after the display continuation time that is the third display continuation period is executed in the figure display unit 134 A game ball reaching a position at which the special winning device 35 can be won wins the special winning device 35, and other game balls do not win the special winning device 35.例文帳に追加

According to the present embodiment described in detail above, in addition to or instead of the effects described in the first embodiment, the following excellent effects are obtained.

The 4th normal map side reserved information is acquired by the occurrence of a prize to the through winning part 34, and the display continuation time of the 4th normal map display unit 134 is performed by acquiring the 4th normal map side reserved information. In a configuration where the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 can be performed after the end of the display continuation time, it is acquired based on the winning to the specific operation unit 124 that does not directly contribute to the occurrence of the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 When the display continuation time of the 4th normal map display unit 134 is executed in a situation where the 3rd normal map side reserved information is retained and stored, the 3rd display continuation period is set, and the 3rd normal map side reserved information is not retained and stored, the first display continuation period is set when the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 are executed. When the first display duration period is set, winning to the special prize winning device 35 is basically disabled, and when the third display duration period is set, the special prize winning device 35 is displayed at a predetermined frequency. Winning to will occur. As a result, the player who expects to win the special prize-winning device 35 pays attention not only to the through prize-winning portion 34 and the special prize-winning device 35 but also to the specific operation portion 124, thereby making it possible to improve the interest of the game. .

In order to win the game ball in the specific operation unit 124, it is necessary to perform a shooting operation so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2, while the first general electric device 121 and The second general electrical device 122 is provided in the right area PA3. As a result, when the jackpot state occurs in a situation where the third normal map side hold information is reserved and stored and the third display continuation period is repeatedly set in the display continuation times of the fourth normal map display unit 134, the jackpot state is generated. In parallel with this, the display continuation times of the third normal figure display unit 133 are extinguished and the launch operation is performed aiming at winning the special electric prize winning device 36, so that the winning to the specific operation unit 124 does not occur, In the midst of the jackpot state, a situation can arise in which the 3rd normal diagram side reserved information is not reserved and stored. Therefore, the situation in which the third display continuation period is repeatedly set can be ended with the occurrence of the jackpot state, and the situation in which the third display continuation period is repeatedly set can be prevented from continuing excessively. becomes possible.

When the third general/universal power open lottery process is executed based on the acquisition of the third general/universal power system side hold information and the third general/universal power system open lottery is won, the third general/universal power device 123 enters an open execution state. Then, the payout of the game ball is executed by the occurrence of winning to the third general electric device 123 . On the other hand, when the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 are executed in the situation where the third normal diagram side reserved information is stored as described above, the third display continuation period is set, and the third When the display continuation period is set, winning to the special winning device 35 occurs at a predetermined frequency. In other words, by holding and storing the third universal diagram side reserved information, not only the advantage that the third universal electric device 123 becomes the open execution state, but also the advantage that the special winning device 35 wins at a predetermined frequency will also be granted. Therefore, the player pays attention to whether or not the third normal diagram side reservation information is acquired, and it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

Based on the occurrence of a prize to the special winning device 35, the first general electric power open lottery process is executed by acquiring the first general electric power side reservation information, and when the first electric power open lottery is won, the first A jackpot state occurs in which the first general electric device 121 and the second general electric device 122 are in the open execution state. As a result, it is expected that the special winning device 35 will win a prize, and as a result, the third display continuation period can be set in the display continuation time of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134. It is possible to draw the player's attention to whether or not the winning to the specific operating portion 124 of the game occurs. In addition, when the winning to the special winning device 35 occurs in the configuration in which the first normal side reserved information is acquired based on the occurrence of the winning to the first operating unit 32, the first normal side reserved information is obtained. As a result, the player who expects the occurrence of the big winning state not only expects the occurrence of the winning to the first operation part 32 but also to the occurrence of the winning to the special winning device 35, thereby improving the interest of the game. It is possible to plan

The first operating portion 32, the through winning portion 34, the special winning device 35, and the specific operating portion 124 are all provided at positions where the game ball can reach when the shooting operation is performed so as to flow down the left side area PA2. ing. Thus, by performing the shooting operation so that the game ball flows down the left side area PA2, it is possible to aim to generate a prize for all of the first operation part 32, the through winning part 34, the special winning device 35 and the specific operation part 124. becomes possible. Therefore, it is possible to achieve the excellent effects already described while suppressing the complication of the firing operation.

When any one of the opening execution state of the first general electric device 121, the opening execution state of the second general electric device 122, and the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs, the other state among them occurs. On the other hand, even if one of the opening execution state of the first universal device 121, the opening execution state of the second universal device 122, and the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs An open execution state of the third universal device 123 may occur. As a result, it is possible to diversify the manner in which winnings are generated, and to improve the interest in the game.

The first general electrical device 121 enters an open execution state based on the occurrence of a prize in the special prize winning device 35, and the second general electrical device 122 opens based on the occurrence of a prize in the first general electrical device 121. In the configuration of the execution state, if any of the opening execution state of the first universal device 121, the opening execution state of the second universal device 122, and the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs, they none of the other states occur. As a result, the player can aim to win prizes in the special winning device 35, the first general electric device 121 and the second general electric device 122 step by step. On the other hand, the open execution state of the third general electric device 123 occurs independently of the winning of the special winning device 35, the first general electric device 121 and the second general electric device 122. FIG. In this case, even if any one of the opening execution state of the first general electrical device 121, the opening execution state of the second general electrical device 122, and the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs, the third An open execution state of the general electric device 123 may occur. As a result, for example, it is possible to create a situation in which it is possible to aim for winning the special winning device 35 and winning the third general electric device 123 at the same time.

In a configuration in which the receiving execution state of the special winning device 35 and the opening execution state of the third general electric device 123 can occur in overlap, the third general electric device 123 flows down toward the special winning device 35. It is provided at a position where it is possible to win a prize when the is flowing down. As a result, it is possible to carry out the shooting operation aiming at winning both the special winning device 35 and the third general electric device 123 .

When any one of the opening execution state of the first general electric device 121, the opening execution state of the second general electric device 122, and the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs, the other device among them corresponds. The display continuation times in the normal map display units 131, 132, and 134 are prevented from progressing. As a result, any one of the opening execution state of the first general electric device 121, the opening execution state of the second general electric device 122, and the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 is generated only by adjusting the progress of the display continuation times. If so, it is possible to prevent the other states from occurring.

The state in which the continuous display is prevented from progressing as described above is the open execution state of the first general electric device 121, the open execution state of the second general electric device 122, and the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35. After the state corresponding to the normal diagram display units 131, 132, and 134, which is not subject to progress stoppage of the continuation round, is canceled, and if the continuation round of display is temporarily stopped on the way, the continuation round of display is canceled. Progress resumes. As a result, it is possible to prevent the display continuation times for which progress is to be stopped from being invalidated.

<Another form of the fourth embodiment>
(1) In the above configuration, when a jackpot state occurs in a situation where the upper limit number of 4 pieces of the 3rd general map side reserved information is reserved and stored, until the 3rd general map side reserved information is not reserved and stored is longer than the shortest period required from the start to the end of the jackpot state, when the jackpot state occurs in a situation where the third general chart side hold information is retained and stored Even after the jackpot state is over, the third normal diagram side reserved information is retained and stored. When a jackpot state occurs in a situation where individual reserved information is stored, the longest period required until the third normal drawing side reserved information is not reserved and stored is the shortest period required from the start to the end of the jackpot state. It is good also as a structure which is a period shorter than. For example, the display continuation period of the display continuation time in the third normal map display unit 133 may be set to 30 seconds instead of 300 seconds to improve the efficiency of digestion of the third normal map side reserved information. , the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the third normal diagram display unit 133 may be shortened compared to the case where it is not in the jackpot state, and when the jackpot state is reached, the third normal diagram side reserved information is displayed. It is good also as composition by which the 3rd normal map side reservation information is deleted from the 3rd normal map reservation area 143 so that it may become the situation where it is not reserved and memorized. As a result, when a big winning state occurs, it is possible to reliably end the situation in which the third display duration is repeatedly set.

(2) The display continuation time of the third normal diagram display unit 133 is not temporarily stopped even if the first universal electric device 121 or the second universal electric device 122 is in the open execution state, and the special winning device 35 Although it is configured not to be stopped once even if the is in the acceptance execution state, it is not limited to this, the opening execution state of the first general electric device 121, the opening execution state of the second general electric device 122, and the special winning When any of the acceptance execution states of the device 35 occurs, the display continuation time of the third normal diagram display unit 133 is temporarily stopped, and when the event that triggered the temporary stop ends, the third normal diagram display A configuration may be adopted in which the display continuation times of the unit 133 are restarted. In the configuration, since the display continuation times of the third normal diagram display unit 133 is temporarily stopped in the jackpot state, the jackpot state is started in the situation where the third normal diagram side hold information is retained and stored. In this case, even after the jackpot state ends, the situation in which the third normal diagram side reserved information is reserved and stored is easily maintained. Therefore, it is possible to make it possible to continue the situation in which the winning to the special winning device 35 occurs at a predetermined frequency even after the end of the jackpot state.

(3) Even if the 4th normal side reserved information is acquired, the special winning device 35 will not be in the acceptance execution state unless the acceptance winning result is obtained in the acceptance determination process, but the 4th normal side reserved information is When it is acquired, the special winning device 35 may be surely configured to be in the acceptance execution state, and when the 4th general diagram side reservation information is acquired, the special winning device 35 is accepted and executed with a probability of about 100% It may be configured to be in a state.

(4) When any of the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35, the opening execution state of the first universal device 121, and the opening execution state of the second universal device 122 occurs, the third normal diagram display unit 133 A configuration may be adopted in which the display continuation time is ended in the middle and is invalidated as it is.

(5) Predetermined devices 35, 121, 122 that do not correspond to the normal pattern display units 131, 132, 134 enter the acceptance execution state or the release execution state during the display continuation times in the normal pattern display units 131, 132, 134 However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the period during which the predetermined device 35, 121, 122 is in the acceptance execution state or the release execution state. A configuration may be adopted in which the display continuation period of the display continuation times is extended by the amount. In this case, during the period in which the predetermined devices 35, 121, 122 are in the acceptance execution state or the release execution state, the normal pattern display units 131, 132, 134 corresponding to the display continuation times during execution will display the variable display of the pattern. It is good also as a structure which is continued.

(6) A configuration may be provided in which a ball entry device that enables a game ball to win a prize when a prize is awarded to the second general electrical device 122 is separately provided. The ball-entering device may be configured to be in a state in which the game ball can win a prize when the electric driving unit is driven based on the prize-winning to the second general-purpose electrical device 122 . In addition, the ball-entering device enters a state in which a game ball that has won the second general electrical device 122 comes into contact with a mechanical operation mechanism to operate the operation mechanism, thereby allowing the game ball to win a prize. A game ball entering the device may contact another mechanical operating mechanism to operate the operating mechanism, thereby disabling the winning of the game ball. In this case, it is possible to increase the number of game balls given to the player in the big win state by executing the payout of the game balls based on the winning to the ball entry device.

(7) Although the configuration is such that the 4th normal map side reserved information is not retained and stored, the configuration may be such that the 4th normal map side retained information is retained and stored.

(8) The manner in which the third public device 123 is put into the open execution state is arbitrary. The third general electrical device 123 may be configured to be in an open state so that winning of game balls can be expected. This makes it possible to increase the advantage of the third general electrical device 123 being in the open execution state.

(9) Limited to the configuration in which the third display continuation period is surely set when the display continuation time of the 4th normal diagram display unit 134 is started in the situation where the 3rd normal diagram side reserved information is retained and stored A configuration may be adopted in which the third display continuation period is easily set. Specifically, the display continuation of the fourth normal map display unit 134 in any of the situation where the third normal map side reserved information is not retained and stored and the situation in which the third normal map side reserved information is retained and stored Although the 3rd display duration can be set in the times, the situation where the 3rd normal map side reserved information is reserved and stored is better than the situation where the 3rd normal map side reserved information is not reserved and stored. A configuration may be adopted in which the third display continuation period is easily set in the display continuation times of the display unit 134 .

<Fifth Embodiment>
This embodiment differs from the above-described fourth embodiment in the configuration of the specific operating portion 124 . Hereinafter, configurations different from those of the fourth embodiment will be described, and descriptions of configurations that are the same as those of the fourth embodiment will be basically omitted.

In the fourth embodiment, in the variable display unit 37, the rear wall 125 that defines the rear side of the stage 37a is provided with the specific operation part 124, but in this embodiment, the disk member 151 is provided on the stage 37a. A specific operation part 124 is provided on the disk member 151 so that the game ball supplied to the disk member 151 can enter. The disc member 151 will be described in detail. 31 is a plan view of the disk member 151. FIG.

The disk member 151 is provided on the stage 37a so that the upper surface of the disk member 151 can be visually recognized by the player. The disk member 151 is provided with three holes that penetrate the disk member 151 in the vertical direction. These are the holes 152 and 153 . The specific operating portion 124 and the discharge holes 152 and 153 are provided in the circumferential direction at predetermined intervals, and the upper surface of the disc member 151 is provided with the specific operating portion 124 and the discharge holes 152 and 153. It slopes downward toward the specific operating portion 124 and the discharge holes 152 and 153 so that the ball can enter one of the holes 152 and 153 for discharge. A game ball that enters the specific operation portion 124 is discharged to the back side of the game board 24 as it is, and a game ball that enters the discharge holes 152 and 153 is discharged to the lower area PA4 and is discharged to the lower area PA4. continue to flow down. In addition, the game ball that enters the ejection holes 152 and 153 and is ejected to the lower area PA4 can enter the first operating portion 32 provided in the lower area PA4.

A game ball entering the introduction port 126 of the variable display unit 37 and passing through the warp passage 127 is supplied onto the disc member 151 . Then, the game ball supplied onto the disk member 151 hits the specific operating portion 124 with a probability of 1/3, and hits one of the ejection holes 152 and 153 with a probability of 2/3.

According to the above configuration, the player who expects the game ball to enter the specific operation part 124 not only receives the game ball supplied to the disc member 151 but also receives the game ball when the disc member 151 receives the game ball. The game ball is expected to enter the specific operation part 124 . Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest in the game.

<Sixth embodiment>
In this embodiment, the processing configuration of the specific processing of the fourth normal figure fluctuation period executed by the main side MPU 72 is different from that of the above-described fourth embodiment. Hereinafter, configurations different from those of the fourth embodiment will be described, and descriptions of configurations that are the same as those of the fourth embodiment will be basically omitted.

FIG. 32 is a flow chart showing the process of specifying the fourth normal figure fluctuation period in the present embodiment. First, whether or not one or more 3rd normal map side reservation information is stored in the 1st area 143a to 4th area 143d of the 3rd normal map reservation area 143 or the display continuation times of the 3rd normal map display unit 133 is executed It is determined whether or not it is in the middle (step S1701).

If a negative determination is made in step S1701, lottery processing for period selection is executed (step S1702). In the lottery process, numerical information is acquired from a random number counter that is periodically updated (for example, every 4 milliseconds) in the main RAM 74, and the acquired numerical information is stored in a period selection table stored in advance in the main ROM 73. match against. The period selection table is set so that the selection winning result has a probability of 1/500.

If the result of the lottery process for selecting the period is not the result of the winning selection but the result of losing (step S1703: NO), the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S1704). The first display duration is 0.45 seconds as in the first embodiment. In the situation where the first display duration is selected, even if the special prize winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, basically no prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35 as in the first embodiment.

On the other hand, if one or more 3rd normal map side reservation information is stored or the display continuation time of the 3rd normal map display unit 133 is being executed and the affirmative determination is made in step S1701, or the lottery for period selection If the result of the process is a selection winning result and an affirmative determination is made in step S1703, the third display duration is selected as the display duration of the current display duration (step S1705). As in the first embodiment, the third display duration is 1 second. In the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, one special winning device 35 out of 11 game balls reaching the position where the special winning device 35 can win, as in the first embodiment. You can expect to win a prize.

If either step S1704 or step S1705 has been executed, the display continuation period information selected in either step S1704 or step S1705 is set in the fourth timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S1706).

According to the above configuration, not only when the 3rd normal map side reserved information is retained and stored, but also when the display continuation time is executed in the 3rd normal map display unit 133, the 4th normal map display unit A third display duration is set at the display duration 134 . A prize to the special prize winning device 35 can occur by selecting the third display duration period. This makes it possible to increase the frequency of winning prizes to the special prize winning device 35 .

In addition, when the display continuation time is executed in the third normal diagram display unit 133, not only is there a possibility that the third normal electric device 123 will be in the open execution state after that, but also the fourth normal diagram display By setting the third display continuation period in the display continuation times of the section 134, the winning to the special winning device 35 can occur at a predetermined frequency. As a result, it is possible to increase the player's attention to the fact that the display continuation is performed in the third normal figure display section 133, and to improve the interest in the game.

In addition, when the display continuation times of the 4th normal diagram display unit 134 is started in the situation where the display continuation times of the 3rd normal diagram display unit 133 are executed, the configuration in which the third display continuation period is set reliably , and may be configured to facilitate setting of the third display duration period. Specifically, even if the situation where the display continuation times of the 3rd normal map display unit 133 is not executed and the situation where the display continuation times of the 3rd normal map display unit 133 are executed, the 4th normal map Although the third display continuation period can be set in the display continuation times of the display unit 134, the display continuation times of the third normal diagram display unit 133 are more effective when the display continuation times of the third normal diagram display unit 133 are executed. It is good also as a structure which is easy to set a 3rd display continuation period in the display continuation time of the 4th normal figure display part 134 rather than the situation where is not performed.

Moreover, it is good also as a structure by which the process of step S1702 and step S1703 is not performed in the specific process of the 4th normal figure fluctuation period. In this case, the display of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 only when one or more third normal diagram side reserved information is stored or when the display continuation time of the third normal diagram display unit 133 is being executed A third display continuation period is set in the continuation times.

<Seventh embodiment>
In this embodiment, the processing configuration of the third normal/universal electric power control process executed by the main side MPU 72 is different from that of the fourth embodiment. Hereinafter, configurations different from those of the fourth embodiment will be described, and descriptions of configurations that are the same as those of the fourth embodiment will be basically omitted.

FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing the third normal/universal electric power control process in this embodiment. If the winning a prize to the specific operation unit 124 has occurred (step S1801: YES), the third normal diagram side reservation information stored in the first area 143a ~ fourth area 143d of the third normal diagram reservation area 143 On the condition that the number is less than four, which is the upper limit number (step S1802: NO), the storage process to the third normal pattern reservation area 143 is executed (step S1803). The processing content of the said storage process is the same as that of step S1303 of the 3rd normal figure general electric control process (FIG. 26) in the said 4th Embodiment.

When a negative determination is made in step S1801, when an affirmative determination is made in step S1802, or when the processing of step S1803 is executed, whether or not the first general electrical device 121 is in the opening execution state, the second general electrical device It is determined whether the device 122 is in the open execution state or whether the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state (step S1804). If a negative determination is made in step S1804, the processes of steps S1805 and S1806 are executed. These processes will be described later. After that, the processing of steps S1807 to S1813 is executed. The processing contents of these steps S1807 to S1813 are the same as the processing contents of steps S1304 to S1310 of the third normal/universal electric power control process (FIG. 26) in the fourth embodiment.

On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1804, fluctuation stop processing is executed in step S1814. In the fluctuation stop processing, if the current situation is that the display continuation times in the third normal diagram display unit 133 are being executed, the display continuation times in the third normal diagram display unit 133 are changed to the current display mode of the third normal diagram display unit 133. state, and the update of the third timer counter is temporarily stopped. Further, in the fluctuation stop processing, the third stop flag provided in the main RAM 74 is set to "1".

After that, on condition that the first general electric device 121 is in the open execution state or the second general electric device 122 is in the open execution state (step S1815: YES), clear processing of the third general diagram reservation area 143 is performed. Execute (step S1816). In the clearing process, the first area 143a to fourth area 143d of the third normal drawing reservation area 143 are cleared to "0". As a result, even if the third normal diagram side reserved information is retained and stored, the third normal diagram side retained information is erased and is not retained and stored. Moreover, in the said clear process, while "0" clears the execution area 143e for the 3rd normal figure, the 3rd normal figure general electric counter is cleared to "0". Thereby, even if it is during execution of the display continuation time in the 3rd normal figure display part 133, it is invalidated.

In the present embodiment, when the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state, the first general electric device 123 (FIG. 24) is affirmative determination in step S1104 to stop fluctuation processing (step S1116) Is executed, in the second normal diagram normal electric control process (Fig. 25) fluctuation stop processing (step S1215) is executed by making an affirmative determination in step S1204, the fourth normal diagram normal electric control process (Fig. 27) Then, by making an affirmative determination in step S1401, fluctuation stop processing (step S1411) is executed. Therefore, in a situation where the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state, the first general electric device 121 or the second general electric device 122 will not be in the open execution state, and the special winning device 35 will be in the open execution state. Not at all.

In the third normal/universal electric power control process, when a negative determination is made in step S1804 and "1" is set to the third stop flag of the main side RAM74 (step S1805: YES), the 3 The stop flag is cleared to "0" (step S1806). Thereby, when the 3rd normal figure display part 133 is temporarily stopped in the middle of the display continuation time, the said display continuation time is resumed, and the update of a 3rd timer counter is restarted.

According to the above configuration, when the first general electric device 121 or the second general electric device 122 is in the release execution state, even if the third general diagram side hold information is retained and stored, it is erased. As a result, when the first general electrical device 121 or the second general electrical device 122 enters the open execution state, the situation where the third display duration is selected in the display continuation times of the fourth general map display unit 134 can be terminated. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the situation in which the special prize winning device 35 can win a prize from continuing until after the first general electric device 121 or the second general electric device 122 enters the open execution state. Become.

<Eighth embodiment>
In this embodiment, the mode of selecting the display continuation period of the third normal diagram display unit 133 in the main MPU 72 is different from that in the fourth embodiment. Hereinafter, configurations different from those of the fourth embodiment will be described, and descriptions of configurations that are the same as those of the fourth embodiment will be basically omitted.

FIG. 34 is a flow chart showing the identification process of the third normal pattern fluctuation period executed by the main side MPU 72 . In addition, the specific process of the 3rd normal figure fluctuation period is performed by the 3rd normal figure fluctuation start process of step S1307 in the 3rd normal figure general electric control process (FIG. 26).

First, whether or not one or more 2nd normal map side reservation information is stored in the 1st area 142a to 4th area 142d of the 2nd normal map reservation area 142 or the display continuation time of the 2nd normal map display unit 132 is executed It is determined whether or not it is in the middle (step S1901). When a negative determination is made in step S1901, a long period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time in the third normal diagram display unit 133 (step S1902). The long period is set to 300 seconds, which is the same as the display continuation period of the third normal diagram display unit 133 in the fourth embodiment. Therefore, in the continuous display of the third normal diagram display unit 133, it is possible to expect further winning to the specific operation unit 124, and when the winning occurs, the third normal diagram side reserved information is retained and stored. The 3rd display continuation period will be selected in the display continuation time of the 4th normal figure display part 134. FIG. On the other hand, when an affirmative determination is made in step S1901, a short period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time in the third normal diagram display unit 133 (step S1903). Short term is set to 0.5 seconds. In this case, since it is not possible to expect further winning to the specific operation unit 124 in the display continuation times of the 3rd normal map display unit 133, the 3rd normal map side reservation information is not retained and stored, and the 4th normal map display unit 133 The third display continuation period is not selected in the display continuation times of the diagram display section 134 .

If either step S1902 or step S1903 has been executed, the display continuation period information selected in either step S1902 or step S1903 is set in the third timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S1904). The numerical information set in the third timer counter is updated in the timer update process of step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11).

According to the above configuration, when the first general electric device 121 is in the open execution state and the second general electric device 121 receives the second general electric device 121 based on the winning prize, the third general electric device 121 holds information is not retained and stored. And, when the third general-purpose-side reserved information is not retained and stored, the third display continuation period is not selected in the display continuation times of the fourth general-purpose diagram display unit 134, so that the special winning device 35 does not win a prize. Become. As a result, the situation in which the third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation times of the fourth universal diagram display unit 134 is prevented from continuing, triggered by the fact that the first general electric device 121 has entered the open execution state. becomes possible. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the situation in which a winning to the special winning device 35 may occur from being continued even after the first general electrical device 121 enters the open execution state.

<Ninth Embodiment>
In this embodiment, the processing configuration of the specific processing of the fourth normal figure fluctuation period executed by the main side MPU 72 is different from that of the above-described fourth embodiment. Hereinafter, configurations different from those of the fourth embodiment will be described, and descriptions of configurations that are the same as those of the fourth embodiment will be basically omitted.

FIG. 35 is a flow chart showing the identification process of the fourth normal figure fluctuation period in this embodiment. First, it is determined whether or not one or more 3rd normal map side reservation information is stored in the 1st area 143a to 4th area 143d of the 3rd normal map reservation area 143 (step S2001). If the negative determination is made in step S2001, it is determined whether or not one or more 4th normal map side reservation information is stored in the first area to the fourth area of the 4th normal map reservation area (step S2002 ).

Here, in the above-described fourth embodiment, the configuration is such that the fourth normal map side hold information is not retained and stored. When a prize to the prize winning section 34 is generated, the fourth normal map side reservation information is acquired with the winning as a trigger and is stored with reservation. Although the upper limit of the number to be reserved and stored is set to 4, it is not limited to this and may be 1, 2 or 3, or may be 5 or more.

If a negative determination is made in step S2002, lottery processing for period selection is executed (step S2003). In the lottery process, numerical information is acquired from a random number counter that is periodically updated (for example, every 4 milliseconds) in the main RAM 74, and the acquired numerical information is stored in a period selection table stored in advance in the main ROM 73. match against. The period selection table is set so that the selection winning result has a probability of 1/500.

If the result of the lottery process for period selection is not the result of selection but the result of losing (step S2004: NO), the first display duration is selected as the display duration of the current display duration (step S2005). The first display duration is 0.45 seconds as in the first embodiment. In the situation where the first display duration is selected, even if the special prize winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, basically no prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35 as in the first embodiment.

On the other hand, when one or more 3rd normal map side reservation information are memorize|stored and affirmation determination is carried out in step S2001, 1 or more 4th normal map side reservation information are memorize|stored and affirmative determination was carried out in step S2002 , or if the result of the lottery process for selecting the period is the selection winning result and the determination in step S2004 is affirmative, the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S2006). As in the first embodiment, the third display duration is 1 second. In the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, one special winning device 35 out of 11 game balls reaching the position where the special winning device 35 can win, as in the first embodiment. You can expect to win a prize.

If either step S2005 or step S2006 has been executed, the display continuation period information selected in either step S2005 or step S2006 is set in the fourth timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S2007).

According to the above configuration, not only when the 3rd normal map side reserved information is reserved and stored, but also when the 4th normal map side reserved information is reserved and stored, in the display continuation time of the 4th normal map display unit 134 A third display duration is selected. By selecting the third display continuation period, a prize can be awarded to the special prize winning device 35 . This makes it possible to increase the frequency of winning prizes to the special prize winning device 35 .

In particular, when the third display continuation period is selected, a new prize to the through prize winning section 34 is likely to occur in the situation where the display continuation time is being executed in the fourth normal diagram display section 134. It becomes easy to continue the situation in which the general map side hold information is held and stored. That is, the 3rd display continuation period is selected at the display continuation time of the 4th normal map display part 134 by holding-storing the 3rd normal map side hold information. By selecting the third display continuation period, the 4th normal map side reserved information is easily retained and stored, and when the 4th normal map side reserved information is retained and stored, the 3rd normal map side reserved information Even if it is not reserved and stored, the third display continuation period is selected at the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 . Therefore, it becomes possible to make it easy to continue the situation in which the 3rd display continuation period is selected in the display continuation time of the 4th normal figure display part 134. FIG.

<Tenth Embodiment>
In this embodiment, the configuration of the game area PA is different from that of the first embodiment, and when a prize is awarded to the first operating unit 32 and when a prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35, it is executed The contents of the processing are different from those of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, configurations different from those of the first embodiment will be described, and descriptions of configurations that are the same as those of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

FIG. 36 is a front view of the game board 24 in this embodiment. The game area PA is divided by the variable display unit 37 into an upper area PA1, a left area PA2, a right area PA3 and a lower area PA4, as in the first embodiment. A first operating portion 32 is provided in the lower area PA4 as in the first embodiment. On the other hand, in the first embodiment, the through winning section 34 and the special winning device 35 are provided in the left side area PA2. It is provided in the area PA3. In addition, a first general electrical device 121, a second general electrical device 122, and a third general electrical device 123 are provided in the right area PA3. The configurations of the first general electrical device 121, the second general electrical device 122, and the third general electrical device 123 are the same as those of the fourth embodiment.

In the right area PA3, the first general-purpose device 121, the second general-purpose device 122, and the third general-purpose device 123 are arranged vertically at predetermined intervals. In this case, the first general electrical device 121 is arranged on the most upstream side, the second general electrical device 122 is arranged below it, and the third general electrical device 123 is arranged below it. Any of the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122 and the third general electric device 123 cannot win a game ball when the corresponding general electric accessories 121a to 123a are closed, When the corresponding electric accessories 121a to 123a are opened, the game balls can be won. A game ball that has won any one of the first general electrical device 121, the second general electrical device 122 and the third general electrical device 123 is guided to the back side of the game board 24 and discharged.

By winning the internal lottery executed based on the prize winning to the first operation unit 32, the first general electrical device 121 enters the open execution state and the first general electrical device 121 becomes the open state. In addition, by winning the internal lottery executed based on the prize winning to the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122 enters the open execution state and the second general electric device 122 becomes the open state. In addition, by winning the internal lottery executed based on the winning of the second general electric device 122, the third general electric device 123 enters the open execution state and the third general electric device 123 becomes the open state. Even if the game ball enters any one of the first general electrical device 121, the second general electrical device 122 and the third general electrical device 123, 15 games are played for one game ball. Ball payout is executed.

A through winning section 34 and a special winning device 35 are provided on the downstream side of the first general electrical device 121 to the third general electrical device 123 in the right area PA3. Between the third normal electric device 123 and the through winning part 34, there is a game ball that has flowed into the right area PA3 and has not won any of the first normal electric device 121 to the third normal electric device 123. An upper guide area 155 is formed for reliably guiding the to the through winning section 34 . The upper guide area 155 may be formed by any method, but in the pachinko machine 10, the upper guide area 155 is formed by arranging a plurality of nails 24b.

The through prize winning section 34 and the special prize winning device 35 are arranged apart from each other in the vertical direction so that the through prize winning section 34 faces upward. In this case, except that the direction of the special winning device 35 is opposite to the direction in the first embodiment, the vertical positional relationship between the through winning section 34 and the special winning device 35 is the same as in the first embodiment. It is the same as the embodiment. In addition, in the area between the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35, the game balls that have won the through winning portion 34 are reliably delivered to the opening portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 or the opening/closing member 43 arranged at the non-receiving position. A lower guide region 156 is formed for guidance. Although the method of forming the lower guide area 156 is arbitrary, in the pachinko machine 10, the lower guide area 156 is formed by arranging a plurality of nails 24b and the standing wall 48 of the special winning device 35. Since the lower guide area 156 is formed, if the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the non-receiving position, the game ball winning the through winning part 34 is surely arranged at the non-receiving position. When the game ball reaches the member 43 and the opening/closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position, the game ball winning the through winning portion 34 surely enters the discharge passage 42.例文帳に追加

In addition, since the upper surface of the opening/closing member 43 and the ball receiving surface 44 are formed to slope downward toward the left, the game ball placed on these surfaces flows down toward the left due to its own weight. It will happen. In this case, the positional relationship of the special winning device 35 with respect to the first operating portion 32 is such that the game ball flowing down the upper surface of the opening/closing member 43 and the ball receiving surface 44 toward the left does not enter the first operating portion 32 or It is set in a positional relationship that is difficult to enter. In addition, since the introduction port 37b for allowing game balls to flow into the stage 37a in the variable display unit 37 is provided only in the upper left part of the variable display unit 37, the game balls are launched so as to flow down the right area PA3. When an operation is being performed, game balls are not supplied to the stage 37a through the introduction port 37b. Therefore, in order to cause the winning to the first operation part 32, the shooting operation of the game ball is not performed so as to flow down the right side area PA3, but the shooting operation of the game ball is performed so as to flow down the left side area PA2. There is a need.

1st normal figure display part 131, 2nd normal figure display part 132, 3rd normal figure display part 133, 4th normal figure display part 134, 1st normal figure display part 134, 1st normal figure display part 134, and 1st normal figure display part 133 A figure reservation display section 135, a second normal diagram reservation display section 136 and a third normal diagram reservation display section 137 are provided. Each of the first normal-symbol display unit 131 to the fourth normal-symbol display unit 134 is composed of a segment display device in which a plurality of segment light-emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner. In this case, it is not possible to perform a complicated display like the pattern display device 51 in the first normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit 134, but the first normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit It is possible to reduce the processing load for controlling the display of the display unit 134 . However, it is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT or a dot matrix display device. Further, the patterns displayed in the first general-purpose map display unit 131 to the fourth general-purpose map display unit 134 include a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed, a configuration in which multiple types of symbols are displayed, and a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed. , or a configuration in which a plurality of colors are displayed. In addition, the display range of the first general pattern display unit 131 to the fourth general pattern display unit 134 is narrower than the display surface of the pattern display device 51 . Furthermore, the display range of both the first normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit 134 and the first normal map reservation display unit 135 to the third normal map reservation display unit 137 is also displayed on the pattern display device 51. The range is narrower than the display surface. As a result, the degree of attention of the player to the symbol display device 51 than the first normal diagram display unit 131 to the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 and the first normal diagram reservation display unit 135 to the third normal diagram reservation display unit 137 can be increased.

Based on the entry of the game ball into the first operating section 32, the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern is performed in the first normal pattern display section 131. - 特許庁In addition, the above-mentioned first normal map reservation display unit 135 is provided at a position adjacent to the first normal map display unit 131 . Information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the first operation part 32 is reserved up to four as first normal diagram side reservation information, and the number of reservations is displayed by lighting of the first normal diagram reservation display part 135. It's like In addition, the 1st normal map side reservation area 141 is provided in main side RAM74 like the said 4th Embodiment as an area for storing the 1st normal map side reservation information.

Based on the entry of the game ball into the first general electric device 121, the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern is performed in the second general pattern display section 132. - 特許庁In addition, the second normal map reservation display unit 136 is provided at a position adjacent to the second normal map display unit 132 . Information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the first general electrical device 121 is reserved up to four as the second normal diagram side reservation information, and the number of reservations is displayed by lighting the second normal diagram reservation display unit 136. It has become so. In addition, the 2nd normal map side reservation area 142 is provided in main side RAM74 like the said 4th Embodiment as an area for storing the 2nd normal map side reservation information.

Based on the entry of the game ball into the second general electric device 122, the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern is performed in the third general pattern display section 133. - 特許庁In addition, the above-mentioned third normal diagram reservation display section 137 is provided at a position adjacent to the third normal diagram display section 133 . Information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the second general electrical device 122 is reserved up to four as the third normal diagram side reservation information, and the number of reservations is displayed by lighting the third normal diagram reservation display unit 137. It has become so. In addition, the 3rd normal map side reservation area 143 is provided in main side RAM74 like the said 4th Embodiment as an area for storing the 3rd normal map side reservation information.

Based on the entry of the game ball into the through winning section 34, the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern is performed in the fourth normal display section 134. - 特許庁Here, the normal map reservation display unit is not provided for the fourth normal map display unit 134 . That is, the 4th normal figure side reservation information acquired when winning through winning section 34 is not retained and stored. As in the fourth embodiment, the main side RAM 74 is provided with a fourth normal map execution area 144 as an area for storing the fourth normal map side reserved information.

Here, the first display duration and the third display duration are set as the display duration of the display duration in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 . The first display continuation period is set to 0.45 seconds as in the first embodiment. Also, unlike the first embodiment, the third display duration is set to 1.5 seconds. In this case, the positional relationship between the through prize winning unit 34 and the special prize winning device 35 is such that when the first display duration period is selected in the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134, the special prize winning device 35 wins. becomes impossible or difficult to occur, and when the third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation times of the fourth normal figure display unit 134, the ratio of 1 out of 2 game balls that have won the through prize winning unit 34 , the positional relationship is set such that a prize to the special prize winning device 35 occurs. When winning to the special winning device 35 occurs, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball entering. Thereby, when the third display continuation time is selected in the display continuation times of the fourth normal figure display unit 134, more game balls than the number of game balls supplied to the through winning part 34 are played. will be paid out to the

<No. 1 general/universal electric power control process>
Next, various processes executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. First, a description will be given of the first normal map/general power control process for performing the execution control of the display continuation times in the first normal/universal map display unit 131 and the execution control of the open execution state of the first universal/general power device 121 . FIG. 37 is a slow chart showing the first normal/universal power control process.

If the winning a prize to the first operation unit 32 has occurred (step S2101: YES), the first general map side reservation information stored in the first area 141a ~ fourth area 141d of the first general map reservation area 141 On the condition that the number of is less than 4 which is the upper limit number (step S2102: NO), the storing process to the first normal pattern reservation area 141 is executed (step S2103). In the storage process, the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 is used as the first general map side reserved information, and the first general map side reserved information in the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d of the first general map reservation area 141 is stored. The data is stored in the area with the earlier digestion order among the areas that have not been digested. In addition, when the first general map side reserved information is acquired, the display contents of the first general map side reserved display unit 135 are updated according to the increase in the number of the first general map side reserved information this time. Make data settings for

If a negative determination is made in step S2101, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2102, or if the process of step S2103 is executed, is the second general electrical device 122 or the third general electrical device 123 in the open execution state? It is determined whether or not (step S2104). If a negative determination is made in step S2104, the processing of steps S2105 to S2115 is executed. The processing contents of these steps S2105 to S2115 are the same as the processing contents of steps S1105 to S1115 of the first general/universal electric power control process (FIG. 24) in the fourth embodiment. Moreover, when affirmative determination is made in step S2104, the process of step S2116 is executed. The processing content of step S2116 is the same as the processing content of step S1116 of the 1st normal figure normal electric control process (FIG. 24) in the said 4th Embodiment.

As described above, by executing the first normal diagram general electric control process, the first normal diagram display unit 131 is triggered by the occurrence of the winning to the first operation unit 32. While the fluctuation display of the pattern is performed The pattern display device 51 performs a variable display of patterns. Then, when the first general electric open lottery process is won, the first general electric device 121 is displayed after the display continuation times in the first general electric symbol display unit 131 and the pattern display device 51 are completed. It will be in open execution state. In the open execution state, the first general electric device 121 is opened three times for three seconds with a closed duration period of one second. Also, if the number of winning game balls to the first electrical device 121 becomes 10 or more before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times, before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times. Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated. In addition, when the game ball wins in the first general electrical device 121, the second general pattern side reservation information is stored in the second general pattern reservation area 142 with an upper limit of four pieces.

In addition, in the first general map general electric control process, when the second general electric device 122 or the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state, the processing for temporarily stopping the display continuation time of the first general map display unit 131 to run. Thereby, when the second general electric device 122 or the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state, it is possible to prevent the display continuation of the first general diagram display unit 131 from proceeding. Therefore, when the second general electrical device 122 or the third general electrical device 123 is in the release execution state, it is possible to prevent the first general electrical device 121 from being in the release execution state redundantly. Become.

<Second normal/universal electric power control processing>
Next, a description will be given of the second normal/universal electric power control process executed by the main side MPU 72 . In the second normal/universal electric power control process, execution control of display continuation times in the second normal/universal electric power apparatus 122 and execution control of the open execution state of the second universal electric apparatus 122 are performed. FIG. 38 is a slow chart showing the second normal/universal electric power control process.

When the winning prize to the first general electric device 121 has occurred (step S2201: YES), the second general map side reservation stored in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second general pattern reservation area 142 On the condition that the number of information is less than four, which is the upper limit number (step S2202: NO), the storage process to the second normal pattern reservation area 142 is executed (step S2203). In the storage process, the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 is used as the second general map side reserved information, and the second general map side reserved information in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second general pattern reservation area 142 is stored. The data is stored in the area with the earlier digestion order among the areas that have not been digested. In addition, when the second normal map side reserved information is acquired, the display contents of the second normal map reserved display unit 136 are updated according to the fact that the number of the second normal map side reserved information has increased this time. Make data settings for

If a negative determination is made in step S2201, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2202, or if the processing of step S2203 is executed, is the first general electrical device 121 or the third general electrical device 123 in the open execution state? It is determined whether or not (step S2204). If a negative determination is made in step S2204, the processing of steps S2205 to S2214 is executed. The processing contents of these steps S2205 to S2214 are the same as the processing contents of steps S1205 to S1214 of the second normal/universal electric power control process (FIG. 25) in the fourth embodiment. Moreover, when affirmative determination is made in step S2204, the process of step S2215 is executed. The processing content of step S2215 is the same as the processing content of step S1215 of the 2nd normal figure normal electric control process (FIG. 25) in the said 4th Embodiment.

As described above, by executing the second general electric system control process, the variation display of the pattern is performed in the second general electric system display unit 132 triggered by the occurrence of the winning to the first general electric device 121. . Then, in the second general electric open lottery process, when the second general electric open lottery is won, the second general electric device 122 enters the open execution state after the display continuation time in the second general electric diagram display unit 132 is completed. . In the open execution state, the open state of 3 seconds is performed three times in the second general electric device 122 with a closing duration of 1 second intervening. Also, if the winning number of game balls to the second general electrical device 122 becomes 10 or more before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times, before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times. Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated. In addition, when the game ball wins in the second general electric device 122, the third general pattern side reservation information is stored in the third general pattern reservation area 143 with an upper limit of four pieces.

In addition, in the second normal map general electric control process, when the first general electric device 121 or the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state, the process for temporarily stopping the display continuation time of the second general map display unit 132 to run. Thereby, when the first general electric device 121 or the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state, it is possible to prevent the display continuation of the second general diagram display unit 132 from proceeding. Therefore, when the first general electric device 121 or the third general electric device 123 is in the opening execution state, it is possible to prevent the second general electric device 122 from entering the opening execution state redundantly. Become.

<Third normal/universal electric power control processing>
Next, a description will be given of the third normal/universal electric power control process executed by the main side MPU 72 . In the third general/universal electric power control process, execution control of display continuation times in the third general/universal diagram display unit 133 and execution control of the open execution state of the third universal electric device 123 are performed. FIG. 39 is a slow chart showing the third normal/universal electric power control process.

When the winning prize to the second general electric device 122 has occurred (step S2301: YES), the third general diagram side reservation stored in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third general diagram reservation area 143 On the condition that the number of information is less than four which is the upper limit number (step S2302: NO), the storage process to the 3rd normal figure reservation area 143 is performed (step S2303). In the storage process, the third normal diagram side reserved information in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third normal diagram reservation area 143 is stored with the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 as the third normal diagram side reserved information. Store in the area of the side with the earlier digestion order among the areas that have not been digested. In addition, when the 3rd normal map side reserved information is acquired, the display contents of the 3rd normal map reserved display unit 137 are updated according to the fact that the number of the 3rd normal map side reserved information has increased this time Make data settings for

If a negative determination is made in step S2301, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2302, or if the process of step S2303 is executed, is the first general electrical device 121 or the second general electrical device 122 in the open execution state? It is determined whether or not (step S2304). If a negative determination is made in step S2304, the processes of steps S2305 and S2306 are executed. These processes will be described later. After that, the third normal/universal electric address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S2307). The start address of the program for executing the process corresponding to the numerical information of the 3rd normal/general electric counter is set in the 3rd normal/normal/general electric address table. The 3rd general electric power counter is a counter for specifying the processing contents to be executed in the 3rd general electric power control process by the main side MPU 72 .

The third general/universal electric counter can take a value of "0" to "4", and each value of "0" to "4" is the starting address NA30 to NA34 corresponds to Specifically, when the value of the third normal pattern counter is "0", the third normal pattern fluctuation start process ( Step S2310) is executed, and when the value of the 3rd normal pattern normal counter is "1", the 3rd normal pattern fluctuation which is a process for advancing the display continuation time in the 3rd normal pattern display unit 133 Medium processing (step S2311) is to be executed, and when the value of the third normal diagram normal electric counter is "2", the third normal diagram display unit 133 is a process for ending the display continuation times The normal pattern determination process (step S2312) is executed, and when the value of the third normal pattern general electric counter is "3", the third general electric device 123 is a process for controlling the open state. When the third normal/universal electric power counter value is "4", the third normal/universal electric device 123 is opened again. The third electric power closing process (step S2314) is executed.

In the 3rd normal electric power control process, after reading the 3rd normal electric power address table (step S2307), the start address corresponding to the information of the 3rd normal electric power counter is set to the 3rd normal electric power address. It is acquired from the table (step S2308), and jumps to the process indicated by the acquired start address (step S2309). Each process from step S2310 to step S2314 will be individually described below.

In the third normal pattern fluctuation start process of step S2310, it is reserved and stored in the third normal pattern reservation area 143 on the condition that the third normal pattern side reservation information is retained and stored in the third normal pattern reservation area 143. Execute the process of shifting the 3rd general map side reservation information. Specifically, the 3rd general map side reservation information stored in the 1st area 143a of the 3rd general map reservation area 143 is shifted to the 3rd general map execution area 143e, and then the 2nd area 143b → 3rd 1st area 143a, 3rd area 143c→2nd area 143b, and 4th area 143d→3rd area 143c. In addition, when the third normal map side reserved information is shifted, the display contents of the third normal map reserved display unit 137 are updated according to the fact that the number of the third normal map side reserved information has decreased this time. Make data settings for

After executing the shift process in the 3rd normal pattern fluctuation start process, the 3rd normal pattern side reservation information newly shifted to the 3rd normal pattern execution area 143e is used as a lottery value 3rd normal pattern open lottery process to run. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the probability of winning the third normal open lottery in the third normal open lottery process is constant regardless of the game state. Open election. However, it is not limited to this, and the probability of winning the third electric power open election may be higher or lower than this. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which the opening execution state of the 3rd general electric device 123 certainly occurs, when the 3rd general electric device side reservation information is acquired, without performing the 3rd general electric open lottery process.

In the third general pattern fluctuation start processing, when the third general electric open lottery processing is executed, processing for specifying the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is executed. In the specific process, regardless of the result of the third general/universal power open lottery process and the number of the third general/universal map side reserved information, a fixed display duration of 0.03 seconds is set to the third timer counter provided in the main side RAM 74 set. In addition, when the display continuation time is executed in the third normal-symbol display unit 133, the corresponding effect is not executed in the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64.例文帳に追加After the first general electrical device 121 enters the open execution state, all of the second general map side hold information acquired by the open execution state is digested, and the second general map side hold information is used as a trigger. The opening execution state of the second general electric device 122 that has been completed is all completed, and further, all of the third general diagram side reserved information acquired by the opening execution state is digested, and the third general diagram side reserved information is used as a trigger. Until the opening execution state of the third general electric device 123 is completely completed corresponds to the jackpot state of the pachinko machine 10 in this embodiment. It is executed by the light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64 .

In the third normal pattern fluctuation start process, after executing the process for specifying the display continuation period, the variable display of the pattern in the third normal pattern display unit 133 is started. When the variable display of the pattern is to be performed in the third normal pattern display unit 133, the variable display table for the normal pattern, which has already been described, is referred to. After starting the variable display of the pattern in the 3rd normal figure display part 133, 1 is added to the value of the 3rd normal figure general electric counter. Since the value of the 3rd normal figure normal electric counter when the 3rd normal figure fluctuation start process is executed is "0", by adding 1, the value of the 3rd normal figure normal electric counter is the 2nd normal figure It becomes "1" corresponding to the process during fluctuation (step S2311).

In the process during the 3rd normal figure fluctuation of step S2311, it is determined whether it is during display continuation time and it is the timing before a fixed display. Specifically, when the value of the third timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.01 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the final display. If it is before confirmation display, the process for changing regularly the display mode of the pattern in the 3rd normal figure display part 133 is performed. Further, when the timing for the confirmation display comes, the display mode of the pattern in the third general/universal diagram display unit 133 is set to the display mode corresponding to the result of the third general/universal electric open lottery process of this time. After that, by adding 1 to the value of the 3rd normal pattern counter, the value of the counter is changed from the one corresponding to the 3rd normal pattern fluctuation process to the 3rd normal pattern determination process (step S2312) update to.

In the process during the 3rd normal figure determination of step S2312, it is determined whether the determination display period (specifically 0.01 second) of the display continuation time of this time passed. When the fixed display period has passed, it is determined whether or not the result of the third general/universal power open lottery process in the current display continuation time is the third general/universal power open winning. If it is not the third general electric open election, after clearing the value of the third general electric counter to "0", the process during the third general electric system determination is terminated. In the case of winning the 3rd general electric open winning, "3" is set to the 3rd general electric open counter provided in the main side RAM 74 as the information of the number of opening/closing of the 3rd general electric device 123 . In addition, "10" is set in the third general electric prize counter provided in the main RAM 74 as the upper limit number information of the number of prizes to be awarded to the third general electric device 123 in the current opening execution state. In addition, information corresponding to 3 seconds is set in the third timer counter as information of the open duration period of the third general electric device 123 . In addition, the third universal device 123 is opened by starting to output a drive signal to the third universal device 123b. After that, 1 is added to the 3rd P/P/P counter. Since the value of the third normal electric power counter when the third normal electric power counter is being executed is "2", after adding 1, "3" corresponding to the third electric power open processing (step S2313) ”.

In step S2313, in the third normal/universal power open process, when the third universal/universal power device 123 has won a prize, the value corresponding to the number of prizes won is subtracted from the value of the third/universal power winning counter of the main side RAM74. do. Then, when the value of the third general electric winning prize counter is "0", the value of the third general electric open counter is cleared to "0", the value of the third timer counter is cleared to "0", and the By stopping the output of the drive signal to the 3 general electric drive unit 123b, the 3rd general electric accessory 123a is closed and the value of the 3 general electric counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the 3rd normal pattern normal electric control processing becomes the 3rd normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S2310). Further, even if the value of the third general electric winning prize counter is not "0", if the value of the third timer counter is "0", the drive signal is output to the third general electric drive section 123b. By stopping , the third general electrical accessory 123a is closed and the value of the third general electrical open counter of the main side RAM 74 is subtracted by 1. Then, when the value of the third general electric open counter is not "0", after setting the numerical information of the closing duration (specifically 1 second) of the third general electric accessory 123a to the third timer counter Update the value of the 3rd general/universal electric counter from "3" to "4". As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the third normal electric power control processing becomes the third normal electric power closing process (step S2314). When the value of the third normal/universal electric open counter is "0", the value of the third normal/universal electric counter is cleared to "0" without setting the value to the third timer counter. As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the 3rd normal pattern normal electric control processing becomes the 3rd normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S2310).

In the third normal/commercial power closing process of step S2314, on the condition that the value of the third timer counter is “0”, the output of the drive signal to the third common/common power driving unit 123b is started. Set the numerical information of the open continuation period (specifically, 3 seconds) in the case of opening the 3rd general electric accessory 123a and setting the 3rd general electric accessory 123a to the open state once in the 3rd timer counter . Then, the value of the third normal/universal electric counter is updated from "4" to "3". As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the third normal/universal power control process becomes the third normal/universal power open process (step S2313).

As described above, by executing the third normal diagram general electric control process, the fluctuation display of the pattern is performed in the third general diagram display unit 133 with the occurrence of the winning to the second general electric device 122 as a trigger. . Then, in the third universal electric open lottery process, when the third universal electric open lottery is won, the third universal electric device 123 enters the open execution state after the display continuation times in the third universal electric diagram display unit 133 is completed. . In the open execution state, the third general electric device 123 is opened three times for 3 seconds with a closed continuation period of 1 second. In addition, if the number of winning game balls to the third general electrical device 123 becomes 10 or more before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times, before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times. Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated.

In the third normal electric power control process, if the first electric power apparatus 121 or the second electric power apparatus 122 is in the open execution state, an affirmative determination is made in step S2304, and fluctuation stop processing is performed in step S2315. Run. In the fluctuation stop processing, if the current situation is that the display continuation times in the third normal diagram display unit 133 are being executed, the display continuation times in the third normal diagram display unit 133 are changed to the current display mode of the third normal diagram display unit 133. state, and the update of the third timer counter is temporarily stopped. Further, in the fluctuation stop processing, the third stop flag provided in the main RAM 74 is set to "1".

In the third general/universal electric power control process, when a negative determination is made in step S2304 and "1" is set to the third stop flag of the main side RAM74 (step S2305: YES), the 3 The stop flag is cleared to "0" (step S2306). Thereby, when the 3rd normal figure display part 133 is temporarily stopped in the middle of the display continuation time, the said display continuation time is resumed, and the update of a 3rd timer counter is restarted.

As described above, when the first general electric device 121 or the second general electric device 122 is in the open execution state in the third general electric device 121 or the second general electric device 122, the display continuation time of the third general electric device 133 is temporarily stopped. Execute the process. Thereby, when the first general electric device 121 or the second general electric device 122 is in the open execution state, it is possible to prevent the display continuation of the third general diagram display unit 133 from proceeding. Therefore, when the first general electrical device 121 or the second general electrical device 122 is in the release execution state, it is possible to prevent the third general electrical device 123 from being in the release execution state redundantly. Become.

<Fourth normal/universal electric power control processing>
Next, the 4th normal figure normal electric control process performed in main side MPU72 is demonstrated. In the 4th general pattern general electric control process, the execution control of the display continuation time in the 4th general pattern display part 134, and the execution control of the acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35 are performed. FIG. 40 is a slow chart showing the fourth normal/universal electric power control process.

First, read out the fourth general/universal electric address table stored in the main ROM 73 (step S2401). The start address of the program for executing the process corresponding to the numerical information of the 4th normal/universal electric counter is set in the 4th/normal/normal electric address table. The 4th general electric power counter is a counter for specifying the processing contents to be executed in the 4th general electric power control process by the main side MPU 72 .

The fourth general/universal electric counter can take a value of "0" to "3". corresponds to Specifically, when the value of the fourth normal diagram counter is "0", the fourth normal diagram fluctuation start process ( Step S2404) is executed, and when the value of the 4th normal map normal electric counter is "1", the 4th normal map fluctuation which is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the 4th normal map display unit 134 Medium processing (step S2405) is to be executed, and when the value of the fourth normal diagram normal counter is "2", the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 is a process for ending the display continuation times Normal figure determination process (step S2406) is executed, and if the value of the fourth normal figure counter is "3", the fourth normal which is a process for controlling the acceptance state of the special winning device 35 The processing during power disconnection (step S2407) is to be executed.

In the fourth normal electric power control process, after reading the fourth normal electric power address table (step S2401), the start address corresponding to the information of the fourth normal electric power counter is changed to the fourth normal electric power address. It is acquired from the table (step S2402), and jumps to the process indicated by the acquired start address (step S2403). The processing contents of steps S2405 to S2407 are the same as the processing contents of steps S1407 to S1410 of the fourth general electric power control process (FIG. 27) in the fourth embodiment. In addition, the processing content of the fourth normal pattern fluctuation start processing in step S2404 is the fourth normal pattern fluctuation start processing (FIG. 28) in the fourth embodiment except for the processing content of the specific processing of the fourth normal pattern fluctuation period. It is the same as the content of processing.

FIG. 41 is a flow chart showing a specific process of the fourth normal figure fluctuation period.

First, it is determined whether or not one or more second normal map side reservation information is stored in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second normal map reservation area 142 (step S2501). If a negative determination is made in step S2501, the first display duration is selected as the display duration of the current display duration (step S2501). The first display duration is 0.45 seconds as in the first embodiment. In the situation where the first display duration is selected, even if the special prize winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, basically no prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35 as in the first embodiment.

On the other hand, when one or more 2nd normal figure side reservation information are memorize|stored and affirmative determination is carried out at step S2501, the 3rd display continuation period is selected as a display continuation period of this display continuation time (step S2503). The third display duration is 1.5 seconds. In the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, one of the two game balls reaching the position where the special winning device 35 can win can be expected to win the special winning device 35 .

If either step S2502 or step S2503 has been executed, the display duration information selected in either step S2502 or step S2503 is set in the fourth timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S2504).

Due to the above configuration, in the situation where the second normal map side hold information is retained and stored, the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the 4th normal map display unit 134, Winning to the special prize winning device 35 can occur with high frequency. As a result, in the jackpot state in which the second general electric device 122 and the third general electric device 123 are in the open execution state, not only the second general electric device 122 and the third general electric device 123 but also the special prize winning device 35 are awarded. It is possible to expect an increase in the number of game balls based on , and it is possible to increase the advantage of the jackpot state.

<Relationship between the display continuation period of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 and the acceptance state of the special winning device 35>
Next, the relationship between the display continuation period of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 and the receiving state of the special winning device 35 will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG. FIG. 42(a) shows a period in which the first general electrical device 121 is in an open state, and FIG. FIG. 42(c) shows the period during which the display continuation times in the second normal map display unit 132 is executed, and FIG. FIG. 42(e) shows the period during which the game ball is passing through the through prize-winning portion 34, and FIG. is present, FIG. 42(g) shows the period during which the display continuation times in the fourth normal figure display unit 134 is executed, and FIG. 42(h) shows that the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance state indicates the period of time.

As already explained, all game balls that have flowed into the right area PA3 and have not won any of the first general electrical device 121 to the third general electrical device 123 will win the through prize winning section 34. . Therefore, before the opening execution state of the first general electric device 121 is started, as shown in FIG. . In these cases, as shown in FIG. 42(g), during the periods from timing t1 to timing t2, from timing t4 to timing t7, and from timing t9 to timing t13, the fourth normal display is performed during the first display continuation period. The display continuation times of the figure display unit 134 are performed. Then, as shown in FIG. 42(h) following the display continuation time, special prizes are won in each period of timing t2 to timing t3, timing t7 to timing t8, and timing t13 to timing t14. Device 35 is now ready to accept. In this case, the game ball that has won the through prize winning section 34 at the timing of t1 is over the timing of t5 to the timing of t6, and the game ball that has won the through prize winning section 34 at the timing of t4 is from the timing of t10 to the timing of t11. Over time, the game ball that has won the through prize winning section 34 at the timing of t9 reaches a position where it is possible to win the prize to the special prize winning device 35 over the timing of t15 to the timing of t16. Since the special winning device 35 is not in the receiving state even during the period of , no winning to the special winning device 35 occurs.

After that, as shown in FIG. 42(a), the first general electric device 121 is in the opening execution state from timing t10 to timing t21. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 42(b), at each of timing t12, timing t17, and timing t18, a prize is awarded to the first general electric device 121, and the second general diagram side hold information is obtained. In this case, as shown in FIG. 42(c) with the winning of the first universal electrical device 121 at the timing of t12, the display continuation cycle of the second universal diagram display unit 132 over the timing of t12 to the timing of t19 is done. On the other hand, the winning to the first general electric device 121 at the timing of t17 and the timing of t18 occurs in the situation where the display continuation of the second general diagram display unit 132 is performed, so the second general diagram side reservation information is retained and stored. Therefore, as shown in FIG.42(d), it will be in the state by which one or more 2nd general-purpose-side hold information were hold-stored at the timing of t17.

At the timing of t20 in which one or more pieces of the second normal diagram side reservation information are reserved and stored, a prize to the through prize winning section 34 is generated as shown in FIG. 42(e). Then, at the timing of t20, as shown in FIG. 42(g), the display continuation times in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 are started. Since it is the situation where one or more 2nd normal figure side reservation|holding information are hold|maintained and memorize|stored, the said display continuation time turns into a 3rd display continuation period. Therefore, the display continuation times are performed from timing t20 to timing t22. Then, after the display continuation time ends, the special prize winning device 35 enters the acceptance execution state from the timing of t22 to the timing of t24 as shown in FIG. 42(h). In this case, the game ball that has won the through prize-winning portion 34 at the timing of t20 can enter the special prize-winning device 35 over the timing of t22 to the timing of t23 as shown in FIG. 42(f). exists in Since this period corresponds to the period in which the special winning device 35 is in the accepting state, the winning to the special winning device 35 occurs.

According to the present embodiment described in detail above, in addition to or instead of the effects described in the first embodiment, the following excellent effects are obtained.

In the jackpot state, not only the first general electrical device 121, the second general electrical device 122, and the third general electrical device 123 are in the open execution state, but the special winning device 35 can be in the acceptance execution state. As a result, it is possible to increase the degree of advantage in the big win state, and to increase the attention of the player to the big win state.

In the jackpot state, first, the first general electric device 121 is put into the opening execution state, and the second general drawing side holding information is acquired by the occurrence of winning to the first general electric device 121 in the opening execution state. , the second general electric device 122 enters the opening execution state. In this case, when the display continuation time of the 4th normal map display unit 134 is executed in a situation where the second normal map side reserved information is retained and stored, the display continuation time of the display continuation time is the third display continuation period is set, and the third display continuation period is set, so that winning to the special winning device 35 occurs at a predetermined frequency. As a result, it is possible to create a situation in which it is possible to win prizes in a plurality of devices 35 and 122 with the prize winning in the first general electric device 121 as a trigger, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game in the jackpot state. .

In addition, when the second general power device 122 acquires the second general power map side hold information, it becomes an open execution state without requiring the occurrence of further winning, whereas the special winning device 35 accepts In order to enter the execution state, it is necessary to generate a prize to the through prize winning section 34 in a situation where the second general map side reservation information is reserved and stored, and in order to generate a prize to the special prize winning device 35 It is necessary for the game ball to reach a position where it is possible to enter the special winning device 35 after the third display duration period is set in the display continuation times of the fourth normal figure display section 134 . As a result, even if it becomes possible to win prizes for each of the special winning device 35 and the second general electrical device 122 by acquiring the second general-purpose-side reserved information, the condition for generating a prize is set to the special-winning device 35 and the second general electric device 122 can be made different.

The through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 are provided downstream of the first normal device 121, the second normal device 122 and the third normal device 123 in the right area PA3. As a result, the game balls that did not win the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122 and the third general electric device 123 in the jackpot state can win the through prize winning section 34 and the special prize winning device 35. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the number of game balls that are wasted in the big win state.

In the configuration in which the second normal diagram side reserved information is retained and stored in the jackpot state, in a situation where the second normal diagram side retained information is not retained and stored, the first display is performed at the display continuation time of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134. By setting the continuation period, winning to the special winning device 35 basically does not occur. As a result, it is possible to limit the situation in which winning to the special winning device 35 occurs at a predetermined frequency to the jackpot state.

When any one of the opening execution state of the first universal device 121, the opening execution state of the second universal device 122, and the opening execution state of the third universal device 123 occurs, the other state among them does not occur, but one of the opening execution state of the first universal device 121, the opening execution state of the second universal device 122, and the opening execution state of the third universal device 123 occurs However, the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 can occur. As a result, it is possible to diversify the manner in which winnings are generated, and to improve the interest in the game.

The second general electrical device 122 enters an open execution state based on the occurrence of a prize winning in the first general electrical device 121, and the third general electrical device 123 based on the occurrence of a prize in the second general electrical device 122. is in the opening execution state, any one of the opening execution state of the first general electric device 121, the opening execution state of the second general electric device 122, and the opening execution state of the third general electric device 123 occurs. Other of those conditions do not occur in the case. As a result, the player can aim to win prizes in the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122, and the third general electric device 123 step by step. On the other hand, the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs independently of the winning of the first universal device 121 , the second universal device 122 and the third universal device 123 . In this case, even if any one of the opening execution state of the first universal device 121, the opening execution state of the second universal device 122, and the opening execution state of the third universal device 123 occurs. An open execution state of the special winning device 35 can occur. As a result, a situation is created in which it is possible to simultaneously aim for winning any one of the first general electrical device 121, the second general electrical device 122 and the third general electrical device 123 and winning the special prize winning device 35. becomes possible.

Special winning device in a configuration in which the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 and the opening execution state of any one of the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122, and the third general electric device 123 may overlap. 35 is provided at a position where a prize can be won when the game ball is flowing down toward the first general electrical device 121, the second general electrical device 122 and the third general electrical device 123. FIG. As a result, it is possible to carry out the shooting operation aiming at both winning the special prize winning device 35 and winning any one of the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122 and the third general electric device 123. becomes.

When any one of the opening execution state of the first universal device 121, the opening execution state of the second universal device 122, and the opening execution state of the third universal device 123 occurs, the other device among them The display continuation times in the corresponding normal map display units 131, 132, and 133 are prevented from progressing. As a result, any one of the opening execution state of the first general electric device 121, the opening execution state of the second general electric device 122, and the opening execution state of the third general electric device 123 can be realized simply by adjusting the progress of the display continuation times. is occurring, it is possible to prevent the other states from occurring.

The state in which the display continuation cycle is prevented from progressing as described above includes the opening execution state of the first universal device 121, the opening execution state of the second universal device 122, and the opening execution state of the third universal device 123. After the state corresponding to the normal diagram display units 131, 132, and 133, which is not subject to progress stoppage of the display continuation time, is canceled, and if the display continuation time is temporarily stopped on the way, the display continues. The progress of the round is resumed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the display continuation times for which progress is to be stopped from being invalidated.

<Another Form of the Tenth Embodiment>
(1) Even if the 4th normal side reserved information is acquired, the special winning device 35 will not be in the acceptance execution state unless the acceptance winning result is obtained in the acceptance determination process, but the 4th normal side reserved information When it is acquired, the special winning device 35 may be surely configured to be in the acceptance execution state, and when the 4th general diagram side reservation information is acquired, the special winning device 35 is accepted and executed with a probability of about 100% It may be configured to be in a state.

(2) If a predetermined device 121, 122, 123 that does not correspond to the normal pattern display unit 131, 132, 133 enters the open execution state during the display continuation time in the normal pattern display unit 131, 132, 133, Although the display continuation times during execution are temporarily stopped, the present invention is not limited to this, and the display continuation times are continued for the period during which the predetermined devices 121, 122, and 123 are in the open execution state. A configuration in which the period is extended may be adopted. In this case, during the period when the predetermined devices 121, 122, 123 are in the open execution state, the normal pattern display units 131, 132, 133 corresponding to the display continuation times during execution are configured to continue the variable display of the pattern. may be

(3) The third display duration is selected as the display duration in the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 in a situation where the second normal diagram side reserved information is retained and stored. It is not limited, and the third display duration is selected as the display duration in the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 in a situation where the third normal diagram side reserved information is retained and stored. Well, in a situation in which either the second normal map side reserved information or the third normal map side reserved information is retained and stored, the third display duration is set as the display duration in the display continuation times of the fourth normal map display unit 134 It may be configured to be selected, and in a situation where both the second normal map side reserved information and the third normal map side reserved information are retained and stored, the display continuation period in the display continuation time of the fourth normal map display unit 134 A configuration in which three display durations are selected may be employed.

(4) The continuous display of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 is not temporarily stopped even if any one of the first normal electric device 121, the second normal electric device 122 and the third normal electric device 123 enters the opening execution state. However, it is not limited to this. The continuous display of the figure display unit 134 may be temporarily stopped, and the continuous display of the fourth normal figure display unit 134 may be resumed when the event that triggered the temporary stop has ended.

(5) Limited to the configuration in which the third display continuation period is surely set when the display continuation time of the 4th normal diagram display unit 134 is started in the situation where the 2nd normal diagram side reserved information is retained and stored A configuration may be adopted in which the third display continuation period is easily set. Specifically, the display continuation of the fourth normal map display unit 134 in any situation where the second normal map side reserved information is not retained and stored and the second normal map side reserved information is retained and stored Although the 3rd display duration can be set in the times, the situation where the 2nd normal map side reserved information is reserved and stored is better than the situation where the 2nd normal map side reserved information is not reserved and stored. A configuration may be adopted in which the third display continuation period is easily set in the display continuation times of the display unit 134 .

<Eleventh Embodiment>
In this embodiment, the configuration of the game area PA is different from that in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, configurations different from those of the first embodiment will be described, and descriptions of configurations that are the same as those of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

FIG. 43 is a front view of the game board 24 in this embodiment. The game area PA is divided by the variable display unit 37 into an upper area PA1, a left area PA2, a right area PA3 and a lower area PA4, as in the first embodiment. A first thru winning section 160 is provided in the lower area PA4 in place of the first operating section 32 in the first embodiment. The first through winning portion 160 is operated when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left side area PA2 and when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the right side area PA3. It is provided at a position where a prize can be won in any case. However, in the variable display unit 37, a lead-in port 37b that allows game balls to flow into the stage 37a is provided in the upper left part of the variable display unit 37, and the game balls supplied to the stage 37a The ball is likely to enter the first through winning portion 160 by sufficiently decelerating near the center in the horizontal direction and flowing downward. Therefore, when the shooting operation is performed so that the game ball flows down toward the left side area PA2 which is to the right of the left end of the variable display unit 37 in the upper side area PA1, the game ball is played toward the right side area PA3. The ball is more likely to enter the first through prize winning section 160 than when the shooting operation is performed so that the ball flows down.

The first through winning portion 160 has a through hole that penetrates in the vertical direction, and when a game ball passes through this through hole and is detected by the first through detection sensor 160a, the main side MPU 72 first The occurrence of winning to the through winning portion 160 is specified. In addition, when winning the first through winning portion 160, the game ball that has won the first through winning portion 160 continues to flow down the game area PA because it only passes through the through hole in the vertical direction. However, the configuration is not limited to this, and a game ball entering the first through prize winning section 160 may be discharged to the back side of the game board 24 . Also, when a prize is won in the first through prize winning section 160, three game balls are paid out for one game ball entering the game ball. Alternatively, a configuration may be adopted in which the game balls are not put out. The left area PA2 is not provided with a ball winning section including the through winning section 34 and the special winning device 35 in the first embodiment.

A first general electrical device 121, a second general electrical device 122, a third general electrical device 123, a fourth general electrical device 161, and a second through winning section 162 are provided in the right area PA3. The first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122, the third general electric device 123, the fourth general electric device 161, and the second thru winning section 162 are operated so as to flow down the left side area PA2. If there is, winning is not possible, and winning is possible by performing a shooting operation so as to flow down the right area PA3.

The first general electrical device 121 is provided with a first general electrical accessory 121a as a guide piece consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the first general electrical accessory 121a, the game ball cannot win the first general electrical device 121, and when the first general electrical accessory 121a is in the open state, it is possible to win the first general electrical device 121. becomes. The first general electric drive unit 121b for opening and closing the first general electric accessory 121a and the first general electric detection sensor 121c for detecting the winning game ball of the first general electric device 121 are both connected to the main controller 70 and electrically. properly connected. By transmitting a drive signal from the main side MPU 72 to the first universal electric drive unit 121b, the first universal electric function 121a becomes an open state, and by stopping the transmission of the drive signal, the first universal electric function 121a returns to its closed state. Further, the main side MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball enters the first general electrical device 121 based on the detection result of the first general electrical detection sensor 121c. In addition, when a prize is won to the first electrical device 121, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball entering the game ball. good too.

The second universal electrical device 122 is provided with a second universal electrical accessory 122a as a guide piece consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the second general electrical accessory 122a, the game ball cannot win the second general electrical device 122, and when the second general electrical accessory 122a is in the open state, it is possible to win the second general electrical device 122. becomes. The second general electric drive unit 122b for opening and closing the second general electric accessory 122a and the second general electric detection sensor 122c for detecting the winning game ball of the second general electric device 122 are both connected to the main controller 70 and electrically. properly connected. By transmitting a drive signal from the main side MPU 72 to the second general electric drive unit 122b, the second general electric utility 122a becomes an open state, and by stopping the transmission of the drive signal, the second general electric utility 122a returns to its closed state. Further, the main side MPU 72 grasps whether or not the game ball enters the second general electric device 122 based on the detection result of the second general electric detection sensor 122c. Also, when a prize is awarded to the second general electrical device 122, similarly to the first general electrical device 121, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball entered. , the payout number may be other than 15.

The third general electrical device 123 is provided with a third general electrical accessory 123a as a guide piece consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the third general electrical accessory 123a, the game ball cannot win the third general electrical device 123, and when the third general electrical accessory 123a is in the open state, it is possible to win the third general electrical device 123. becomes. The third general electric drive unit 123b for opening and closing the third general electric accessory 123a and the third general electric detection sensor 123c for detecting the winning game ball in the third general electric device 123 are both connected to the main controller 70 and electrically. properly connected. By transmitting a drive signal from the main side MPU 72 to the third universal electric drive unit 123b, the third universal electric utility 123a becomes an open state, and by stopping the transmission of the drive signal, the third universal electric utility 123a returns to its closed state. Further, the main side MPU 72 grasps whether or not the game ball enters the third general electrical device 123 based on the detection result of the third general electrical detection sensor 123c. In addition, when the winning to the third general electric device 123 occurs, similarly to the first general electric device 121 and the second general electric device 122, 15 game balls for the entry of one game ball are paid out, but the number of payouts may be other than 15.

The fourth universal electrical device 161 is provided with a fourth universal electrical accessory 161a as a guide piece consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. When the fourth general electric accessory 161a is closed, the game ball cannot win the fourth general electric device 161, and when the fourth general electric accessory 161a is in the open state, it is possible to win the fourth general electric device 161. becomes. The fourth general electric drive unit 161b for opening and closing the fourth general electric accessory 161a and the fourth general electric detection sensor 161c for detecting the winning game ball in the fourth general electric device 161 are both connected to the main controller 70 and electrically. properly connected. By transmitting a drive signal from the main side MPU 72 to the fourth universal electric drive unit 161b, the fourth universal electric function 161a becomes an open state, and by stopping the transmission of the drive signal, the fourth universal electric function 161a returns to its closed state. Further, the main side MPU 72 grasps whether or not the game ball enters the fourth general electrical device 161 based on the detection result of the fourth general electrical detection sensor 161c. In addition, when the winning to the fourth general electric device 161 occurs, in the same way as the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122 and the third general electric device 123, it is possible to enter one game ball. On the other hand, 15 game balls are put out, but the number of payouts may be other than 15.

The second through winning portion 162 has a through hole that penetrates in the vertical direction. The occurrence of winning to the through winning section 162 is specified. In addition, when winning the second through winning portion 162, the game ball that has won the second through winning portion 162 continues to flow down the game area PA because it only passes through the through hole in the vertical direction. However, the configuration is not limited to this, and a game ball entering the second through winning portion 162 may be discharged to the back side of the game board 24 . Also, when a prize to the second through prize-winning portion 162 occurs, two game balls are put out for one game ball entered, but the number of payouts is other than one. Alternatively, a configuration may be adopted in which the game balls are not put out.

The first general electrical device 121, the second general electrical device 122, the third general electrical device 123, and the fourth general electrical device 161 are arranged in the right area PA3 from the upstream side in the order of the first general electrical device 121 → the second general electrical device 122 → They are arranged side by side in the vertical direction at predetermined intervals so that the third general electrical device 123 →the fourth general electrical device 161 . Further, the second through prize-winning portion 162 is provided downstream of the fourth normal device 161 on the left side of the region in which the first to fourth normal devices 121 to 161 are provided in the right area PA3. there is On the upstream side of the second through winning part 162, the game balls that have flowed into the right side area PA3 and have not won the first ordinary electrical device 121 to the fourth ordinary electrical device 161 are placed in the second through winning part 162. A right guide region 163 is formed for guiding to. The method of forming the right guide area 163 is arbitrary, but in the pachinko machine 10, the right guide area 163 is formed by arranging a plurality of nails 24b. Due to the formation of the right guide area 163, one of the two game balls that have flowed into the right area PA3 and have not won in the first general electrical device 121 to the fourth general electrical device 161. The probability of a ball entering the second through winning portion 162 is set so that the ball can be expected to enter the second through winning portion 162.例文帳に追加

Here, as already explained, two game balls are paid out when one game ball wins in the second through winning portion 162 . On the other hand, as described above, one of the two game balls that flowed into the right area PA3 and did not win the first general electrical device 121 to the fourth general electrical device 161 is the second through The probability of a ball entering the second through prize winning section 162 is set so that the ball can be expected to enter the prize winning section 162 . As a result, the player can aim to win the second thru winning section 162 without substantially increasing or decreasing the number of balls in his possession.

1st normal figure display part 131, 2nd normal figure display part 132, 3rd normal figure display part 133, 4th normal figure display part 134, 1st normal figure display part 134, 1st normal figure display part 134, and 1st normal figure display part 133 A figure reservation display section 135, a second normal diagram reservation display section 136 and a third normal diagram reservation display section 137 are provided. Each of the first normal-symbol display unit 131 to the fourth normal-symbol display unit 134 is composed of a segment display device in which a plurality of segment light-emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner. In this case, it is not possible to perform a complicated display like the pattern display device 51 in the first normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit 134, but the first normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit It is possible to reduce the processing load for controlling the display of the display unit 134 . However, it is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT or a dot matrix display device. Further, the patterns displayed in the first general-purpose map display unit 131 to the fourth general-purpose map display unit 134 include a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed, a configuration in which multiple types of symbols are displayed, and a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed. , or a configuration in which a plurality of colors are displayed. In addition, the display range of the first general pattern display unit 131 to the fourth general pattern display unit 134 is narrower than the display surface of the pattern display device 51 . Furthermore, the display range of both the first normal map display unit 131 to the fourth normal map display unit 134 and the first normal map reservation display unit 135 to the third normal map reservation display unit 137 is also displayed on the pattern display device 51. The range is narrower than the display surface. As a result, the degree of attention of the player to the symbol display device 51 than the first normal diagram display unit 131 to the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 and the first normal diagram reservation display unit 135 to the third normal diagram reservation display unit 137 can be increased.

Based on the entry of the game ball into the first through winning section 160, the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern is performed in the first normal pattern display section 131. - 特許庁In addition, the above-mentioned first normal map reservation display unit 135 is provided at a position adjacent to the first normal map display unit 131 . Information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the first through winning section 160 is reserved up to four as the first normal diagram side reservation information, and the number of reservations is displayed by lighting of the first normal diagram reservation display section 135. It has become so. In addition, the 1st normal map side reservation area 141 is provided in main side RAM74 like the said 4th Embodiment as an area for storing the 1st normal map side reservation information.

When the game ball enters the first general electric device 121 or the fourth general electric device 161, the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern is performed in the second general pattern display section 132. - 特許庁In addition, the second normal map reservation display unit 136 is provided at a position adjacent to the second normal map display unit 132 . The information corresponding to the number of game balls winning the first general electric device 121 or the fourth general electric device 161 is reserved up to a maximum of four as the second general diagram side reservation information, and the second general diagram reservation display unit 136 lights up. The number of pending items is displayed by . In addition, the 2nd normal map side reservation area 142 is provided in main side RAM74 like the said 4th Embodiment as an area for storing the 2nd normal map side reservation information.

Based on the entry of the game ball into the second general electric device 122, the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern is performed in the third general pattern display section 133. - 特許庁Moreover, the said 3rd normal figure reservation display part 137 is provided in the position adjacent to the 3rd normal figure display part 133. As shown in FIG. Information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the second general electrical device 122 is reserved up to four as the third normal diagram side reservation information, and the number of reservations is displayed by lighting the third normal diagram reservation display unit 137. It has become so. In addition, the 3rd normal map side reservation area 143 is provided in main side RAM74 like the said 4th Embodiment as an area for storing the 3rd normal map side reservation information.

Based on the entry of the game ball into the second through winning section 162, the display continuation cycle including the variable display of the pattern is performed in the fourth normal display section 134. - 特許庁Here, the normal map reservation display unit is not provided for the fourth normal map display unit 134 . That is, the 4th normal figure side reservation information acquired when the 2nd thru winning part 162 wins is not retained and memorized. As in the fourth embodiment, the main side RAM 74 is provided with a fourth normal map execution area 144 as an area for storing the fourth normal map side reserved information.

<No. 1 general/universal electric power control process>
Next, various processes executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. First, a description will be given of the first normal map/general power control process for performing the execution control of the display continuation times in the first normal/universal map display unit 131 and the execution control of the open execution state of the first universal/general power device 121 . FIG. 44 is a slow chart showing the first normal/universal power control process.

When the winning to the first through winning part 160 has occurred (step S2601: YES), the first normal map side reservation stored in the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d of the first normal map reservation area 141 On the condition that the number of information is less than four, which is the upper limit number (step S2602: NO), the storage process to the first normal pattern reservation area 141 is executed (step S2603). In the storage process, the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 is used as the first general map side reserved information, and the first general map side reserved information in the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d of the first general map reservation area 141 is stored. The data is stored in the area with the earlier digestion order among the areas that have not been digested. In addition, when the first general map side reserved information is acquired, the display contents of the first general map side reserved display unit 135 are updated according to the increase in the number of the first general map side reserved information this time. Make data settings for

When a negative determination is made in step S2601, when an affirmative determination is made in step S2602, or when the processing of step S2603 is executed, the second normal device 122, the third normal device 123, or the fourth normal device 161 is in the release execution state (step S2604). If a negative determination is made in step S2604, the processing of steps S2605 to S2615 is executed. The processing contents of these steps S2605 to S2615 are the same as the processing contents of steps S1105 to S1115 of the first general/universal electric power control process (FIG. 24) in the fourth embodiment. In this case, the probability that the first general electric open lottery process in the first general electric open lottery process in the first general electric fluctuation start process (step S2611) is 1/100. In addition, the display duration of the display continuation times in the first normal pattern display unit 131 and the symbol display device 51 selected in the first normal pattern fluctuation start process (step S2611) is 1 second to 180 seconds. These configurations are similar to those of the fourth embodiment.

If an affirmative determination is made in step S2604, the process of step S2616 is executed. The processing content of step S2616 is the same as the processing content of step S1116 of the 1st normal figure normal electric control process (FIG. 24) in the said 4th Embodiment.

As described above, by executing the first normal map general electric control process, the fluctuation display of the pattern is performed in the first normal map display unit 131 triggered by the occurrence of a prize to the first through prize winning unit 160 Simultaneously, the pattern display device 51 performs a variable display of the pattern. Then, when the first general electric open lottery process is won, the first general electric device 121 is displayed after the display continuation times in the first general electric symbol display unit 131 and the pattern display device 51 are completed. It will be in open execution state. In the open execution state, the first general electric device 121 is opened three times for three seconds with a closed duration period of one second. Also, if the number of winning game balls to the first electrical device 121 becomes 10 or more before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times, before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times. Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated. In addition, when the game ball wins in the first general electrical device 121, the second general pattern side reservation information is stored in the second general pattern reservation area 142 with an upper limit of four pieces.

In addition, in the first normal map normal control process, when the second normal device 122, the third normal device 123 or the fourth normal device 161 is in the open execution state, the display continuation number of the first normal map display unit 131 Execute processing to temporarily stop As a result, when the second universal device 122, the third universal device 123 or the fourth universal device 161 is in the open execution state, the display continuation of the first universal diagram display unit 131 is prevented from progressing. becomes possible. Therefore, when the second general-purpose device 122, the third general-purpose device 123, or the fourth general-purpose device 161 is in the release execution state, the first general-purpose device 121 does not enter the release execution state redundantly. It becomes possible to do so.

<Second normal/universal electric power control processing>
Next, a description will be given of the second normal/universal electric power control process executed by the main side MPU 72 . In the second normal/universal electric power control process, execution control of display continuation times in the second normal/universal electric power apparatus 122 and execution control of the open execution state of the second universal electric apparatus 122 are performed. FIG. 45 is a slow chart showing the second normal/universal power control process.

When the winning prize to the first general electric device 121 or the fourth general electric device 161 has occurred (step S2701: YES), the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second general drawing reservation area 142 On the condition that the number of the 2nd normal map side reservation information that is present is less than 4 which is the upper limit number (step S2702: NO), the storage process to the 2nd normal map reservation area 142 is performed (step S2703). In the storage process, the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 is used as the second general map side reserved information, and the second general map side reserved information in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second general pattern reservation area 142 is stored. The data is stored in the area with the earlier digestion order among the areas that have not been digested. In addition, when the second normal map side reserved information is acquired, the display contents of the second normal map reserved display unit 136 are updated according to the fact that the number of the second normal map side reserved information has increased this time. Make data settings for

When a negative determination is made in step S2701, when an affirmative determination is made in step S2702, or when the processing of step S2703 is executed, the first normal electric device 121, the third normal electric device 123, or the fourth normal electric device 161 is in the release execution state (step S2704). If a negative determination is made in step S2704, the processing of steps S2705 to S2714 is executed. The processing contents of these steps S2705 to S2714 are basically the same as the processing contents of steps S1205 to S1214 of the second normal/universal electric power control process (FIG. 25) in the fourth embodiment. However, in the second normal diagram fluctuation start process (step S2710), the second normal electric open lottery process is not executed, and after the display continuation times in the second normal diagram display unit 132 is completed, the second normal electric The release execution state of the device 122 is reached. In addition, the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the second normal diagram display unit 132 selected in the second normal diagram fluctuation start process (step S2710) is fixed at 0.2 seconds.

If an affirmative determination is made in step S2704, the process of step S2715 is executed. The processing content of step S2715 is the same as the processing content of step S1215 of the 2nd normal figure normal electric control process (FIG. 25) in the said 4th Embodiment.

By executing the second normal electric power control process as described above, the second normal electric power apparatus 121 or the fourth universal electric apparatus 161 is triggered by winning a prize in the second normal electric power apparatus 132. Variation display of the pattern is performed. Then, after the display continuation times in the second general/universal diagram display unit 132 are finished, the second general/universal electrical device 122 is surely in the open execution state. In the open execution state, the second general electric device 122 is opened three times for 3 seconds with a closed duration period of 1 second. Also, if the winning number of game balls to the second general electrical device 122 becomes 10 or more before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times, before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times. Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated. In addition, when the game ball wins in the second general electric device 122, the third general pattern side reservation information is stored in the third general pattern reservation area 143 with an upper limit of four pieces.

In addition, in the second general electric device 121, the third general electric device 123 or the fourth general electric device 161 is in the open execution state in the second general electric device 121, the display continuation number of the second general electric device 132 Execute processing to temporarily stop Thereby, when the first general electric device 121, the third general electric device 123 or the fourth general electric device 161 is in the open execution state, the display continuation of the second general diagram display unit 132 is prevented from proceeding. becomes possible. Therefore, when the first general electrical device 121, the third general electrical device 123, or the fourth general electrical device 161 is in the release execution state, the second general electrical device 122 will not be in the release execution state. It becomes possible to do so.

<Third normal/universal electric power control processing>
Next, a description will be given of the third normal/universal electric power control process executed by the main side MPU 72 . In the third general/universal electric power control process, execution control of display continuation times in the third general/universal diagram display unit 133 and execution control of the open execution state of the third universal electric device 123 are performed. FIG. 46 is a slow chart showing the third normal/universal electric power control process.

When the winning prize to the second general electric device 122 has occurred (step S2801: YES), the third general diagram side reservation stored in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third general diagram reservation area 143 On the condition that the number of information is less than 4 which is the upper limit number (step S2802: NO), the storage process to the 3rd normal figure reservation area 143 is performed (step S2803). In the storage process, the third normal diagram side reserved information in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third normal diagram reservation area 143 is stored with the numerical information of the general electric random number counter C11 as the third normal diagram side reserved information. The data is stored in the area with the earlier digestion order among the areas that have not been digested. In addition, when the 3rd normal map side reserved information is acquired, the display contents of the 3rd normal map reserved display unit 137 are updated according to the fact that the number of the 3rd normal map side reserved information has increased this time Make data settings for

When a negative determination is made in step S2801, when an affirmative determination is made in step S2802, or when the processing of step S2803 is performed, the first normal device 121, the second normal device 122, or the fourth normal device 161 is in the release execution state (step S2804). If a negative determination is made in step S2804, the processing of steps S2805 to S2814 is executed. The processing contents of these steps S2805 to S2814 are basically the same as the processing contents of steps S2305 to S2314 of the third normal/universal electric power control process (FIG. 39) in the tenth embodiment. However, in the third normal diagram fluctuation start process (step S2810), the third normal electric open lottery process is not executed, and after the display continuation time in the third normal diagram display unit 133 ends, the third normal electric The release execution state of the device 123 is reached.

Moreover, the display continuation period of the display continuation time in the 3rd normal figure display part 133 selected in the 3rd normal figure fluctuation start process (step S2810) is fixed at 0.03 second. As already explained, the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the second normal diagram display unit 132 is fixed at 0.2 seconds, and when the third normal electric device 123 is in the opening execution state, the second The progress of the display continuation times in the normal pattern display unit 132 is temporarily stopped, and when the opening execution state ends, the progress of the display continuation times is resumed. In the configuration, the display continuation period of the 3rd normal diagram display unit 133 is the value corresponding to the upper limit number of retention storage of the 3rd normal diagram side retention information "4" The period obtained by multiplying the display continuation period is the second By setting the period to be shorter than the display continuation period of the normal map display unit 132, all of the third normal map side hold information acquired in one opening execution state of the second general electric device 122 It is possible to prevent a new opening execution state of the second general electrical device 122 from starting before the opening execution state of the third general electrical device 123 corresponding to .

If an affirmative determination is made in step S2804, the process of step S2815 is executed. The processing content of step S2815 is the same as the processing content of step S2315 of the 3rd normal figure general electric control process (FIG. 39) in the said 10th Embodiment.

As described above, by executing the third normal diagram general electric control process, the fluctuation display of the pattern is performed in the third general diagram display unit 133 with the occurrence of the winning to the second general electric device 122 as a trigger. . Then, after the display continuation times in the third general/universal diagram display unit 133 are completed, the third general/universal electrical device 123 is surely in the open execution state. In the open execution state, the third general electric device 123 is opened three times for 3 seconds with a closed duration period of 1 second. In addition, if the number of winning game balls to the third general electrical device 123 becomes 10 or more before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times, before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times. Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated.

Further, in the third normal diagram general electric control process, when the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122 or the fourth general electric device 161 is in the open execution state, the display continuation number of the third normal diagram display unit 133 Execute processing to temporarily stop As a result, when the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122 or the fourth general electric device 161 is in the open execution state, the display continuation of the third general diagram display unit 133 is prevented from proceeding. becomes possible. Therefore, when the first general electrical device 121, the second general electrical device 122, or the fourth general electrical device 161 is in the release execution state, the third general electrical device 123 does not enter the release execution state redundantly. It becomes possible to do so.

<Fourth normal/universal electric power control processing>
Next, the 4th normal figure normal electric control process performed in main side MPU72 is demonstrated. In the fourth general/universal electric power control process, the execution control of the display continuation times in the fourth general/universal diagram display unit 134 and the execution control of the opening execution state of the fourth universal electric device 161 are performed. FIG. 47 is a slow chart showing the fourth normal/universal electric power control process.

First, it is determined whether or not the first general electrical device 121, the second general electrical device 122, or the third general electrical device 123 is in the opening execution state (step S2901). If a negative determination is made in step S2901, the processes of steps S2902 and S2903 are executed. These processes will be described later. After that, the 4th general/universal electric address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S2904). The start address of the program for executing the process corresponding to the numerical information of the 4th normal/universal electric counter is set in the 4th/normal/normal electric address table. The 4th general electric power counter is a counter for specifying the processing contents to be executed in the 4th general electric power control process by the main side MPU 72 .

The fourth general/universal electric counter can take values from "0" to "4". corresponds to Specifically, when the value of the fourth normal diagram counter is "0", the fourth normal diagram fluctuation start process ( Step S2907) is to be executed, and when the value of the 4th normal map normal electric counter is "1", the 4th normal map fluctuation which is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the 4th normal map display unit 134 Medium processing (step S2908) is to be executed, and when the value of the fourth normal diagram normal electric counter is "2", the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 is a process for ending the display continuation times Normal pattern confirmation process (step S2909) is executed, and when the value of the 4th normal pattern normal electric counter is "3", the fourth normal electric device 161 is a process for controlling the open state When the 4th general/universal power supply open process (step S2910) is executed and the value of the 4th general/universal/universal power supply counter is "4", it is a process for opening the 4th general/universal power supply device 161 again. The fourth electric power closing process (step S2911) is executed.

In the fourth normal electric power control process, after reading the fourth normal electric power address table (step S2904), the start address corresponding to the information of the fourth normal electric power counter is changed to the fourth normal electric power address. It is obtained from the table (step S2905), and jumps to the process indicated by the obtained start address (step S2906). Each process from step S2907 to step S2911 will be individually described below.

FIG. 48 is a flow chart showing the fourth normal pattern fluctuation start process of step S2907. If a prize has been awarded to the second through prize-winning portion 162 (step S3001: YES), open determination processing is executed (step S3002). In the open judging process, the numerical value information of the current general electric random number counter C11 is stored in the execution area 144 for the 4 general general map as the 4 general general map side reserved information. Then, the open determination table is read from the main-side ROM 73, and the fourth normal diagram side reservation information stored in the fourth normal diagram execution area 144 is collated against the read open determination table. In this case, the probability of being determined as an open winning result in the open determination process is the first normal electric open lottery process in the first normal electric power fluctuation start process (step S2611) of the first normal electric power control process (Fig. 44) It is 1/100, which is the same as the probability of winning the first electric power open election.

If the result of the open determination process is the open winning result (step S3003: YES), the stop result setting process for the open winning result is executed (step S3004). Specifically, information on the stop mode of the pattern for the open winning result to be finally stopped and displayed in the current display continuation time in the fourth normal figure display unit 134 is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74. . One type of pattern stop mode may be set for the open winning result, or a plurality of types of pattern stopping modes may be set for the open winning result.

If the result of the open determination process is not the open winning result (step S3003: NO), the stop result setting process for the losing result is executed (step S3005). Concretely, it reads from the main ROM 73 and stores in the main RAM 74 the information on the stop mode of the pattern for the outlier result that is finally stopped and displayed on the fourth normal figure display unit 134 in the current display continuation time. The information on the form of the pattern selected in this case is different from the information on the form of the pattern selected in the case of the open winning result.

After executing any stop result setting process, the specific process of the 4th normal figure fluctuation period is executed (step S3006). After that, the variation display of the pattern in the fourth normal figure display unit 134 is started (step S3007). When the variation display of the pattern is to be performed in the fourth normal pattern display unit 134, the variation display table for the normal pattern, which has already been described, is referred to.

After that, 1 is added to the value of the fourth normal/universal electric counter (step S3008). Since the value of the 4th normal figure normal electric counter when the 4th normal figure fluctuation start processing is executed is "0", the value of the 4th normal figure normal electric counter is 4 normal figure by adding 1 It becomes "1" corresponding to the process during fluctuation (step S2908).

FIG. 49 is a flow chart showing the identification process of the fourth normal pattern fluctuation period in step S3006.

In the specific process, if the result of the open determination process in the current display continuation time is not an open winning result (step S3101: NO), a long period of time as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 is selected (step S3102). The long period is set to a fixed 600 seconds. This period is longer than the longest display continuation period that can be selected in the display continuation times in the first normal diagram display unit 131 . In this way, when it is not an open winning result, a long period of 600 seconds is set as the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134, so that the first normal electric device 121 and the second normal electric device 121 When the shooting operation of the game ball is performed so as to flow down the right area PA3 in a situation other than the jackpot state, which is a situation in which either the electric device 122 or the third ordinary electric device 123 is in the open execution state, the fourth It is possible to degrade the digestion efficiency of the display continuation times in the general pattern display unit 134, and in this situation, the player is advised that the game ball should be shot so that it flows down the left area PA2 instead of the right area PA3. It is possible to recognize.

On the other hand, if the result of the open determination process in the current display continuation time is an open winning result (step S3101: YES), a short period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 (Step S3103). The short period is set to a fixed 0.1 seconds.

As already explained, when the fourth general electrical device 161 is in the open execution state and a prize has been awarded to the fourth general electrical device 161, the second general electrical device The drawing side reservation information is reserved and stored. When the second normal map side reserved information is retained and stored, the display continuation times of the second normal map display unit 132 are executed, and when the display continuation times of the second normal map display unit 132 are executed The second general electric device 122 becomes an open execution state, and the third general electric device 123 is reliably opened after that by holding and storing the third general diagram side hold information based on the winning of the second general electric device 122. It is in running state. In other words, basically, the first general electric power open lottery process is triggered by the first general electric power side hold information acquired based on the winning of the first through prize winning unit 160. The 2nd general electric device 122 and the 3rd general electric device 123 will shift to the jackpot state in which the opening execution state is reached. By holding and storing the second normal side hold information based on the winning to 161, the number of times that the second normal device 122 and the third normal device 123 are in the open execution state in the jackpot state is increased. becomes. In this configuration, the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the second normal diagram display section 132 is fixed to 0.2 seconds, and the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the third normal diagram display section 133 is 0.03 seconds. is fixed to In this case, by setting the display duration period of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 selected when the open winning result is shorter than the display duration period of the second normal diagram display unit 132, Even if the display continuation time of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 corresponding to the open winning result is executed at any timing of the jackpot state, the winning to the fourth general electric device 161 occurs and the second normal diagram side is held. It is possible to generate a situation in which information is newly acquired at a timing close to the situation in which the second general-purpose device 122 or the third general-purpose device 123 is in the open execution state. In addition, by setting the display duration of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 selected when the open winning result is longer than the display duration of the third normal diagram display unit 133, the fourth It is possible to guarantee the period during which the display continuation times are executed in the general pattern display unit 134 to some extent.

After selecting the short term, a short term selection command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 (step S3104). The short-term selection command is a command for making the sound and light side MPU 92 recognize that the fourth general electrical device 161 will be in the open execution state. When the sound and light side MPU 92 receives the short-term selection command in the jackpot state in which the second general electric device 122 or the third general electric device 123 is in the opening execution state, the fourth general electric device 161 is in the opening execution state. The symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64 execute an effect that allows the player to recognize that the game ball should be won by the fourth general electrical device 161. do.

In addition, the sound and light side MPU 92 is the command that the main side MPU 72 transmits when the second normal map side hold information is acquired and the command that the main side MPU 72 transmits when the third normal map side hold information is acquired Based on this, grasp the number of the second general map side reserved information and the number of the third general map side reserved information, and let the player recognize the number of the second general map side reserved information and the number of the third general map side reserved information. The design display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64 may be configured to execute the effect that enables the game. In this case, in the jackpot state, the fourth general electric device 161 is in the open execution state, and when the second general electric device 161 receives the second general electric device 161 based on the winning prize, the corresponding production is the pattern. By being executed by the display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64, the number of times the second normal device 122 and the third normal device 123 enter the open execution state in this jackpot state has increased. The player can clearly recognize it. Further, the sound and light side MPU 92 is based on the command transmitted by the main side MPU 72 when the display continuation time in the fourth normal figure display unit 134 is executed, and that the display continuation time is executed and in the display continuation time The design display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64 may be configured to execute an effect corresponding to the result of the open determination process. As a result, it becomes possible for the player to pay attention to whether or not the fourth general electrical device 161 is in the opening execution state in the big win state.

If either step S3102 or step S3104 has been executed, the display continuation period information selected in either step S3102 or step S3104 is set in the fourth timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S3105).

In the fourth normal figure fluctuation process of step S2908, it is determined whether or not the timing is during display continuation and before final display. Specifically, when the value of the fourth timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.05 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the final display. If it is before confirmation display, the process for regularly changing the display mode of the design in the 4th normal figure display part 134 is performed. Further, when it is time to perform the confirmation display, the display mode of the pattern in the fourth normal display unit 134 is set to the display mode corresponding to the result of the open determination process of this time. After that, by adding 1 to the value of the 4th normal figure normal electric counter, the value of the counter is changed from the one corresponding to the 4th normal figure fluctuation process to the 4th normal figure determination process (step S2909) update to.

In the 4th normal figure finalizing process of step S2909, it is determined whether or not the fixed display period (specifically, 0.05 seconds) of the current display continuation time has elapsed. When the fixed display period has passed, it is determined whether or not the result of the open determination process in the current display continuation time is the open winning result. If it is not an open election result, after clearing the value of the 4th general electric counter to "0", this 4th general electric system is finalized. In the case of an open winning result, "3" is set as information on the number of opening/closing operations of the fourth general electrical device 161 in the fourth general electrical open counter provided in the main side RAM 74 . In addition, "10" is set in the fourth general electrical winning counter provided in the main RAM 74 as the upper limit information of the number of winnings to the fourth general electrical device 161 in the current opening execution state. In addition, information corresponding to 3 seconds is set in the fourth timer counter as information on the open duration period of the fourth universal electrical device 161 . In addition, the fourth universal device 161 is opened by starting to output a drive signal to the fourth universal device 161b. After that, 1 is added to the 4th P/P/P counter. Since the value of the 4th normal electric power counter in the case where the 4th normal electric power counter is being executed is "2", after adding 1, "3 ”.

In step S2910, in the fourth normal/universal power open process, if there is a winning in the fourth universal/universal power device 161, the value corresponding to the number of prizes won is subtracted from the value of the fourth universal/universal power winning counter in the main side RAM74. do. Then, when the value of the fourth general electric prize winning counter is "0", the value of the fourth general electric open counter is cleared to "0", the value of the fourth timer counter is cleared to "0", and the By stopping the output of the drive signal to the 4 general electric drive unit 161b, the 4 general electric accessory 161a is closed and the value of the 4 general electric counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the 4th normal pattern normal electric control processing becomes the 4th normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S2907). Further, even if the value of the fourth general electric winning prize counter is not "0", if the value of the fourth timer counter is "0", the drive signal is output to the fourth general electric drive section 161b. By stopping, the fourth universal electrical accessory 161a is closed and the value of the fourth universal open counter of the main side RAM 74 is subtracted by one. Then, when the value of the fourth general electrical opening counter is not "0", after setting the numerical information of the closing duration (specifically 1 second) of the fourth general electrical accessory 161a to the fourth timer counter Update the value of the 4th general/universal electric counter from "3" to "4". As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing time of the fourth normal electric power control processing becomes the processing during the fourth normal electric power closing (step S2911). When the value of the fourth normal/universal electric open counter is "0", the value of the fourth normal/universal electric counter is cleared to "0" without setting the value to the fourth timer counter. As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the 4th normal pattern normal electric control processing becomes the 4th normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S2907).

In the fourth normal/commercial power closing process of step S2911, on the condition that the value of the fourth timer counter is "0", by starting outputting the drive signal to the fourth common/common power driving unit 161b, the Numerical information of the open duration (specifically, 3 seconds) in the case of opening the 4th general electrical role 161a and opening the 4th general electrical role 161a once is set in the 4th timer counter. . Then, the value of the fourth general/universal electric counter is updated from "4" to "3". As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing time of the fourth normal/universal power control process becomes the fourth normal/universal power open process (step S2910).

As described above, by executing the fourth general pattern general electric control process, the fluctuation display of the pattern is performed in the fourth general pattern display section 134 triggered by the occurrence of the winning to the second through prize winning section 162 . Then, when an open winning result is obtained in the open determination process, the fourth general electric device 161 enters an open execution state after the display continuation times in the fourth universal diagram display unit 134 is completed. In the open execution state, the fourth general electric device 161 is opened three times for 3 seconds with a closed duration period of 1 second. Also, if the winning number of game balls to the fourth general electrical device 161 becomes 10 or more before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times, before the 3-second open state is performed 3 times. Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated.

In the fourth general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122, or the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state in the fourth general electric device 121, by making an affirmative determination in step S2901, step Adjustment processing is executed in S2912. FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing adjustment processing.

In the adjustment process, if the display continuation times of the fourth normal figure display unit 134 (step S3201: YES), if the display continuation times of this time does not correspond to the open winning result (step S3202: NO), the fluctuation end Processing is executed (step S3203). In the fluctuation end processing, if the display mode of the fourth normal figure display unit 134 is the stop result corresponding to the deviation result, the state is maintained, and if it is not the stop result corresponding to the deviation result, the stop result corresponding to the deviation result and Also, in the fluctuation ending process, the fourth timer counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the current display continuation time on the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 is ended in the middle while displaying the stop result corresponding to the off result. In addition, the stop result corresponding to the deviation result corresponds to the information of the pattern stop mode for the deviation result read out to the main side RAM 74 at step S3005 of the fourth normal pattern fluctuation start process (FIG. 48). After that, the value of the 4th normal/universal electric counter is cleared to "0" (step S3204). As a result, the processing to be executed in the next processing round of the 4th normal pattern normal electric control processing becomes the 4th normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S2907).

When the current display continuation time corresponds to the open winning result (step S3202: YES), a fluctuation stop process is executed (step S3205). In the fluctuation stop process, the display continuation times in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 are temporarily stopped in the state of the current display mode of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134, and the update of the fourth timer counter is temporarily stopped. Further, in the fluctuation stopping process, the fourth stopping flag provided in the main side RAM 74 is set to "1".

In the fourth general map general electric control process, when a negative determination is made in step S2901 and "1" is set to the fourth stop flag of the main side RAM74 (step S2902: YES), the 4 The stop flag is cleared to "0" (step S2903). Thereby, when the 4th normal figure display part 134 is once stopped in the middle of the display continuation time, the said display continuation time is resumed, and the update of a 4th timer counter is restarted.

As described above, in the 4th general electric device 121, the 2nd general electric device 122 or the 3rd general electric device 123 in the open execution state in the 4th general electric power control process If it is the display continuation time of the display unit 134, the display continuation time is ended in the middle. As a result, the display continuation period of the display continuation times of the fourth normal figure display unit 134 corresponding to the result of the deviation in order to suppress the shooting operation of the game ball so as to flow down the right area PA3 in a situation that is not a big hit state in the long-term configuration, in the jackpot state, when the first normal device 121, the second normal device 122, or the third normal device 123 enters the opening execution state, the second corresponding to the deviation result It is possible to terminate the display continuation times of the 4-U map display unit 134 in the middle. Therefore, it is possible to prevent meaningless continuation of the display continuation times of the fourth normal display unit 134 corresponding to the result of losing in the big win state, and as a result, the fourth normal device 161 in the big win state. It is possible to increase the possibility that the will be in the open execution state.

On the other hand, in the fourth general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122 or the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state in the fourth general electric device 121, the fourth general electric device display corresponding to the open winning result A process for temporarily stopping the display continuation times of the unit 134 is executed. As a result, when the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122 or the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state, the display continuation number of the fourth general electric device 134 corresponding to the open winning result can be prevented from progressing. Therefore, while preventing the right of the fourth general electrical device 161 to be in the open execution state from being invalidated, the first general electrical device 121, the second general electrical device 122, or the third general electrical device 123 is in the open execution state. , it is possible to prevent the fourth general electrical device 161 from entering the opening execution state in duplicate.

<State of the jackpot state>
Next, with reference to the time chart of FIG. 51, the state of the jackpot state will be described. FIG. 51(a) shows a period during which the display continuation times in the first general/universal diagram display unit 131 is executed, and FIG. FIG. 51(c) shows the timing at which the second normal map side hold information is acquired, FIG. e) shows the period during which the second general electric device 122 is in the open execution state, FIG. 51(f) shows the timing at which the third general FIG. 51(h) shows a period during which the third general electrical device 123 is in the open execution state, and FIG. 51(i) shows the fourth FIG. 51(j) shows a period during which the display continuation times are executed in the normal diagram display unit 134, and shows a period during which the fourth universal electric device 161 is in the open execution state.

As shown in FIG. 51(a), the display continuation times in the first general map display unit 131 are performed from the timing of t1 to the timing of t2. Since this display continuation time corresponds to the first general electric open winning, the first general electric device 121 is released and executed. Since the first general electric device 121 is in the open execution state, the player changes the shooting operation, which has been performed so that the game ball flows down the left side area PA2, to the shooting operation in which the game ball flows down the right side area PA3. do. As a result, it becomes possible to win a prize for the first general electric device 121 . Then, at each of timing t3, timing t4, timing t5 and timing t6, which are in the middle of the release execution state, as shown in FIG. be done. In addition, in the open execution state of the first general electric device 121, the display continuation time in the second general map display unit 132 is not started, so even if the second general map side hold information is stored, the second general map display unit Display continuation times at 132 are not initiated.

After that, the opening execution state of the first general electric device 121 ends at the timing of t7, so that the display continuation cycle in the second universal diagram display unit 132 starts at the timing of t7 as shown in FIG. 51(d). , the display continuation is performed until timing t9. At the timing of t7, as shown in FIG. 51(a), the display continuation times in the first normal map display unit 131 are also started. Also, in this situation, since the shooting operation is performed so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3, a prize is awarded to the second through prize winning portion 162, and as shown in FIG. The display continuation time in the 4th normal figure display part 134 is started. The display continuation time does not result in an open winning result in the open determination process.

After that, at the timing of t9, as shown in FIG. 51(d), the display continuation times in the second universal diagram display unit 132 ends, and as shown in FIG. state. In this case, the display continuation time in the 4th normal figure display part 134 which does not correspond to an open winning result is terminated on the way at the timing of t9 as shown in FIG.51(i). Further, at the timing of t9, as shown in FIG. 51(a), the display continuation times in the first normal diagram display section 131 is temporarily stopped.

The opening execution state of the second general electric device 122 started at the timing of t9 is executed until the timing of t14 as shown in FIG. 51(e). Then, at the timing of t10, the timing of t11, the timing of t12, and the timing of t13, which are in the middle of the release execution state, as shown in FIG. be done. In addition, since the display continuation time in the third normal diagram display unit 133 is not started in the open execution state of the second general electric device 122, even if the third normal diagram side hold information is retained and stored, the third normal diagram display unit The display continuation at 133 is not started.

After that, at the timing of t14, the opening execution state of the second general electric device 122 is terminated, and at the timing of t14, as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 51(d), the continuation display of the second normal diagram display unit 132 is started, and as shown in FIG. 51(g), the continuation display of the third normal diagram display unit 133 is started. Then, at the timing of t15, as shown in FIG. It will be in open execution state. In this case, as shown in FIG. 51 (a) at the timing of t15, the display continuation time in the first normal map display unit 131 is temporarily stopped, and as shown in FIG. 51 (d), the second normal map display unit The display continuation at 132 is paused.

The opening execution state of the third universal device 123 started at the timing of t15 ends at the timing of t16 as shown in FIG. 51(h). As a result, at the timing of t16, as shown in FIG. 51(a), the display continuation times in the first normal map display unit 131 are resumed, and as shown in FIG. 51(d), the display in the second normal map display unit 132 Continuation times are resumed, and as shown in FIG. 51(g), the display continuation times in the third normal diagram display section 133 are started. Then, at the timing of t17, as shown in FIG. 51(g), the display continuation times in the third general/universal diagram display unit 133 ends first, so that the third general/universal diagram display unit 123 as shown in FIG. 51(h) It will be in open execution state. In this case, as shown in FIG. 51 (a) at the timing of t17, the display continuation times in the first normal map display unit 131 is temporarily stopped, and as shown in FIG. 51 (d), the second normal map display unit The display continuation at 132 is paused.

After that, by repeating the above operation, the jackpot state progresses and the number of the second normal drawing side reserved information becomes 0 over the timing of t18 to t19 in FIG. 51 (g) As shown in FIG. 51(i), the display continuation times in the 3rd normal map display part 133 are started, and the display continuation times in the 4th normal map display part 134 are started as shown in FIG.51(i). In addition, the display continuation time in the 4th normal figure display part 134 respond|corresponds to an open winning result. Then, at the timing of t19, as shown in FIG. 51(g), the display continuation times in the third normal display unit 133 is completed, so that at the timing of t19, as shown in FIG. The release execution state of the device 123 is reached. In this case, at the timing of t19, as shown in FIG. 51(i), the display continuation times in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 corresponding to the open winning result is temporarily stopped.

After that, the opening execution state of the third general electric device 123 ends at the timing of t20. As a result, at the timing of t20, as shown in FIG. 51(i), the display continuation times in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 corresponding to the open winning result are resumed. Then, at the timing of t21, the continuous display of the fourth universal diagram display unit 134 ends, and as shown in FIG. It will be in open execution state. Then, as shown in FIG. 51(c), at each of the timing of t22, the timing of t23, the timing of t24 and the timing of t25, which are in the middle of the release execution state, the second normal diagram side hold information is acquired and held and stored. be done. As a result, the second general electrical device 122 is given another opportunity to enter the open execution state.

According to this embodiment detailed above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

When the opening execution state of any of the first universal device 121 to the third universal device 123 is started in the middle of the display continuation time in the fourth normal diagram display unit 134, the display continuation time If it corresponds to the fact that the electric device 161 is not opened, the display continuation cycle is terminated. As a result, the display continuation times of the fourth universal diagram display unit 134 that do not lead to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth universal electric apparatus 161 are the opening execution of any one of the first universal electric apparatus 121 to the third universal electric apparatus 123. It is possible to end with the occurrence of the state, and while giving priority to the occurrence of the open execution state of any one of the first general electric device 121 to the third general electric device 123, the display continuation times of the fourth general figure display unit 134 are digested. Efficiency can be improved. On the other hand, if the display continuation time corresponds to the subsequent generation of the opening execution state of the fourth universal device 161, the generation timing of the opening execution state of the fourth universal device 161 is delayed. As a result, the advantage of generating the opening execution state of the fourth universal device 161 does not disappear while giving priority to the occurrence of the opening execution state of any one of the first general electrical device 121 to the third general electrical device 123. It becomes possible to do so.

In the middle of the display continuation of the fourth universal diagram display unit 134 corresponding to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth universal electric device 161, the opening execution state of any of the first universal electric device 121 to the third universal electric device 123 When it is started, the progress of the display continuation cycle is stopped, and when the opening execution state of the first general electrical device 121 to the third general electrical device 123 is terminated after that, the progress of the display continuation cycle is resumed. Configuration. As a result, the above-described excellent effects can be obtained only by temporarily stopping and canceling the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 .

Even if winning to the second through winning part 162 occurs in a situation in which the display continuation round of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 cannot be started, the fourth normal diagram side reservation information is not acquired. That is, the 4th general map side reservation information is configured so that it is not reserved and stored. As a result, the opening execution state of any of the first general electric device 121 to the third general electric device 123 occurs in a situation where the display continuation time of the fourth general pattern display unit 134 is not executed, and further the second through winning a prize Even if a prize to the part 162 occurs, it is only necessary not to acquire the 4th general map side reservation information for the occurrence of the prize, and it is necessary to perform processing such as erasing the acquired 4th general map side reservation information. does not occur.

The display continuation period of the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 corresponding to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth general electric device 161 is the fourth normal display period not corresponding to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth universal electric device 161 . It is shorter than the display continuation period of the display continuation times of the diagram display section 134 . As a result, it is possible to shorten the period required from the start of the continuous display of the fourth universal diagram display unit 134 to the start of the opening execution state of the fourth universal electrical device 161 . In this case, the display continuation times of the fourth general electric device 161 that do not correspond to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth general electric device 161 are the open execution of any one of the first general electric device 121 to the third general electric device 123. Terminates when the condition occurs. As a result, it is possible to improve the digestion efficiency of the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 .

The second thru winning part 162 and the fourth normal electric device 161 are provided in the right area PA3 together with the first normal electric device 121 to the third normal electric device 123. If a prize is awarded to the prize winning section 162 and a prize is awarded to the second through prize winning section 162, the fourth general electrical device 161 can be opened. On the other hand, the display continuation period of the display continuation times of the fourth universal diagram display unit 134 that does not correspond to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth universal electrical device 161 is set long. As a result, it is possible to reduce the gaming efficiency when aiming to win a prize in the second through prize winning portion 162 in a state that is not a big win state. In this case, the display continuation times of the fourth general electric device 161 that do not correspond to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth general electric device 161 are the open execution of any one of the first general electric device 121 to the third general electric device 123. Terminates when the condition occurs. As a result, in the jackpot state, it is possible to increase the efficiency of the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 .

When the first public power open lottery process executed based on the winning of the first through prize winning unit 160 wins the first public power open lottery, the first public power device 121 enters the opening execution state, and the first public power While the second general map side hold information that triggers the opening execution state of the second general electric device 122 is acquired based on the winning to the device 121, the execution is based on the winning to the second through winning section 162 The fourth general electric device 161 enters the open execution state by winning the fourth general electric open lottery process in the fourth general electric open lottery process, and the second general electric device 161 is held based on the winning prize of the fourth general electric device 161. Information is obtained. As a result, the player expects that the fourth general electrical device 161 will be in the open execution state.

<Another Form of the Eleventh Embodiment>
(1) In a situation where the game ball is not in the jackpot state, when the shooting operation of the game ball is performed so as to flow down the right side area PA3, a corresponding notification may be made. Specifically, when a game ball enters the second through winning portion 162 in the jackpot state, at least one of the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting portion 63 and the speaker portion 64 is used to display the right side area. A notification is made to enable the player to recognize that the shooting of game balls toward PA3 is to be stopped. As a result, it is possible to discourage the player from aiming for the game ball to enter the second through winning portion 162 in a game state that is not a big hit state.

(2) The display continuation period of the display continuation times of the 4th general map display unit 134 corresponding to the 4th general electric device 161 being in the open execution state is determined according to the number of reservations of the 2nd general map side reservation information It may be configured to be Specifically, a configuration may be adopted in which a shorter display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period as the number of reservations of the second normal-map-side reservation information is smaller. More specifically, as the configuration, the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 corresponding to the fourth general electric device 161 being in the open execution state in a situation where the number of reservations in the second normal diagram side reservation information is four As the display continuation period of the display continuation times, the period required to digest 4 pieces of the 2nd normal map side reserved information is selected, and in the situation where the number of reserved pieces of the 2nd normal map side reserved information is 3 As the display continuation period of the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 corresponding to the fourth general electric device 161 being in the open execution state, it is necessary to digest three pieces of the second normal diagram side reserved information. In a situation where the period is selected and the number of reservations in the second normal diagram side reservation information is two, the display continuation number of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 corresponding to the opening execution state of the fourth general electric device 161 As the display continuation period, the period required to digest two pieces of the second normal map side reserved information is selected, and in the situation where the number of reserved pieces of the second normal map side reserved information is one, the fourth normal As the display continuation period of the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 corresponding to the device 161 being in the open execution state, a period required to digest one second normal diagram side reserved information is selected. make it As a result, in a situation where the number of held second general map side hold information acquired by winning the first general electric device 121 is reduced, the opening execution state of the fourth general electric device 161 is started and the second It is possible to make it possible to newly acquire the general map side reserved information, and it is possible to increase the number of the second general pattern side reserved information digested in one jackpot state.

Further, the display duration of the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134 corresponding to the fourth general electric device 161 being in the open execution state is performed by referring to the number of reservations of the second normal diagram side reservation information. Instead, it may be configured to refer to the number of reservations of the second normal diagram side reservation information and the number of reservations of the third normal diagram side reservation information. In this case, not only the shorter display duration is selected as the number of reservations of the second normal map side reservation information is smaller, but also the second general map side reservation information is the same number of reservations compared to the third normal The number of 2nd normal map side reserved information and 3rd normal map side reserved information digested in one jackpot state by configuring that the shorter the display continuation period is selected as the number of reserved information on the drawing side is smaller. can be increased.

(3) The display continuation period of the display continuation time of the 4th general electric device 161 corresponding to the opening execution state of the 4th general electric device 161 is not fixed, but is set to a plurality of types, and the display continuation of the setting target The period may be determined by lottery. As a result, it is possible to diversify the period required from the start of the continuous display of the fourth general/universal diagram display unit 134 until the fourth general/universal electrical device 161 enters the open execution state.

(4) Although the configuration is such that the 4th normal map side reserved information is not retained and stored, the configuration may be such that the 4th normal map side retained information is retained and stored. In this case, when it is time to digest the fourth general map side hold information in a situation where any of the first general electric device 121 to the third general electric device 123 is in the open execution state, the fourth general map side hold information does not correspond to the opening execution state of the fourth general electric device 161, and is invalidated, and if the fourth general diagram side holding information corresponds to the opening execution state of the fourth general electric device 161 It may be configured to wait until the opening execution state of the first general electric device 121 to the third general electric device 123 is completed before being set as the start target of the display continuation time of the fourth general electric device 134 . As a result, it is possible to improve the digestion efficiency of the fourth general/universal map side reserved information while preventing the benefit of the fourth general/universal electric device 161 being in the open execution state from being lost.

(5) In the right area PA3, the fourth ordinary device 161 is provided downstream of the first ordinary device 121, the second ordinary device 122, and the third ordinary device 123. Without being limited thereto, a configuration in which the fourth ordinary device 161 is provided upstream of the first ordinary device 121, the second ordinary device 122, and the third ordinary device 123 in the right area PA3 may be used. good. As a result, it is possible to make it easier to win a prize for the fourth universal electrical device 161 .

(6) In the middle of the display continuation in the normal map display units 131, 132, 133, 134, the predetermined devices 121, 122, 123, 161 that do not correspond to the normal map display units 131, 132, 133, 134 are in the open execution state In this case, the display continuation time during the execution is temporarily stopped, but the present invention is not limited to this. A configuration may be adopted in which the display continuation period of the display continuation times is extended by the amount. In this case, during the period when the predetermined devices 121, 122, 123, and 124 are in the open execution state, the normal pattern display units 131, 132, 133, and 134 corresponding to the display continuation times during execution display the variable display of the pattern. It is good also as a structure which is continued.

(7) During execution of the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134, any one of the first normal electric device 121, the second normal electric device 122, and the third normal electric device 123 enters the open execution state. In this case, if the display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth universal device 161, the display continuation time is terminated and invalidated, and the display continuation time is the fourth universal device 161. 161, the continuous display may be temporarily stopped and then resumed.

(8) During execution of the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134, any one of the first normal electric device 121, the second normal electric device 122, and the third normal electric device 123 enters the open execution state. In this case, if the display continuation times correspond to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth universal device 161, the display continuation times are shortened, and the display continuation times correspond to the opening execution state of the fourth universal device 161. The continuous display may be terminated and invalidated when the occurrence of the state is not dealt with.

(9) During execution of the display continuation times of the fourth normal diagram display unit 134, any one of the first normal electric device 121, the second normal electric device 122, and the third normal electric device 123 enters the open execution state. In this case, if the display continuation times correspond to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth universal device 161, the display continuation times are extended, and the display continuation times correspond to the opening execution state of the fourth universal device 161. The display continuation time may be shortened when the occurrence of the state is not handled.

<Twelfth Embodiment>
In this embodiment, the configuration of the game area PA is different from that in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, configurations different from those of the first embodiment will be described, and descriptions of configurations that are the same as those of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

FIG. 52 is a front view of the game board 24 in this embodiment. The game area PA is divided by the variable display unit 37 into an upper area PA1, a left area PA2, a right area PA3 and a lower area PA4, as in the first embodiment. A predetermined through winning portion 171 is provided in the lower area PA4 in place of the first operating portion 32 in the first embodiment. The predetermined through winning portion 171 is operated when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2 and when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3. It is provided at a position where a prize can be won. However, in the variable display unit 37, a lead-in port 37b that allows game balls to flow into the stage 37a is provided in the upper left part of the variable display unit 37, and the game balls supplied to the stage 37a When the ball is sufficiently decelerated near the center in the horizontal direction and flows downward, the ball is likely to enter the predetermined through winning portion 171 . Therefore, when the shooting operation is performed so that the game ball flows down toward the left side area PA2 which is to the right of the left end of the variable display unit 37 in the upper side area PA1, the game ball is played toward the right side area PA3. The ball is more likely to enter the predetermined through winning portion 171 than when the shooting operation is performed such that the ball flows down.

The predetermined through winning portion 171 has a through hole penetrating in the vertical direction, and when the game ball passes through this through hole and is detected by the predetermined through detection sensor 171a, the main side MPU 72 detects the predetermined through winning portion. Occurrences of winnings to 171 are identified. In addition, when winning the predetermined through winning portion 171, it only passes through the through hole in the vertical direction, so the game ball that has won the predetermined through winning portion 171 continues to flow down the game area PA. However, the configuration is not limited to this, and a game ball entering the predetermined through winning portion 171 may be discharged to the back side of the game board 24 . In addition, when a prize to the predetermined through prize winning portion 171 occurs, three game balls are paid out for one game ball entered, but even if the number of payouts is other than three, A configuration in which the game balls are often not put out may be used. The left area PA2 is not provided with a ball winning section including the through winning section 34 and the special winning device 35 in the first embodiment.

A predetermined universal device 172, a first non-electrical device 173, a second non-electrical device 177 and a third non-electrical device 179 are provided in the right area PA3. These predetermined universal device 172, first non-electrical device 173, second non-electrical device 177 and third non-electrical device 179 cannot win prizes when the shooting operation is performed so as to flow down the left area PA2. A prize can be won by performing a shooting operation so as to flow down the right area PA3. The predetermined universal device 172, the first non-electrical device 173, the second non-electrical device 177, and the third non-electrical device 179 are arranged in the right area PA3 from the upstream side in the predetermined universal device 172→the first non-electrical device 173→the second non-electrical device. The non-electrical devices 177 and the third non-electrical device 179 are arranged side by side in the vertical direction at predetermined intervals.

The predetermined universal electrical device 172 is provided with a predetermined universal electrical accessory 172a as a guide piece consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the predetermined general electric accessory 172a, the game ball cannot win the predetermined general electric device 172, and when the predetermined general electric accessory 172a is in the open state, the predetermined general electric device 172 can be won. A predetermined general electric drive unit 172b for opening and closing a predetermined general electric accessory 172a and a predetermined general electric detection sensor 172c for detecting a winning game ball in the predetermined general electric device 172 are both electrically connected to the main controller 70. ing. By transmitting a drive signal from the main side MPU 72 to the predetermined general electric drive unit 172b, the predetermined general electric accessory 172a is in an open state, and by stopping the transmission of the drive signal, the predetermined general electric accessory 172a is in a closed state. return to Further, the main side MPU 72 grasps whether or not the game ball enters the predetermined general electric device 172 based on the detection result of the predetermined general electric detection sensor 172c. When a winning to the predetermined general electric device 172 occurs, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball entering, but the number of payouts may be other than 15.

The first non-electrical device 173 is provided with a first guide piece 173a consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. When the first guide piece 173a is closed, the game ball cannot win the first non-electric device 173, and when the first guide piece 173a is opened, the first non-electric device 173 can win. A driving portion for opening and closing the first guide piece 173a is not provided. Instead, a game ball that has won a prize in a predetermined ordinary electrical device 172 comes into contact with a first opening mechanism 173b provided in the first non-electrical device 173 through a first guide path 174, and the first opening mechanism 173b is displaced. By doing so, the first guide piece 173a is opened, and the game ball that has won the first non-electrical device 173 is provided in the first non-electrical device 173 in the process of heading toward the second non-electrical device 177 through the second guide path 175. The first guide piece 173a is brought into the closed state by contacting the first closing mechanism 173c and displacing the first closing mechanism 173c.

In addition, the game ball that wins the predetermined general electric device 172 and is guided to the first opening operation mechanism 173b by the first guide passage 174 and comes into contact with the first opening operation mechanism 173b It is discharged to the side different from the device 177 side. When the first opening mechanism 173b opens the first guide piece 173a, the first closing mechanism 173c returns to the initial position, and the first closing mechanism 173c closes the first guide piece 173a. When the state is reached, the first opening mechanism 173b returns to the initial position. Also, in a situation where the first guide piece 173a is already in the open state, even if a game ball enters the predetermined general electrical device 172 and the game ball comes into contact with the first opening mechanism 173b, the The open state of the 1 guide piece 173a is maintained.

A game ball that has won the first non-electrical device 173 flows down toward the second non-electrical device 177 through the second guide path 175 as described above. A first non-electrical detection sensor 173d for detecting a winning game ball is provided in the first non-electrical device 173 . The first non-electrical detection sensor 173d is electrically connected to the main controller 70, and the main side MPU 72 detects the entry of the game ball into the first non-electrical device 173 based on the detection result of the first non-electrical detection sensor 173d. Grasp the presence or absence of the ball. When a winning to the first non-electrical device 173 occurs, 15 game balls are put out for one game ball entering, but the number of payouts may be other than 15. . In addition, the game ball that wins the predetermined general electric device 172, passes through the first guide passage 174, and is discharged by the discharge passage 176 is not detected by the first non-electric detection sensor 173d.

The second non-electrical device 177 is provided with a second guide piece 177a consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. When the second guide piece 177a is closed, the game ball cannot win the second non-electrical device 177, and when the second guide piece 177a is opened, the second non-electrical device 177 can be won. A driving portion for opening and closing the second guide piece 177a is not provided. Instead, the winning game ball of the first non-electrical device 173 comes into contact with the second opening mechanism 177b provided in the second non-electrical device 177 through the second guide path 175, and the second opening mechanism 177b By displacing, the second guide piece 177a becomes an open state, and the game ball that has won the second non-electrical device 177 is provided in the second non-electrical device 177 in the process of heading toward the third non-electrical device 179 through the third guide path 178. The second guide piece 177a is brought into the closed state by contacting the second closing mechanism 177c and displacing the second closing mechanism 177c.

In addition, the game ball that wins the first non-electrical device 173 and is guided to the second opening mechanism 177b by the second guide path 175 and comes into contact with the second opening mechanism 177b It is discharged to the side different from the electrical device 179 side. When the second guide piece 177a is opened by the second opening mechanism 177b, the second closing mechanism 177c returns to the initial position, and the second closing mechanism 177c closes the second guide piece 177a. In this state, the second opening mechanism 177b returns to its initial position. In addition, when two or more game balls enter the first non-electrical device 173 at the same time, the game ball comes into contact with the second opening mechanism 177b in a state where the second guide piece 177a is already in the open state. Even then, the open state of the second guide piece 177a is maintained.

The game ball that has won the second non-electrical device 177 flows down toward the third non-electrical device 179 through the third guide passage 178 as described above. A second non-electrical detection sensor 177d for detecting a winning game ball is provided in the second non-electrical device 177. As shown in FIG. The second non-electrical detection sensor 177d is electrically connected to the main controller 70, and the main side MPU 72 detects the entry of the game ball into the second non-electrical device 177 based on the detection result of the second non-electrical detection sensor 177d. Grasp the presence or absence of the ball. When a winning to the second non-electrical device 177 occurs, 15 game balls are put out for one game ball entering, but the number of payouts may be other than 15. . In addition, the game ball that wins the first non-electrical device 173, passes through the second guide passage 175, and is discharged by the discharge passage 176 is not detected by the second non-electrical detection sensor 177d.

The third non-electrical device 179 is provided with a third guide piece 179a consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. When the third guide piece 179a is closed, the game ball cannot win the third non-electrical device 179, and when the third guide piece 179a is opened, the winning to the third non-electrical device 179 becomes possible. A driving portion for opening and closing the third guide piece 179a is not provided. Instead, the winning game ball of the second non-electrical device 177 contacts the third opening mechanism 179b provided in the third non-electrical device 179 through the third guide path 178, and the third opening mechanism 179b By displacing, the third guide piece 179a becomes an open state, and the third non-electrical device 179 provided in the third non-electrical device 179 in the process in which the winning game ball goes downward through the downstream discharge passage 181 The third guide piece 179a is brought into the closed state by contacting the closing mechanism 179c and displacing the third closing mechanism 179c.

In addition, the game ball that has won the second non-electrical device 177, is guided to the third opening mechanism 179b by the third guide path 178, and comes into contact with the third opening mechanism 179b is discharged downstream through the discharge passage 176. It is discharged to the side different from the side of the passage 181 for cleaning. When the third opening mechanism 179b opens the third guide piece 179a, the third closing mechanism 179c returns to its initial position, and the third closing mechanism 179c closes the third guide piece 179a. In this state, the third opening mechanism 179b returns to its initial position. In addition, when two or more game balls enter the second non-electrical device 177 at the same time, the game ball comes into contact with the third opening mechanism 179b in a state where the third guide piece 179a is already in the open state. Even then, the open state of the third guide piece 179a is maintained.

The game ball that has won the third non-electrical device 179 flows downward through the downstream discharge passage 181 as described above. The device 179 is provided with a third non-electrical detection sensor 179d for detecting a winning game ball. The third non-electrical detection sensor 179d is electrically connected to the main controller 70, and the main side MPU 72 detects the entry of the game ball into the third non-electrical device 179 based on the detection result of the third non-electrical detection sensor 179d. Know the presence or absence of the ball. When a winning to the third non-electrical device 179 occurs, 15 game balls are put out for one game ball entering, but the number of payouts may be other than 15. . In addition, the game ball that wins the second non-electrical device 177, passes through the third guide passage 178, and is discharged by the discharge passage 176 is not detected by the third non-electrical detection sensor 179d.

A predetermined normal pattern display portion 182 and a predetermined normal pattern reservation display portion 183 are provided in an area through which the game ball does not pass on the lower right side of the game area PA. The predetermined normal figure display section 182 is composed of a segment display device in which a plurality of segment light emitting sections are arranged in a predetermined manner. In this case, it is impossible to perform a complicated display like the pattern display device 51 in the predetermined normal pattern display unit 182, but it is possible to reduce the processing load for controlling the display of the predetermined normal map display unit 182. Become. However, it is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT or a dot matrix display device. In addition, the pattern displayed in the predetermined normal figure display unit 182 includes a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed, a configuration in which multiple types of symbols are displayed, a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed, or a configuration in which multiple types of characters are displayed. A configuration in which colors are displayed may be considered. Further, the display range of the predetermined normal pattern display unit 182 is narrower than the display surface of the pattern display device 51 . Furthermore, the display range of both the predetermined normal pattern display portion 182 and the predetermined normal pattern reservation display portion 183 is also narrower than the display surface of the pattern display device 51 . Thereby, it is possible to increase the degree of attention of the player to the pattern display device 51 rather than the predetermined normal pattern display unit 182 and the predetermined normal pattern reservation display unit 183 .

Based on the entry of the game ball into the predetermined through winning portion 171, the predetermined normal pattern display portion 182 performs the display continuation including the variable display of the pattern. In addition, the predetermined normal map reservation display unit 183 is provided at a position adjacent to the predetermined normal map display unit 182 . Information corresponding to the number of game balls won in a predetermined through prize winning section 171 is reserved up to four as predetermined normal diagram side reservation information, and the reserved number is displayed by lighting of a predetermined normal diagram reservation display section 183. It's becoming Although not shown, the main side RAM 74 is provided with a predetermined normal map holding area as an area for storing predetermined normal map side holding information. The configuration of the predetermined normal map reservation area is the same as that of the first normal map reservation area 141 in the fourth embodiment. In the display continuation times of the display unit 182, up to four pieces of predetermined normal map side reservation information that are not subject to execution of the display continuation times are reserved and stored.

<Game flow>
Next, the game flow in this embodiment will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG. FIG. 53(a) shows a period during which the predetermined normal/universal diagram display unit 182 continues to display, and FIG. 53(d) shows the period during which the first non-electrical device 173 is open, and FIG. FIG. 53(f) shows the period during which the second non-electrical device 177 is open, and FIG. FIG. 53(h) shows the period during which the third non-electrical device 179 is open, and FIG. 53(i) shows the timing at which the third non-electrical device 179 wins. indicates

When a prize is won in the predetermined through prize-winning portion 171, as shown in FIG. 53(a), display continuation times in the predetermined normal diagram display portion 182 are performed from timing t1 to timing t2. Since this display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the predetermined general electric device 172, after the display continuation time ends, as shown in FIG. The general electric device 172 is put into an open state. When the predetermined general electric device 172 is in an open state, the player changes the shooting operation, which has been performed so that the game ball flows down the left side area PA2, to the shooting operation in which the game ball flows down the right side area PA3. As a result, it becomes possible to win a prize for the predetermined general electric device 172 .

At timing t3, which is in the middle of the state in which the predetermined universal electrical device 172 is in the open state, as shown in FIG. As a result of the winning of the predetermined general electric device 172, the first non-electric device 173 is opened at the timing t3 as shown in FIG. 53(d). Then, at the timing of t5, as shown in FIG. 53(e), the winning of the first non-electrical device 173 occurs. When the first non-electrical device 173 wins, at the timing of t5, the first non-electrical device 173 changes from the open state to the closed state as shown in FIG. , the second non-electrical device 177 changes from the closed state to the open state.

At the timing t6 when the second non-electrical device 177 is in the open state, as shown in FIG. 53(g), the second non-electrical device 177 wins. When the second non-electrical device 177 wins, at the timing of t6, the second non-electrical device 177 changes from the open state to the closed state as shown in FIG. 3, the third non-electrical device 179 changes from the closed state to the open state.

At the timing of t7 when the third non-electrical device 179 is in the open state, a winning to the third non-electrical device 179 occurs as shown in FIG. 53(i). When the winning of the third non-electrical device 179 occurs, at the timing t7, the third non-electrical device 179 changes from the open state to the closed state as shown in FIG. 53(h).

As described above, when one game ball enters the predetermined general electric device 172, 15 game balls are not only put out, but also the first non-electric device 173 is opened. In addition, when one game ball enters the first non-electrical device 173 in the open state, 15 game balls are not only put out, but also the first non-electrical device 173 is in the closed state. At the same time, the second non-electrical device 177 becomes open. In addition, when one game ball enters the second non-electrical device 177 in the open state, 15 game balls are not only put out, but also the second non-electrical device 177 is in the closed state. At the same time, the third non-electrical device 179 becomes open. In addition, when one game ball enters the third non-electrical device 179 in the open state, 15 game balls are put out, and the third non-electrical device 179 is closed. After one game ball is entered into the predetermined general electric device 172 in this way, the game ball is entered in the order of the first non-electric device 173 → second non-electric device 177 → third non-electric device 179. At least 60 game balls are paid out by rolling. And, when the shooting operation is performed so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3, the A game ball wins a prize with a high probability in the device in the open state. Therefore, the number of game balls possessed by the player can be increased by performing the one cycle.

When the specified universal device 172 enters an open execution state, details of which will be described later, but the specified universal device 172 is in the open state multiple times with a predetermined closed continuation period intervening. Therefore, the predetermined common electric device 172 is opened again as shown in FIG. 53(b) from timing t8 to timing t10. Then, at timing t9 in the middle of the state in which the predetermined universal electrical device 172 is in the open state, a prize for the predetermined universal electrical device 172 occurs as shown in FIG. 53(c). When a prize is awarded to the predetermined general electric device 172, the first non-electric device 173 is opened at the timing t9 as shown in FIG. 53(d). In this case, the occurrence of winning to the first non-electrical device 173 is delayed due to clogging of game balls in the upper tray 65a, and finally the first non-electrical device 173 is shown at the timing of t11 as shown in FIG. 53(e). Winning to the non-electric device 173 occurs.

When the first non-electrical device 173 wins, at the timing of t11, the first non-electrical device 173 changes from the open state to the closed state as shown in FIG. , the second non-electrical device 177 changes from the closed state to the open state. In this case, the occurrence of the winning to the second non-electrical device 177 is delayed due to the occurrence of the ball clogging of the game balls in the upper tray 65a again. Then, at timing t12 when the second non-electrical device 177 is still in the open state, the next opening cycle of the predetermined common electrical device 172 is started as shown in FIG. 53(b). That is, in this situation, both the predetermined common electrical device 172 and the second non-electrical device 177 are open. Since the predetermined universal device 172 is provided upstream of the second non-electrical device 177 in the right area PA3, the predetermined universal device 172 is more likely to win than the second non-electrical device 177 . Therefore, as shown in FIG. 53(c), at the timing of t13, the prize for the predetermined general electric device 172 occurs before the second non-electric device 177.

When the predetermined general electric device 172 wins, the first non-electric device 173 is opened at the timing t13 as shown in FIG. 53(d). That is, in this situation, each of the predetermined common electric device 172, the first non-electrical device 173, and the second non-electrical device 177 is in the open state. After that, at the timing of t14, the predetermined common electrical device 172 is closed as shown in FIG. 53(b). In this situation, both the first non-electrical device 173 and the second non-electrical device 177 are open. Since the first non-electrical device 173 is provided upstream of the second non-electrical device 177 in the right area PA3, the first non-electrical device 173 is more likely to win than the second non-electrical device 177 . Therefore, as shown in FIG. 53(e), the first non-electrical device 173 wins before the second non-electrical device 177 at the timing t15.

When the winning of the first non-electrical device 173 occurs, the first non-electrical device 173 is closed as shown in FIG. 53(d) at the timing of t15. However, since the second non-electrical device 177 is already in the open state, the open state of the second non-electrical device 177 is maintained even if the first non-electrical device 173 wins.

After that, at the timing of t16, as shown in FIG. 53(g), the winning of the second non-electric device 177 occurs. When the second non-electrical device 177 wins, at the timing of t16, the second non-electrical device 177 changes from the open state to the closed state as shown in FIG. 3, the third non-electrical device 179 changes from the closed state to the open state. Then, at the timing of t17, as shown in FIG. 53(i), the winning of the third non-electric device 179 occurs. When the winning of the third non-electrical device 179 occurs, the third non-electrical device 179 changes from the open state to the closed state at the timing of t17, as shown in FIG. 53(h).

As described above, before one cycle of the game ball entry of the predetermined general electric device 172 → the first non-electric device 173 → the second non-electric device 177 → the third non-electric device 179 is completed, the predetermined general electric device 172 The occurrence of a new winning will substantially end the current one cycle. As a result, the number of game balls to be paid out to the player is reduced accordingly. The present embodiment adopts a configuration for suppressing the occurrence of such inconvenience. The configuration will be described later.

<Public power control processing>
Next, the general/universal power supply control process executed by the main side MPU 72 will be described. In the normal map general electric control process, the execution control of the display continuation times in the predetermined general map display unit 182 and the execution control of the open execution state of the predetermined general electric device 172 are performed. FIG. 54 is a flow chart showing the normal/universal power control process in this embodiment.

If the winning to the predetermined through winning part 171 has occurred (step S3301: YES), the number of predetermined normal side reserved information stored in the predetermined normal side reserved area is the upper limit number of less than 4 As a condition (step S3302: NO), the storage process to the predetermined normal map reservation area is executed (step S3303). The processing contents of the storage processing are the same as the storage processing (step S1103) in the first normal map reservation area of the first normal map general electric control processing (FIG. 24) in the fourth embodiment.

When the negative determination is made in step S3301, when the affirmative determination is made in step S3302, or when the processing of step S3303 is executed, the general/universal/universal electric address table stored in the main side ROM73 is read out (step S3304). . In the general/universal electrical address table, the start address of the program for executing the processing corresponding to the numerical information of the general/universal electrical counter is set. The general electric power counter is a counter for specifying the processing contents to be executed in the general electric power control process by the main side MPU 72 .

The general-to-universal electric counter can take a value of "0" to "4", and each value of "0" to "4" corresponds to the start address NA0 to NA4 of each process (step S3307 to step S3311) is doing. Specifically, when the value of the normal map normal counter is "0", the normal map fluctuation start process (step S3307), which is a process for starting the display continuation times in the predetermined normal map display unit 182, is executed. When the value of the normal map normal counter is "1", the normal map fluctuation process (step S3308), which is a process for advancing the display continuation time in the predetermined normal map display unit 182, is executed. , When the value of the general map general electric counter is "2", the normal When the value of the general electric counter is "3", the general electric open process (step S3310), which is a process for controlling the open state of the predetermined general electric device 172, is executed. If the value of is "4", the process during normal electric closing (step S3311), which is the process for controlling the closed state of the predetermined normal electric apparatus 172, is executed.

In the general map general electric control process, after reading the general general electric address table (step S3304), the start address corresponding to the information of the general general electric counter is obtained from the general general electric address table (step S3305). , jumps to the process indicated by the acquired start address (step S3306). Each process from step S3307 to step S3311 will be individually described below.

<Normal map fluctuation start processing>
First, the general pattern fluctuation start processing of step S3307 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

In the general pattern fluctuation start process, on condition that the predetermined general pattern side hold information is stored (step S3401: YES), the data setting process is executed (step S3402). The processing contents of the data setting process are the same as the data setting process (step S702) of the normal pattern fluctuation start process (FIG. 16) in the first embodiment. Thereby, the predetermined normal map side reservation information stored in the first area of the predetermined normal map reservation area is shifted to the normal map execution area in the predetermined normal map reservation area.

After executing the data setting process, the open determination process is executed (step S3403). In the open determination process, the open determination table is read from the main ROM 73, and the general electric random number counter C11 in the predetermined general map side hold information that is the target of the current open determination process is read from the read open determination table. collate the numeric information in . In this case, the winning result is open with a probability of 1/100.

If the result of the open determination process is the open winning result (step S3404: YES), the stop result setting process for the open winning result is executed (step S3405). Specifically, it reads from the main ROM 73 and stores in the main RAM 74 the information on the stop mode of the pattern for the open winning result that is finally stopped and displayed in the current display continuation time in the predetermined normal pattern display section 182 . One type of pattern stop mode may be set for the open winning result, or a plurality of types of pattern stopping modes may be set for the open winning result.

If the result of the open determination process is not the open winning result (step S3404: NO), the stop result setting process for the losing result is executed (step S3406). Specifically, it reads from the main ROM 73 and stores in the main RAM 74 the information on the stop mode of the pattern for the outlier result that is finally stopped and displayed on the predetermined normal figure display unit 182 in the current display continuation time. The information on the form of the pattern selected in this case is different from the information on the form of the pattern selected in the case of the open winning result.

After executing one of the stop result setting processes, specific processing of the normal pattern fluctuation period is executed (step S3407). In the specific processing, first, it is determined whether or not the current display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the ready-to-win effect. Specifically, when the current display continuation time corresponds to the open winning result, it is determined that the ready-to-win effect is generated. In addition, even if the display continuation time this time does not correspond to the open winning result, the value of the reach random number counter C12 (see FIG. 23) is acquired, and the value of the acquired reach random number counter C12 is used to generate the reach. If it is the corresponding numerical information, it is determined that the ready-to-win effect will occur. When it is determined that the reach effect occurs, the reach generation table is read from the main ROM 73, and the current numerical information of the fluctuation type counter C14 (see FIG. 23) is checked against the read reach generation table. A display continuation period is determined, and information on the determined display continuation period is set in a timer counter provided in the main RAM 74 . In addition, when it is determined that the reach effect does not occur, the reach non-occurrence table is read from the main side ROM 73, and the current numerical information of the fluctuation type counter C14 (see FIG. 23) for the read reach non-occurrence table And the combination of the number of current predetermined normal map side reserved information is collated to determine the display duration, and the determined display duration information is set in the timer counter provided in the main side RAM74. When the reach generation table is referred to, the display duration corresponding to the value of the fluctuation type counter C14 is selected regardless of the number of predetermined normal map side reserved information, whereas the reach non-occurrence table is referred to. If it is, the shorter the display continuation period is selected, the greater the number of predetermined normal map side reserved information. The numerical information set in the timer counter is updated in the timer update process of step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11). By the way, the display continuation period that can be selected when the predetermined general map side hold information is the trigger to start the display continuation times is 1 second to 180 seconds.

After that, the variation start command corresponding to the result of the open determination process and the determined display duration information is read from the main ROM 73 and transmitted to the sound and light MPU 92 (step S3408). The sound and light side MPU 92 executes control for executing the effect for the display continuation time corresponding to the received variation start command by the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting portion 63 and the speaker portion 64. Incidentally, in the symbol display device 51, the same effect as the effect for the game cycle in the first embodiment is executed as the effect for the continuous display cycle.

After that, the variable display of the pattern in the predetermined normal pattern display section 182 is started (step S3409). As a table to be referred to by the main MPU 72 when the predetermined normal map display unit 182 is caused to perform the variable display of patterns, the main ROM 73 stores in advance a variable display table for the normal map. When the variable display of the pattern is executed in the predetermined normal pattern display section 182, the same variable display table is used regardless of the result of the open determination process. When the variable display of patterns is performed in the predetermined normal pattern display unit 182, the variable display of patterns is repeated according to a predetermined pattern. , control data for one round is set. Therefore, when the variable display of the pattern is performed in the predetermined normal pattern display section 182, the variable display table for the normal pattern is repeatedly used until immediately before the final display is performed.

After that, 1 is added to the value of the general-to-universal electric counter (step S3410). Since the value of the normal pattern normal electric counter when the normal pattern fluctuation start process is executed is "0", the value of the normal pattern normal electric counter is added by 1 to the normal pattern fluctuation process (step S3308) corresponding "1".

<Normal map fluctuation process>
Next, the processing during the normal pattern fluctuation of step S3308 in the normal pattern general electric control process (FIG. 54) will be described.

In normal figure fluctuation processing, it is determined whether or not the timing is during display continuation and before final display. Specifically, when the value of the timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.4 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the final display. If it is before final display, the process for regularly changing the display mode of the pattern in the predetermined normal figure display part 182 is performed. This regular change continues until the timing for starting the confirmation display. Moreover, this regular change is performed in a fixed manner regardless of whether or not the open determination process is performed. Further, when it is time to confirm and display, the display mode of the pattern in the predetermined normal pattern display unit 182 is set to the display mode corresponding to the determination result of the open determination process this time. Then, by adding 1 to the value of the normal pattern normal counter, the value of the counter is updated from the value corresponding to the normal pattern fluctuation process to the normal pattern determination process (step S3309).

<Normal map finalization process>
Next, it demonstrates, referring the flowchart of FIG. 56 about the process during the normal pattern determination of step S3309 in the normal pattern normal electric control process (FIG. 54).

By determining whether or not the value of the timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is "0", the fixed display period of the current display continuation time (specifically, 0. 4 seconds) has elapsed (step S3501). If the fixed display period has passed (step S3501: YES), it is determined whether or not the result of the open determination process in the current display continuation time is an open winning result (step S3502). If it is not an open winning result (step S3502: NO), after clearing the value of the normal/universal electric counter to "0" (step S3503), this normal/universal pattern determination process is terminated. As a result, the normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S3307) is executed in the next normal pattern general electric control process (FIG. 54).

If it is an open winning result (step S3502: YES), "20" is set as the information of the number of opening/closing times of the predetermined general electrical device 172 in the general electrical open counter provided in the main side RAM 74 (step S3504). In addition, "10" is set as the upper limit information of the number of winning prizes to the predetermined universal electrical device 172 in the current open execution state in the universal electrical winning counter provided in the main RAM 74 (step S3505). In addition, information corresponding to 0.3 seconds is set in the timer counter as information of the open duration period of the predetermined general electric device 172 (step S3506). In addition, since the shooting cycle of the game ball is 0.6 seconds, the number of game balls that can win the predetermined general electric device 172 in one opening of the predetermined general electric device 172 is about one.

In addition, by starting to output a drive signal to the predetermined common electric drive unit 172b, the predetermined common electric device 172 is opened (step S3507). In addition, a general electric start command indicating that the predetermined general electric device 172 has started the opening execution state is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 (step S3508). When the sound and light side MPU 92 receives the general electric start command, the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63 and It should be started at the speaker unit 64 .

After that, 1 is added to the general/universal/universal electric counter. In this case, since the value of the normal map normal electric counter is "2" when the normal map confirmation process is executed, after adding 1, it becomes "3" corresponding to the general electric open process (step S3310) .

<Processing while power is open>
Next, the general/universal power open process of step S3310 in the general/universal power control process (FIG. 54) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

If a prize has been awarded to the predetermined general electric device 172 (step S3601: YES), the value corresponding to the number of prizes won is subtracted from the value of the general electric prize counter in the main RAM 74 (step S3602). In addition, when the value of the general electric winning counter becomes "0", no further subtraction is performed. In addition, it transmits to the sound and light side MPU 92 a general electric prize winning command in which information corresponding to the number of prizes to be won this time is set for the predetermined general electric device 172 (step S3603). The sound and light side MPU 92 receives the general electric prize command, grasps the number of winning prizes for the predetermined general electric device 172, and the corresponding effect is displayed on the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64. to be executed.

If the value of the general electric prize counter after the subtraction is "0" (step S3604: YES), the predetermined general electric device 172 is closed by stopping the output of the drive signal to the predetermined general electric drive section 172b. (Step S3605). After that, the value of the main-side RAM 74 open counter is cleared to "0" (step S3606). In addition, the value of the universal figure universal electric counter is cleared to "0" (step S3607). As a result, the normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S3307) is executed in the next normal pattern general electric control process (FIG. 54). After that, a general electricity end command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 (step S3608). When the sound and light side MPU 92 receives the general electric end command, the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker are provided with an effect that allows the player to recognize that the predetermined general electric device 172 has ended the opening execution state. 64 to be executed.

If a negative determination is made in step S3601 or if a negative determination is made in step S3604, it is determined whether or not the value of the timer counter of the main side RAM 74 is "0". A determination is made as to whether or not the open continuation period in the opening times of the device 172 has elapsed (step S3609). If an affirmative determination is made in step S3609, the predetermined general electric device 172 is closed by stopping the output of the drive signal to the predetermined general electric drive section 172b (step S3610).

Thereafter, 1 is subtracted from the value of the general electric open counter in the main RAM 74 (step S3611), and it is determined whether or not the value of the general electric open counter after the 1 subtraction is "0" (step S3612). When an affirmative determination is made in step S3612, the value of the general/universal electric prize winning counter in the main side RAM 74 is cleared to "0" (step S3613). In addition, the value of the universal figure universal electric counter is cleared to "0" (step S3614). As a result, the normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S3307) is executed in the next normal pattern general electric control process (FIG. 54). After that, a general electric end command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 (step S3615). When the sound and light side MPU 92 receives the general electric end command, the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker are provided with an effect that allows the player to recognize that the predetermined general electric device 172 has ended the opening execution state. 64 to be executed.

On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S3612, information corresponding to 2 seconds is set in the timer counter of the main side RAM 74 as information on the duration of closing of the predetermined general electrical device 172 (step S3616). The closing duration of 2 seconds is a period longer than 3 times the shooting cycle of the game ball. When the shooting operation of the game ball is continued so as to flow down the right area PA3, the first non-electrical device 173 becomes an open state after the winning to the predetermined general electric device 172 occurs, and the first non-electrical device 173 The second non-electrical device 177 is opened by winning a prize, and the third non-electrical device 179 is opened by winning a prize to the second non-electrical device 177, and the third non-electrical device 179 is opened. This period is slightly longer than the shortest period that is assumed as the period required for the device 179 to win a prize. Therefore, in the opening execution state of the predetermined general electric device 172, the first non-electrical power device 172 is opened until the next opening cycle of the predetermined general electric device 172 is started. Winning in the order of device 173→second non-electrical device 177→third non-electrical device 179 may or may not be completed.

After that, 1 is added to the value of the general-to-universal electric counter (step S3617). Thereby, processing (step S3311) during general electricity closure becomes a target for execution in the next general electricity control processing (FIG. 54). After that, a general power closing command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 (step S3618). By receiving the general electricity closing command, the sound and light side MPU 92 grasps that the closing continuation period of the predetermined general electricity device 172 has started, and the corresponding effect is displayed by the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker. 64 to be executed.

<Treatment during power outage>
Next, it demonstrates, referring the flowchart of FIG. 58 about the normal electric power closing process of step S3311 in the normal electric power control process (FIG. 54).

If a winning to the predetermined public electrical device 172 has occurred immediately before the predetermined public electrical device 172 enters the closed state, it is specified that the winning to the predetermined public electrical device 172 has occurred in the processing during normal electrical closure. It will be done. Therefore, if a prize has been awarded to the predetermined general electric device 172 (step S3701: YES), the value corresponding to the number of prizes won is subtracted from the value of the general electric prize counter in the main RAM 74 (step S3702). In addition, when the value of the general electric winning counter becomes "0", no further subtraction is performed. In addition, it transmits to the sound and light side MPU 92 a general electric prize winning command in which information corresponding to the number of prizes to be won this time is set for the predetermined general electric device 172 (step S3703). The sound and light side MPU 92 receives the general electric prize command, grasps the number of winning prizes for the predetermined general electric device 172, and the corresponding effect is displayed on the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64. to be executed.

If the value of the general electric prize winning counter after the subtraction is "0" (step S3704: YES), the value of the general electric open counter of the main side RAM 74 is cleared to "0" (step S3705). In addition, the value of the universal figure universal electric counter is cleared to "0" (step S3706). As a result, the normal pattern fluctuation start processing (step S3307) is executed in the next normal pattern general electric control process (FIG. 54). After that, a general electricity end command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 (step S3707). When the sound and light side MPU 92 receives the general electric end command, the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker are provided with an effect that allows the player to recognize that the predetermined general electric device 172 has ended the opening execution state. 64 to be executed.

If a negative determination is made in step S3701 or if a negative determination is made in step S3704, it is determined whether or not the value of the timer counter of the main RAM 74 is "0". A determination is made as to whether or not the duration of closure in the closing cycle of device 172 has elapsed (step S3708). If an affirmative determination is made in step S3708, information corresponding to 0.3 seconds is set in the timer counter of the main side RAM 74 as the information of the open continuation period of the predetermined general electric device 172 (step S3709). Then, by starting to output a drive signal to the predetermined common electric drive unit 172b, the predetermined common electric device 172 is opened (step S3710).

After that, 1 is subtracted from the general-to-universal electric counter (step S3711). In this case, since the value of the general electric power counter is "4" when the electric power closing process is executed, it becomes "3" corresponding to the electric power open processing (step S3310) after subtracting 1. . After that, a general electric open command is transmitted to the sound and light side MPU 92 (step S3712). The sound and light side MPU 92 receives the general electric open command, and grasps that a new opening time of the predetermined general electric device 172 has started, and the corresponding effect is displayed on the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the It is made to be executed by the speaker unit 64 .

<General Telecommunication Processing>
Next, the general electric notification process executed by the sound and light side MPU 92 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In addition, the general electric notification process is repeatedly started in the sound and light side MPU 92 at a relatively short period (for example, 4 milliseconds).

If the general electric start command is received from the main MPU 72 (step S3801: YES), the general electric notification start processing is executed (step S3802). In the general electric notification start process, the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64 perform an effect that allows the player to recognize that the predetermined general electric device 172 is to start the opening execution state. take action to ensure that

In this case, the sound and light side MPU 92 transmits a general power start command to the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 . When the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 receives the general electric start command, the upper limit of the number of winning prizes to the predetermined general electric device 172, which is the condition for ending the opening execution state this time, and ends the opening execution state this time. The pattern display device 51 is caused to display an image that enables the player to recognize the upper limit number of opening times of the predetermined general electric device 172, which is the condition for the opening.

FIG. 60(a) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the content of the image. As shown in FIG. 60(a), the pattern display device 51 displays an image G1 indicating that the predetermined general electric device 172 is in the opening execution state, and an image G2 indicating the remaining number of winning prizes for the predetermined general electric device 172. , and an image G3 showing the remaining number of times the predetermined general electric device 172 is opened are displayed. As a result, the player not only recognizes that the predetermined general electric device 172 has entered the opening execution state, but also the remaining number of prizes to the predetermined general electric device 172 in the opening execution state and the number of the predetermined general electric device 172 It is possible to clearly recognize the remaining number of openings. In addition, when the opening execution state of the predetermined general electric device 172 is started, the first opening time of the predetermined general electric device 172 is started. , the image corresponding to "19" instead of "20" is displayed. It should be noted that the opening effect may be executed over the opening period before the first opening of the predetermined general electric device 172 is started in the opening execution state of the predetermined general electric device 172 . In this case, during the opening period, "20" is displayed as the image G3 indicating the remaining number of opening times of the predetermined general electric device 172, and when the first opening time of the predetermined general electric device 172 is started, the image G3 " 19” may be displayed.

Returning to the description of the general electric notification process (FIG. 59), when the general electric winning prize command is received from the main side MPU 72 (step S3803: YES), update processing of the remaining number of winning prizes is executed (step S3804). In the updating process, the value obtained by subtracting the number corresponding to the number of prizes awarded to the predetermined general electrical device 172 is displayed as an image G2 indicating the remaining number of prizes awarded to the predetermined general electrical device 172 .

When the general power closing command is received from the main side MPU 72 (step S3805: YES), start processing of closing period notification is executed (step S3806). In the closing period notification start process, the sound and light side MPU 92 transmits a general electricity closing command to the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 . The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 receives the general electricity closing command, and displays on the pattern display device 51 an image that allows the player to recognize the remaining closing continuation period in the current closing round of the predetermined general electricity device 172. Let

FIG. 60(b) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the content of the image. As shown in FIG. 60(b), the pattern display device 51 displays an image G1 indicating that the predetermined universal electrical device 172 is in an opening execution state, an image G2 indicating the remaining winning number of the predetermined universal electrical device 172, and Not only the image G3 showing the remaining number of opening times of the predetermined general electrical device 172 but also the image G4 showing the remaining closing duration in the current closing time are displayed. As the image G4 showing the remaining closed continuation period, a meter display is performed in which the length of the band display becomes shorter with respect to the frame display as time elapses. is performed, or a configuration in which a time count-up display is performed.

Returning to the description of the general electric notification process (FIG. 59), in a situation where the image G4 indicating the closure duration period is displayed (step S3807: YES), is it time to update the image G4 indicating the closure duration period? It is determined whether or not (step S3808). Specifically, every time 0.1 second elapses, it becomes an update timing. If it is the update timing (step S3808: YES), update processing of the closed period notification is executed (step S3809). In the update process, an update command is transmitted to the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 . By receiving the update command, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 updates the display content of the image G4 indicating the remaining closed continuation period on the pattern display device 51 to the display content corresponding to the lapse of 0.1 seconds. .

When the general electric open command is received from the main side MPU 72 (step S3810: YES), update processing of remaining open number information is executed (step S3811). In the updating process, the value obtained by subtracting 1 is displayed as an image G3 indicating the remaining number of times the predetermined general electric device 172 has been opened. In addition, closing period notification end processing is executed (step S3812). As a result, the display of the image G4 indicating the remaining closed continuation period on the pattern display device 51 is terminated.

If the general electric end command has been received from the main MPU 72 (step S3813: YES), the general electric information end processing is executed (step S3814). In the end processing of the general electric notification, the pattern display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64 perform an effect that allows the player to recognize that the predetermined general electric device 172 is finished being opened. Execute the process to make In this case, the sound and light side MPU 92 transmits a general power end command to the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 . When the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 receives the general electric end command, it terminates the display of each of the images G1 to G3 corresponding to the opening execution state of the predetermined general electric device 172, and returns to the normal game state. The display of the corresponding image is restarted on the pattern display device 51. - 特許庁

<Action by execution of general telegraph notification>
Next, the effect of execution of the general electric notification by the pattern display device 51 will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG. 61 . FIG. 61(a) shows the period during which the predetermined normal/universal diagram display unit 182 continues to display, and FIG. 61(d) shows the period during which the first non-electrical device 173 is open, and FIG. FIG. 61(f) shows the period during which the second non-electrical device 177 is open, and FIG. FIG. 61(h) shows the period during which the third non-electrical device 179 is open, and FIG. 61(i) shows the timing at which the third non-electrical device 179 wins. indicates

When a prize is won in the predetermined through prize-winning portion 171, as shown in FIG. 61(a), the display continuation times in the predetermined normal diagram display portion 182 are performed from timing t1 to timing t2. Since this display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the predetermined general electric device 172, after the display continuation time ends, as shown in FIG. The general electric device 172 is put into an open state. When the predetermined general electric device 172 becomes an open state, the player changes the shooting operation, which has been performed so that the game ball flows down the left side area PA2, to the shooting operation in which the game ball flows down the right side area PA3. As a result, it becomes possible to win a prize for the predetermined general electric device 172 . Further, at the timing t2, the pattern display device 51 displays an image G1 indicating that the predetermined general electric device 172 is in an opening execution state, an image G2 indicating the remaining winning number of the predetermined general electric device 172, and the predetermined general electric device 172. The display of an image G3 indicating the remaining number of openings (see FIG. 60(a)) is started.

At the timing of t3, which is in the middle of the state in which the predetermined universal electrical device 172 is in the open state, as shown in FIG. As a result of the winning of the predetermined general electric device 172, the first non-electric device 173 is opened at the timing t3 as shown in FIG. 61(d). After that, at the timing of t4, the predetermined common electric device 172 is closed as shown in FIG. 61(b). In this case, the pattern display device 51 starts displaying an image G4 (see FIG. 60(b)) showing the remaining closing continuation period in the current closing round. As a result, the player can grasp the remaining period until the predetermined general electric device 172 is next opened.

After that, due to the clogging of game balls in the upper tray 65a, etc., the occurrence of winning to the first non-electrical device 173 is delayed, and at the timing of t5, as shown in FIG. Winning to device 173 occurs. When the first non-electrical device 173 wins, at the timing of t5, the first non-electrical device 173 changes from the open state to the closed state as shown in FIG. , the second non-electrical device 177 changes from the closed state to the open state. On the other hand, the occurrence of the winning to the second non-electrical device 177 is delayed due to the reoccurrence of the clogging of the game balls in the upper tray 65a. Then, at timing t6 when the second non-electrical device 177 is still in the open state, the next opening cycle of the predetermined common electrical device 172 is started as shown in FIG. 61(b).

Here, the open execution state of the predetermined general electric device 172 is higher than the upper limit number of winning prizes to the predetermined general electric device 172, which is the end condition of the open execution state. The upper limit number of opening times of the device 172 is set to be a larger number. Therefore, in a situation where the number of times the predetermined universal device 172 remains open is greater than the number of prizes remaining for the predetermined universal device 172, the predetermined public device 172 can be opened to the predetermined public device 172 in one opening. Even if no winning occurs, it is possible to cause the predetermined general electric device 172 to win the upper limit number of game balls in the open execution state. In this case, when the predetermined universal electrical device 172 is being opened, the symbol display device 51 displays an image G2 indicating the remaining number of winning prizes for the predetermined universal electrical device 172 and the remaining number of times the predetermined universal electrical device 172 is opened. Since the image G3 is displayed, it becomes possible for the player to grasp whether or not it is necessary to cause the predetermined general electrical device 172 to win the game ball in the predetermined open times of the predetermined general electrical device 172 . Further, during the closing period of the predetermined general electric device 172, the pattern display device 51 displays an image G4 indicating the remaining closed continuation period. Therefore, the player can stop the shooting of the game ball toward the predetermined general electric device 172 in advance before the predetermined general electric device 172 is newly opened. As a result, the game ball does not enter the predetermined general electrical device 172 during the cycle of winning the game balls in the order of the first non-electrical device 173→second non-electrical device 177→third non-electrical device 179. It becomes possible to do so.

Specifically, for the case of FIG. 61, the predetermined normal voltage is applied as shown in FIG. Although the device 172 is in an open state, no prize is awarded to the predetermined general electric device 172 in the open round. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the game ball from entering the predetermined general electric device 172 in the middle of the cycle.

After that, as shown in FIG. 61(g), the winning of the second non-electrical device 177 occurs at the timing of t8. When the second non-electrical device 177 wins, at the timing of t8, the second non-electrical device 177 is closed as shown in FIG. At this time, the third non-electrical device 179 is opened. Then, at the timing of t9, as shown in FIG. 61(i), the winning of the third non-electric device 179 occurs. When the winning of the third non-electrical device 179 occurs, the third non-electrical device 179 changes from the open state to the closed state at the timing t9, as shown in FIG. 53(h).

After that, as shown in FIG. 61(b), the predetermined normal electric device 172 is newly opened from timing t10 to timing t12, and at timing t11, as shown in FIG. Winning to electronic device 172 occurs. With this,. A new cycle is started as shown after the timing of t12.

According to this embodiment detailed above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

The opening execution state of the predetermined public electrical device 172 is higher than the upper limit number of winning prizes for the predetermined public device 172, which is the termination condition of the opening execution state. The upper limit number of opening times is larger. As a result, even if one or more game balls are not entered into the predetermined general electric device 172 in each execution time of the open state of the predetermined general electric device 172, the upper limit number of the predetermined general electric device 172 in the open execution state It is possible to make the game ball enter the predetermined general electric device 172 . In this case, the player pays attention to the number of times the predetermined general electrical device 172 is in the open state to determine whether or not the upper limit number of game balls enter the predetermined general electrical device 172 in the open execution state of the predetermined general electrical device 172. As a result, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

Since the open continuation period in one opening time of the predetermined public electrical device 172 is set to 0.3 seconds, the game in which the predetermined public electrical device 172 can win in one opening time of the predetermined public electrical device 172 The number of balls is about one, and it is possible that a game ball does not enter the predetermined general electrical device 172 in one time when the predetermined general electrical device 172 is opened. In this case, as described above, the upper limit number of times is larger than the upper limit number, so that the player can place the upper limit number of game balls in the predetermined general electric device 172 in the execution state of opening the predetermined general electric device 172. It is possible to predict whether or not the ball will enter the ball while paying attention to the number of times the predetermined general electrical device 172 has been in the open state, thereby making it possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In the unlock execution state of the predetermined universal electrical device 172, the symbol display device 51 displays an image G2 showing the remaining number of winning prizes for the predetermined universal electrical device 172 and an image G3 showing the remaining number of times the predetermined universal electrical device 172 is opened. Is displayed. As a result, the player can grasp whether or not it is necessary to cause the predetermined general electrical device 172 to win the game ball in the predetermined opening times of the predetermined general electrical device 172 . Then, by grasping the game ball in the predetermined normal electric device 172 in the middle of the cycle of winning the game balls in the order of the first non-electric device 173 → second non-electric device 177 → third non-electric device 179 It is possible to prevent the ball from entering the ball.

During the closing period of the predetermined general electric device 172 in the opening execution state of the predetermined general electric device 172, the symbol display device 51 displays an image G4 indicating the remaining closed continuation period. Therefore, the player can stop the shooting of the game ball toward the predetermined general electric device 172 in advance before the predetermined general electric device 172 is newly opened.

<Another Form of the Twelfth Embodiment>
(1) A plurality of types are provided so that the relationship between the upper limit of the number of winning game balls into the predetermined general electric device 172 and the upper limit of the number of times the predetermined general electric device 172 is in the open state in the case of a jackpot state is different. A configuration in which a jackpot state is set may be adopted. In this case, the upper limit number of times is larger than the upper limit number in any jackpot state. Although the difference is the same, the values of the upper limit number and the upper limit number of times may be different depending on the type of the big win state. Also, in the first jackpot state, the upper limit count is larger than the upper limit count, in the second jackpot state, the upper limit count and the upper limit count are the same, and in the third jackpot state, the upper limit count is higher than the upper limit count. It is good also as a structure with few. As a result, it is possible to vary the degree of advantage of the player according to the type of the big winning state.

(2) In the opening execution state of the predetermined universal electrical device 172, a notification indicating the number of prizes remaining to the predetermined public electrical device 172, a notification indicating the remaining number of times the predetermined public electrical device 172 is opened, and a predetermined public electrical device 172 is configured to be performed by the symbol display device 51. However, some of these notifications may be performed by a device other than the symbol display device 51. A configuration may be adopted in which each of the notifications is performed by a dedicated display unit.

(3) At least one of the first non-electrical device 173, the second non-electrical device 177, and the third non-electrical device 179 may be electrically driven to switch between the open state and the closed state. good. For example, in a configuration in which the first non-electrical device 173 is electrically driven, when one game ball enters the predetermined normal electrical device 172, the first non-electrical device 173 becomes an open state and the first non-electrical device 173 When one game ball enters the non-electrical device 173, the first non-electrical device 173 is controlled to be in a closed state. In addition, in the configuration in which the second non-electrical device 177 is electrically driven, when one game ball enters the first non-electrical device 173, the second non-electrical device 177 becomes an open state and the second non-electrical device 177 When one game ball enters the second non-electrical device 177, the second non-electrical device 177 is controlled to be in a closed state. Further, in the configuration in which the third non-electrical device 179 is electrically driven, when one game ball enters the second non-electrical device 177, the third non-electrical device 179 becomes an open state and the third non-electrical device 179 When one game ball enters the third non-electrical device 179, the third non-electrical device 179 is controlled to be closed.

(4) The number of game balls that can win in the predetermined general electric device 172 in one open state of the predetermined general electric device 172 is not limited to about one, and in one open state A configuration may be adopted in which a plurality of game balls can enter the predetermined general electric device 172 . Even with this configuration, the first non-electrical device 173 is in an open state when one game ball enters the predetermined ordinary electrical device 172, and the game ball enters the first non-electrical device 173. Since the first non-electrical device 173 is in a closed state, it is preferable that only one game ball is awarded to the predetermined general electrical device 172 in one open state of the predetermined general electrical device 172. .

<Other embodiments>
It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the description of the above-described embodiment, and various modifications and improvements are possible without departing from the spirit of the present invention. For example, it may be changed as follows. Incidentally, the configurations of the following alternative forms may be applied individually or in combination with the configurations of the above-described embodiments, and may be applied to embodiments different from the illustrated embodiments. good too.

(1) The special winning device 35 cannot win a prize in the non-accepting state, and can win a prize when it is in the accepting state. Winning of the game ball can occur in , but it may be configured to make it easier to win the game ball by entering the receiving state. In addition, the configuration is divided into a first general electrical device 121, a second general electrical device 122, a third general electrical device 123, a fourth general electrical device 161, a predetermined general electrical device 172, a first non-electrical device 173, and a second non-electrical device. It may be applied to device 177 and third non-electrical device 179 .

(2) When the first display continuation period is set as the display continuation period of the normal figure display units 39a and 134 corresponding to the special winning device 35, it is possible to ensure that the special winning device 35 cannot win. Alternatively, the special winning device 35 may win a prize with a predetermined probability, although the probability is lower than when the third display continuation period is set.

(3) In the first to tenth embodiments, a plurality of types of first display duration are set in the display continuation times of the normal diagram display units 39a and 134, and in the situation in which the first display duration is set, which It may be configured such that whether to set the first display continuation period is determined by lottery. In this case, it is preferable to adopt a configuration in which winning to the special winning device 35 is impossible or unlikely to occur regardless of which first display continuation period is set.

(4) In the first to tenth embodiments, a plurality of types of the third display duration are set in the display continuation times of the normal diagram display units 39a and 134, and in the situation where the third display duration is set, which A lottery may be used to determine whether to set the third display continuation period. In this case, it is preferable to adopt a configuration in which winning to the special winning device 35 occurs at a predetermined frequency regardless of which third display continuation period is set. Further, in this configuration, the winning frequency to the special winning device 35 may differ according to the type of the selected third display duration period.

(5) In the above-described first to tenth embodiments, the special winning device 35 is not limited to only one type of opening execution state, and a special winning device that can be expected in one opening execution state. A configuration may be adopted in which a plurality of types of open execution states are set so that the number of wins to 35 is different.

(6) In the above-described first to tenth embodiments, the game ball that has won the through prize-winning portion 34 is configured to reliably reach the position where it can win the prize to the special prize-winning device 35, but instead of this, A game ball that wins through the winning part 34 may reach a position where it can win a prize to the special winning device 35 with a probability of approximately 100%, and a game ball that wins the through winning part 34 reaches the special winning device 35. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the position at which a prize can be won is not reached at a predetermined ratio, such as 1 out of 10.

(7) In the above-described first to tenth embodiments, the predetermined hold information that triggers the start of the display continuation times is reserved and stored, thereby creating an advantageous situation for the player in terms of the frequency of winning the special prize winning device 35. However, it is not limited to this, and if a predetermined number or more of the predetermined retention information that triggers the start of the display continuation time are retained and stored, it is determined whether or not to generate an advantageous profit for the player. A configuration may be adopted in which the winning probability of the lottery process to be performed is increased, and when predetermined hold information that triggers the start of the display continuation round is held and stored, the game ball is paid out when the game ball enters a predetermined ball entry portion. A configuration in which the number of game balls is increased may be adopted. In this case, the predetermined number may be one, or may be two or more.

(8) In the above-described sixth embodiment, in the situation where the display continuation times in the third normal figure display unit 133 are executed, the frequency of winning the special prize winning device 35 is advantageous for the player. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and when a predetermined number of display continuations are performed, the winning probability of the lottery process for determining whether or not to generate a profit advantageous to the player may be increased. Alternatively, the number of game balls paid out when a game ball enters a predetermined ball entering portion may be increased when a predetermined number of display continuation times is being executed.

(9) In the above-described first embodiment, instead of one through winning section 34, a plurality of through winning sections 34, such as two, three, four, or five or more, may be provided. In this case, these plurality of through winning portions 34 correspond to the occasional ball entry means in the first embodiment. Further, in the above-described fourth embodiment, a configuration in which a plurality of specific operation portions 124 are provided instead of one, such as two, three, four, or five or more, may be employed. In this case, these plurality of specific operating portions 124 correspond to the opportunity ball-entering means in the fourth embodiment. Further, in the tenth embodiment, a plurality of first general-purpose electrical devices 121 may be provided instead of one, such as two, three, four, or five or more. In this case, the plurality of first general-purpose electrical devices 121 correspond to the trigger ball-entering means in the tenth embodiment.

(10) The configurations of the above embodiments may be mutually applied in any combination, and the configurations of the above embodiments are described in <other embodiments> after mutually applying the configurations of the above embodiments in any combination. Any combination of configurations may be applied.

(11) The player cannot replenish the pachinko machine 10 with game balls, and as the game balls circulate within the pachinko machine 10, information on the number of game balls available to the player is stored and held. The configuration of each of the above embodiments may be applied to a configuration in which game balls can be shot within the range of information on the number of usable game balls stored in memory.

(12) Display control based on commands sent from the main controller 70 instead of the configuration in which the display control device 100 is controlled by the sound emission control device 90 based on commands sent from the main controller 70 The device 100 may be configured to control the sound emission control device 90 . Further, instead of the configuration in which the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 are provided separately, a configuration in which both control devices are provided as one control device may be employed, and the function of one of these two control devices may be may be integrated into the main controller 70 , or both functions of both these controllers may be integrated into the main controller 70 . Also, the configuration of the command transmitted from the main control device 70 to the sound emission control device 90 and the configuration of the command transmitted from the sound emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are arbitrary.

(13) Other types of pachinko machines different from the above embodiments, such as a pachinko machine in which an electric accessory is released a predetermined number of times when a game ball enters a specific area of a special device, or a game ball in a specific area of a special device The present invention can also be applied to a pachinko machine that generates a right and a jackpot when a ball is entered, a pachinko machine equipped with other accessories, an arrange ball machine, a mahball, and the like.

In addition, a non-ball game machine, for example, equipped with a plurality of reels on which a plurality of types of patterns are attached in the circumferential direction, the rotation of the reels is started by inserting medals and operating the start lever, and the stop switch is operated. or after the reels are stopped by the lapse of a predetermined time, if a specific pattern or a combination of specific patterns is formed on an effective line that can be visually recognized from the display window, a privilege such as payout of medals is given to the player. The present invention can also be applied to slot machines.

In addition, the game machine main body which is openably and closably supported by the outer frame is provided with a storage portion and a take-in device, and after a predetermined number of game balls stored in the storage portion are taken in by the take-in device, the start lever is operated. The present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine that combines a pachinko machine and a slot machine, in which the reels start rotating.

<Invention groups extracted from the above embodiments>
Hereinafter, the features of the group of inventions extracted from each of the above-described embodiments will be described, showing effects and the like as necessary. In the following, in order to facilitate understanding, the configurations corresponding to the above-described embodiments are appropriately shown in parentheses, etc., but are not limited to the specific configurations shown in parentheses, etc. .

<Characteristic group A>
Feature A1. A first state (acceptance state) in which entry of a game ball into a predetermined ball entry section (discharge passage 42) is possible or likely to occur, and a state in which entry of a game ball into the predetermined ball entry section is prohibited. a predetermined ball-entering means (special winning device 35) provided so as to be switchable to a second state (non-acceptance state) in which a ball-entering is difficult to occur;
Predetermined control means (in the first embodiment, the processing of step S907 in the main side MPU 72 is executed) to bring the predetermined ball-entering means into the first state when a predetermined period of time has passed since the occurrence of a predetermined opportunity. function, the function of executing the process of step S1409 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, the function of executing the process of step S2406 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment);
As the predetermined period, a game is played at a position where a ball can be entered into the predetermined ball-entering portion in a state where the predetermined ball-entering means is in the first state while the game ball is flowing down the game area in a predetermined manner. A first setting means (in the first embodiment, a function of executing step S806 in the main side MPU 72) for setting a first period (third display duration) that enables or facilitates the ball to reach , the function of executing the process of step S1008 in the main MPU 72 in the second embodiment, the function of executing the process of step S1605 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, and the step in the main MPU 72 in the sixth embodiment. A function of executing the processing of S1705, a function of executing the processing of step S2006 in the main MPU 72 in the ninth embodiment, and a function of executing the processing of step S2503 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment);
As the predetermined period, a position at which a ball can be entered in the predetermined ball-entering portion in a state where the predetermined ball-entering means is in the first state while the game ball is flowing down the game area in the predetermined mode. 2nd setting means for setting a second period (first display continuation period) that makes it impossible or difficult for the game ball to reach the . in the second embodiment, the function of executing the process of step S1004 in the main MPU 72; in the fourth embodiment, the function of executing the process of step S1604 in the main MPU 72; in the sixth embodiment, the main MPU 72 , a function of executing the processing of step S2005 in the main MPU 72 in the ninth embodiment, and a function of executing the processing of step S2502 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment);
A game machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature A1, the predetermined ball-entering means will be in the first state when a predetermined period of time has passed since the occurrence of the predetermined opportunity. Therefore, it is possible to predict in advance that the predetermined ball-entering means will be in the first state. It becomes possible. In this case, if the first period is set as the predetermined period, the game ball can be entered into the predetermined ball entry section or the ball is likely to enter, whereas the predetermined period is When the second period is set, it becomes impossible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entry section or the entry becomes difficult to occur. As a result, the player expects that the first period will be set as the predetermined period, and it is possible to improve the interest in the game. In addition, since it is possible to cause the above-described situation by adjusting the predetermined period, the above-described situation can be achieved without complicating the control for switching the predetermined ball-entering means between the first state and the second state. It becomes possible to produce such an excellent effect.

Feature A2. The predetermined control means controls the predetermined ball-entering means in the same manner as the first state regardless of whether the first period is set as the predetermined period or the second period is set. The game machine according to feature A1, characterized in that

According to feature A2, it is possible to achieve the above-described excellent effects while simplifying the control for switching the predetermined ball-entering means between the first state and the second state.

Feature A3. The gaming machine according to feature A1 or A2, wherein the second period is shorter than the first period.

According to the feature A3, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, the game ball cannot be entered into the predetermined ball entering portion or the second period is relative in the configuration in which the ball is difficult to enter. By setting the period to a relatively short period, it is possible to prevent the situation in which it is impossible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entry section or the situation in which it is difficult for the ball to occur excessively continues. becomes.

Feature A4. The first period is longer than the shortest supply period of game balls to the game area, and the second period is shorter than the shortest supply period, according to any one of features A1 to A3. game machine.

According to feature A4, in a situation where the first period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to expect that one or more game balls are supplied to the position of the predetermined ball entry means. It is possible to suppress wasteful consumption of game balls in a situation where the second period is set as the period.

Feature A5. Equipped with opportunity ball entry means (through winning part 34) that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter,
The predetermined trigger is generated based on the entry of the game ball into the trigger ball entry means,
The trigger ball entry means is provided upstream of the predetermined ball entry means in the flow direction of the game ball, and the game ball entered by the trigger ball entry means is located at a position where it can enter the predetermined ball entry portion. The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A4, characterized in that it can reach

According to the feature A5, the predetermined trigger is generated based on the entry of the game ball into the trigger ball entry means, so that the occurrence of the predetermined trigger is clear to the player. In this case, the opportunity ball entry means is provided on the upstream side of the predetermined ball entry means, and the configuration is such that the game ball entering the opportunity ball entry means can reach a position where it can enter the predetermined ball entry section. As a result, it is possible to cause both the entry of the opportunity ball entry means and the entry into the predetermined ball entry section with one game ball.

Feature A6. The game machine according to feature A5, wherein the game ball entering the trigger ball entering means reliably reaches a position where the ball can enter the predetermined ball entering section.

According to the characteristic A6, since it becomes easy to specify the timing at which the game ball reaches a position where the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entry portion with respect to the timing at which the predetermined opportunity occurs, the game ball to the predetermined ball entry portion for the setting of the predetermined period It becomes easier to adjust the ease of entering the ball.

Feature A7. Characteristic feature A5, wherein the second period is a period shorter than the shortest period required for the game ball entering the trigger ball entering means to reach a position where the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entering portion. Or the gaming machine described in A6.

According to feature A7, when the predetermined period is set to the second period, the game ball that has entered the trigger ball entry means and generated the predetermined trigger is prevented from entering the predetermined ball entry section. becomes possible.

Feature A8. In the second period, when the measurement of the second period is started with the entry of a predetermined game ball into the trigger ball entry means, the firing order of the predetermined game ball is one before. The gaming machine according to feature A7, wherein the period of time elapses after the game ball passes through a position where the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entry portion.

According to the feature A8, when the predetermined period is set to the second period, one game ball is entered into the trigger ball entering means to generate the predetermined trigger, and one game ball for the predetermined game ball. It is possible to prevent both of the game balls in the previous firing order from entering the predetermined ball entry portion of the predetermined ball entry means which is in the first state in response to the occurrence of the predetermined trigger by the predetermined game ball. becomes. As a result, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to disable or make it difficult for the game ball to enter the predetermined ball-entering section.

Feature A9. When the predetermined period is set to the first period, a game ball enters the predetermined ball entering section with a specific probability,
The specific probability is 1/X (X is an integer of 1 or more),
The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A8, wherein X game balls are given to the player when a game ball enters the predetermined ball entry section.

According to the feature A9, when the predetermined period is set to the first period, the game ball enters the predetermined ball entering portion at a rate of one in X, whereas the game ball enters the predetermined ball entering portion. Since X game balls are given to the player when the ball enters the game, the number of game balls owned by the player is substantially increased or decreased when the predetermined period is set to the first period. It is possible to make the player aim at entering a game ball into a predetermined ball entering part while preventing the player from doing so.

Feature A10. Equipped with opportunity ball entry means (through winning part 34) that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter,
The predetermined trigger is generated based on the entry of the game ball into the trigger ball entry means,
This game machine is
When the entry of the game ball to the trigger ball entry means occurs in a situation where the measurement of the predetermined period cannot be started, the information acquisition means (main side MPU 72 in a function to execute the process of step S603);
Measurement means for starting measurement of the predetermined period when it becomes possible to start measurement of the predetermined period in the situation where the trigger information is acquired (Perform normal pattern fluctuation start processing in main side MPU 72 function) and
The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A9, comprising:

According to the feature A10, the predetermined trigger is generated based on the entry of the game ball into the trigger ball-entering means, so that the occurrence of the predetermined trigger is clear to the player. In addition, when the game ball enters the opportunity ball entry means in a situation where the measurement for the predetermined period cannot be started, the opportunity information is acquired, and when the opportunity information is acquired, the timing information is obtained for the predetermined period. A new measurement is started. This makes it possible to provide many opportunities for performing measurement for the predetermined period.

Feature A11. The gaming machine according to feature A10, wherein the second period is a period in which acquisition of the trigger information is prohibited or difficult to acquire.

According to the feature A11, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, the trigger information is not acquired or is difficult to acquire. Thus, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, the measurement of the predetermined period is started at the timing when the game ball enters the trigger ball entry means, so the second period is set. In this situation, it is possible to make it difficult for the game ball to enter the predetermined ball entering portion.

Feature A12. The gaming machine according to feature A10 or A11, wherein the first period is a period in which acquisition of the trigger information is possible or a period in which acquisition is likely to occur.

According to the feature A12, when the first period is set as the predetermined period, the trigger information is acquired or is likely to be acquired. As a result, when the first period is set as the predetermined period, the measurement of the predetermined period is likely to start at a timing different from the timing at which the game ball enters the trigger ball entry means. In the set situation, it is possible to irregularly generate the entry of the game ball into the predetermined ball entry section.

Feature A13. Characteristic A10, wherein the second setting means sets the second period as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are not acquired. The game machine according to any one of A12.

According to the feature A13, when the measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information are not acquired, the second period is set as the predetermined period. It becomes easy to design the predetermined ball-entering means to be in the first state at a timing that makes it impossible or difficult for a game ball to enter the predetermined ball-entering portion in the situation where the game ball is in the state.

Feature A14. Characteristic A10, wherein the first setting means sets the first period as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are acquired. The gaming machine according to any one of A13.

According to feature A14, when measurement of a predetermined period of time is started in a situation where a predetermined number or more of trigger information are acquired, the first period is set as the predetermined period of time. A player who expects this will pay attention to whether or not a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are acquired.

Feature A15. The gaming machine according to feature A14, wherein the first period is a period in which acquisition of the trigger information is possible or a period in which acquisition is likely to occur.

According to the characteristic A15, when the first period is set as the predetermined period, the trigger information is acquired or easily acquired. As a result, the situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period when the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is once acquired can be maintained by continuously causing the game balls to enter the trigger ball entry means. It becomes possible.

Feature A16. The gaming machine according to feature A14 or A15, wherein the predetermined number is a plurality of numbers.

According to feature A16, the first period is set as the predetermined period in a situation where multiple pieces of trigger information are acquired, so the trigger information is accidentally acquired in a situation where the second period is set as the predetermined period. However, after that, the first period is not set as the predetermined period. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the first period to be set as the predetermined period.

Feature A17. The first setting means sets the first period as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are acquired,
The second setting means sets the second period as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are not acquired,
In the game machine, the third setting means (main MPU 72) sets the first period or the period during which acquisition of the trigger information is possible as the predetermined period in a situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is not acquired. A gaming machine according to any one of features A10 to A16, characterized by comprising a function of executing the processing of step S805 in .

According to feature A17, when measurement of a predetermined period of time is started in a situation in which a predetermined number or more of trigger information are acquired, the first period is set as the predetermined period of time. A player who expects this will pay attention to whether or not a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are acquired. In addition, when the measurement for the predetermined period is started in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are not acquired, the second period is set as the predetermined period. It becomes easy to design the predetermined ball-entering means to be in the first state at the timing of making it difficult or impossible for the game ball to enter the ball-entering portion.

In this case, the first period or the period during which the acquisition of the trigger information is possible may be set as the predetermined period even in a situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information are not acquired. As a result, even in a situation where the second period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to create a situation where the first period is set as the predetermined period after that. Furthermore, it is possible to set a predetermined period of time to trigger such switching of the predetermined period of time.

Feature A18. The gaming machine according to feature A17, wherein the predetermined period set by the third setting means is a period in which a larger number of pieces of the trigger information than the predetermined number can be acquired.

According to the feature A18, when the predetermined period is set by the third setting means, it is possible to acquire the trigger information exceeding the predetermined number. As a result, when the predetermined period is set by the third setting means, the situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period after that can be continued for a long time.

Feature A19. The first setting means is set in a predetermined situation (in the first embodiment, a situation in which a reference number or more of the normal map side reserved information is reserved and stored, in the fourth embodiment, one or more third normal map side reserved information is reserved) In the stored situation, in the sixth embodiment, the situation where one or more third general map side hold information is held and stored or the situation where the display continuation is performed in the third general map display unit 133, the ninth In the embodiment, the situation where one or more 3rd normal map side reserved information is reserved and stored or the situation where 1 or more 4th normal map side reserved information is reserved and stored, In the tenth embodiment, the second normal map setting the first period as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where one or more pieces of side hold information are held and stored;
Any one of features A1 to A18, wherein the second setting means sets the second period as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation other than the predetermined situation The game machine described.

According to the feature A19, the first period is selected as the predetermined period when the predetermined situation occurs, and the game ball can be entered into the predetermined ball entry portion or the ball is likely to occur. As a result, the player plays the game while expecting the predetermined situation to occur.

Feature A20. A specific ball entry means (specific operation unit 124 in the fourth embodiment, first general electrical device 121 in the tenth embodiment) that can enter the game ball flowing down the game area is provided,
The gaming machine according to feature A19, wherein the predetermined situation occurs when a game ball enters the specific ball entering means.

According to feature A20, the predetermined situation occurs based on the game ball entering the specific ball-entering means. It is possible to improve the interest of the game by paying attention to whether or not the ball enters the ball.

Feature A21. The gaming machine according to feature A20, wherein even if a game ball enters the specific ball entering means, the predetermined trigger does not occur.

According to feature A21, the player plays the game expecting both the occurrence of the predetermined trigger and the entry of the game ball into the specific ball entry means. It is diversified, and it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

Feature A22. A specific period is measured based on the game ball entering the specific ball entering means,
The gaming machine according to feature A21, wherein the predetermined situation is a situation in which the specific period is being measured or a situation that occurs in a situation in which the specific period is being measured.

According to feature A22, when the specific period is measured based on the game ball entering the specific ball entry means, the predetermined situation occurs, and in the predetermined situation, the first period is set as the predetermined period. By setting, it is possible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entering portion or the entry becomes more likely to occur. In this case, the longer the specific period lasts, the longer the period during which the game ball can be entered into the predetermined ball entry portion or the ball is more likely to occur. Therefore, it is possible to attract the player's attention during a specific period, and it is possible to enter a game ball into a predetermined ball entry section, or to create a situation in which the situation in which the ball is likely to occur continues for a long time. becomes possible.

Feature A23. The gaming machine according to any one of features A19 to A22, wherein the predetermined situation occurs when a special game state (jackpot state) advantageous to the player occurs.

According to the feature A23, not only when a special game state advantageous to the player occurs, but also by setting the first period as the predetermined period, it is possible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entry section. or the ball entry becomes more likely to occur. This makes it possible to increase the advantage of the occurrence of the special game state.

Feature A24. Provided with specific ball entry means (first general electrical device 121 in the tenth embodiment) that allows game balls to be entered when the special game state is entered,
The predetermined ball entry means is provided at a position where a ball can be entered when the game ball is supplied to the game area so that the game ball flows down toward the specific ball entry means. The gaming machine according to feature A23.

According to the feature A24, when the special game state is entered, it is possible not only to enter the game ball into the specific ball entry means, but also to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entry section. The ball entry becomes more likely to occur. Furthermore, in the special game state, by setting the supply of the game ball to the game area in a predetermined mode, both the entry of the game ball into the specific ball entry means and the entry of the game ball into the predetermined ball entry means are controlled. It is possible to aim. Therefore, it is possible to increase the advantage of generating the special game state while suppressing complication of the game operation in the special game state.

Feature A25. A feature characterized in that the situation in which the first period is set by the first setting means as the predetermined period can be terminated when a transition to a special game state (jackpot state) advantageous to the player occurs. The game machine according to any one of A1 to A24.

According to feature A25, since the situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period may end when the transition to the special game state is triggered, the situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period does not continue excessively. It is possible to prevent

For the configuration of features A1 to A25, any one of features A1 to A25, features B1 to B10, features C1 to C7, features D1 to D10, features E1 to E11, features F1 to F12, and features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. As a result, it is possible to obtain a synergistic effect due to the combined configuration.

<Characteristic group B>
Feature B1. Trigger ball entry means (thru winning part 34 in the first embodiment, specific operation part 124 in the fourth embodiment, first general electrical device in the tenth embodiment 121) and
Based on the fact that the game ball entered the trigger ball entry means, the trigger information (in the first embodiment, the general map side reservation information, in the fourth embodiment, the third general map side reservation information, in the tenth embodiment In the second general map side reserved information) information acquisition means (in the first embodiment the function of executing the processing of step S603 in the main side MPU72, in the fourth embodiment the processing of step S1303 in the main side MPU72 the function to be executed (in the tenth embodiment, the function to execute the process of step S2203 in the main MPU 72);
Under at least one condition that the trigger information is acquired, the player receives a predetermined profit (acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 in the first embodiment, opening execution state of the third general electric device 123 in the fourth embodiment) state, in the tenth embodiment, the opening execution state of the second general electrical device 122). a function of executing the process of step S1310 in the main MPU 72 in the embodiment, and a function of executing the process of step S2213 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment);
Measuring means for measuring a predetermined period based on the acquisition of the trigger information (function for executing the processing of steps S607 to S609 in the main MPU 72 in the first embodiment, main side MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment) A function of executing the processing of steps S1307 to S1309 in the MPU 72, and a function of executing the processing of steps S2210 to S2212 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment);
Information storage for storing the trigger information acquired by the information acquisition means when a game ball is entered into the trigger ball entry means while at least the measurement means is measuring the predetermined period of time. Means (in the first embodiment, the general pattern reservation area 116, in the fourth embodiment, the 3rd general pattern reservation area 143, in the 10th embodiment, the 2nd general pattern reservation area 142),
with
The measurement means starts measurement of the predetermined period when it becomes possible to start measurement of the predetermined period in a situation where the trigger information is acquired,
This gaming machine allows a player to receive a specific profit (winning a special winning device 35) in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are stored in the information storage means, or In the situation where the trigger information is stored in the information storage means, the specific profit (winning to the special winning device 35) is higher than the situation in which the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is not stored in the information storage means Specific benefit granting means that facilitates granting to users (function of executing the processing of step S806 in the main MPU 72 in the first embodiment, function of executing the processing of step S1008 in the main MPU 72 in the second embodiment, 4, the function of executing the process of step S1605 in the main MPU 72 in the sixth embodiment, the function of executing the process of step S1705 in the main MPU 72 in the sixth embodiment, and the function of step S2006 in the main MPU 72 in the ninth embodiment. A gaming machine characterized by comprising a function of executing processing (in the tenth embodiment, a function of executing the processing of step S2503 in the main side MPU 72).

According to the feature B1, the trigger information is acquired based on the entry of the game ball into the trigger ball entry means, and a predetermined profit is given to the player under at least one condition that the trigger information is acquired. Therefore, the player expects that the game ball enters the opportunity ball entering means. In this case, in a situation where a predetermined number or more of trigger information are stored in the information storage means, the specific profit can be given or is likely to be given. As a result, not only the predetermined profit but also the specific profit can be given based on the game ball entering the opportunity ball entering means, so the advantage of making the game ball enter the opportunity ball entering means can be increased. Therefore, the player pays attention to whether or not the game ball enters the opportunity ball entering means, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Feature B2. A situation in which the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is stored in the information storage means is more likely to be stored in the information storage means than a situation in which the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is not stored in the information storage means. The game machine according to feature B1, characterized in that the trigger information is easily stored.

According to feature B2, in a situation where a predetermined number or more of trigger information are stored in the information storage means, not only can the specific profit be given or easily given, but also the trigger information is easily stored in the information storage means. . As a result, when a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are once stored in the information storage means, the situation is likely to continue, so that the advantage of storing the predetermined number or more of the trigger information in the information storage means is enhanced. becomes possible.

Feature B3. A situation in which the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is stored in the information storage means is longer than a situation in which the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is not stored in the information storage means. The gaming machine according to feature B1 or B2, characterized in that is selected or tends to be selected.

According to feature B3, in a situation where a predetermined number or more of trigger information are stored in the information storage means, a long period is selected or tends to be selected as the predetermined period. Not only can the specific profit be given or easily given in the situation stored in the means, but also the trigger information is easily stored in the information storage means. As a result, when a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are once stored in the information storage means, the situation is likely to continue, so that the advantage of storing the predetermined number or more of the trigger information in the information storage means is enhanced. becomes possible.

Feature B4. In a situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information are stored in the information storage means, the trigger ball-entering means is set as the predetermined period before a new measurement for the predetermined period becomes possible. It is a configuration set in the first period that enables the entry of a game ball to or makes it easier to generate the entry,
This game machine is
In a situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information are not stored in the information storage means, the trigger ball-entering means is set as the predetermined period before a new measurement for the predetermined period becomes possible. a second setting means (a function of executing the processing of step S804 in the main side MPU 72) for setting a second period for disabling entry of a game ball into or making it difficult to generate the entry;
In a situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information have not been acquired, the third setting means (step S805 in the main MPU 72) sets the first period or the period during which the trigger information can be acquired as the predetermined period. function to execute the processing of
The gaming machine according to any one of features B1 to B3, characterized by comprising:

According to feature B4, in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are stored in the information storage means, the first period is set as the predetermined period, and a situation where the information storage means does not store the predetermined number or more of the trigger information. By setting the second period as the predetermined period, in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are stored in the information storage means, not only can the specific profit be granted or easily granted, but also the information storage The opportunity information is easily stored in the means. As a result, when a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are once stored in the information storage means, the situation is likely to continue, so that the advantage of storing the predetermined number or more of the trigger information in the information storage means is enhanced. becomes possible. In this case, the first period or the period during which the acquisition of the trigger information is possible may be set as the predetermined period even in a situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information are not acquired. As a result, even in a situation where the second period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to create a situation where the first period is set as the predetermined period after that. Furthermore, it is possible to set a predetermined period of time to trigger such switching of the predetermined period of time.

Feature B5. The gaming machine according to feature B4, wherein the predetermined period set by the third setting means is a period in which a larger number of pieces of the trigger information than the predetermined number can be obtained.

According to feature B5, when the predetermined period is set by the third setting means, it is possible to store the trigger information exceeding the predetermined number in the information storage means. As a result, when the predetermined period is set by the third setting means, the situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period after that can be continued for a long time.

Feature B6. The specific profit provision means creates a situation in which the game ball can be entered into a predetermined ball entry means (special winning device 35) as the provision of the specific profit,
This game machine has means for shifting the game state to a special game state advantageous to the player under at least one condition that the game ball has entered the predetermined ball entry means (in the first embodiment, the main side MPU 72 Any of the features B1 to B5 characterized by having a function of executing the processes of steps S308 to S311, and a function of executing the processes of steps S1114 and S1115 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment) 1. The gaming machine according to 1.

According to feature B6, the game ball can be entered into the predetermined ball entry means by storing a predetermined number or more of the trigger information in the information storage means, and the game ball enters the predetermined ball entry means. It shifts to a special game state based on. As a result, the player who expects the transition to the special game state expects that the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is stored in the information storage means, thereby making it possible to improve the interest in the game.

Feature B7. A separate ball entry means (first operation unit 32) capable of entering a game ball regardless of whether or not the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is stored in the information storage means,
Means for shifting the game state to the special game state with at least one condition that a game ball has entered the separate ball entry means (in the first embodiment, the processing of steps S308 to S311 in the main side MPU 72 is executed function to execute the processing of steps S1114 and S1115 in the main side MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment).

According to feature B7, a transition to the special game state can occur even when a game ball enters the separate ball entry means. A transition to a special game state can occur based on the entry of the game ball into the predetermined ball entry means. As a result, the player who expects the transition to the special game state not only expects the game ball to enter the separate ball entering means, but also expects the game ball to enter the opportunity ball entering means. It is possible to improve the interest of

Feature B8. The trigger ball-entering means, the predetermined ball-entering means, and the separate ball-entering means are provided at positions that can be reached when game balls are supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner. The gaming machine according to feature B7.

According to feature B8, game balls are supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner, thereby aiming at entry of game balls for each of the opportunity ball entry means, the predetermined ball entry means, and the separate ball entry means. becomes possible. As a result, it is possible to obtain the excellent effects already described while preventing the game operation from becoming complicated.

Feature B9. In the special game state, the game ball is supplied to the game area in a specific manner so that the player can be provided with a profit,
The gaming machine according to any one of features B6 to B8, wherein when the game ball is supplied in the specific mode, the game ball does not enter the trigger ball entry means or is unlikely to enter the game ball. .

According to feature B9, no game ball enters the opportunity ball entry means based on the transition to the special game state, and no game ball enters the opportunity ball entry means. A situation arises in which a predetermined number or more of trigger information are not stored in the information storage means. Therefore, it is possible to end the situation in which the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entering means with the transition to the special game state as a trigger.

Feature B10. The gaming machine according to any one of features B1 to B9, wherein a game ball can be entered into the opportunity ball entry means when a special game state advantageous to the player is established.

According to the feature B10, when the game ball can be entered into the trigger ball entry means in the special game state, a situation occurs in which a predetermined number or more of the trigger information are stored in the information storage means, and the predetermined number or more of the trigger information are stored. is stored in the information storage means, the specific benefit can be given or is likely to be given. As a result, it is possible to increase the degree of advantage with respect to the transition to the special game state.

For the configuration of features B1 to B10, any one of features A1 to A25, features B1 to B10, features C1 to C7, features D1 to D10, features E1 to E11, features F1 to F12, and features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. As a result, it is possible to obtain a synergistic effect due to the combined configuration.

<Characteristic group C>
Feature C1. Trigger ball entry means (specific operation unit 124) that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter,
Information acquisition means (main side MPU 72 executes the processing of step S1303 in the main side MPU 72) for acquiring the opportunity information (third normal side reserved information in the fourth embodiment) based on the fact that the game ball has entered the opportunity function) and
Predetermined profit granting means (step in the main MPU 72) that grants a predetermined profit (open execution state of the third general electrical device 123 in the fourth embodiment) to the player under at least one condition that the trigger information is acquired function to execute the process of S1310);
measuring means for measuring a predetermined period based on the acquisition of the trigger information (function for executing the processing of steps S1307 to S step S1309 in the main MPU 72);
A specific profit (winning a prize to a special prize winning device 35) can be given to a player in a situation where the predetermined period is measured, or a situation where the predetermined period is measured and the predetermined period is measured. Specific profit granting means (in the fourth embodiment, the function of executing the processing of step S1605 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment; the sixth A game machine characterized by comprising a function of executing the process of step S1705 in the main MPU 72 in the embodiment, and a function of executing the process of step S2006 in the main MPU 72 in the ninth embodiment.

According to the feature C1, the trigger information is acquired based on the entry of the game ball into the trigger ball entry means, and the predetermined profit is awarded to the player under at least one condition that the trigger information is acquired. Therefore, the player expects that the game ball enters the opportunity ball entering means. In this case, the specific profit can be given or is likely to be given in a situation where the predetermined period is measured. As a result, not only the predetermined profit but also the specific profit can be given based on the game ball entering the opportunity ball entering means, so the advantage of making the game ball enter the opportunity ball entering means can be increased. Therefore, the player pays attention to whether or not the game ball enters the opportunity ball entering means, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Feature C2. The specific profit provision means creates a situation in which the game ball can be entered into a predetermined ball entry means (special winning device 35) as the provision of the specific profit,
This game machine has means for shifting the game state to a special game state advantageous to the player under at least one condition that the game ball has entered the predetermined ball entry means (in the first embodiment, the main side MPU 72 The gaming machine according to feature C1, characterized by comprising a function of executing the processing of steps S308 to S311, and a function of executing the processing of steps S1114 and S1115 in the main side MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment). .

According to the feature C2, it becomes possible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entering means by being in a situation where the predetermined period is measured, and a special game is played based on the game ball entering the predetermined ball entering means transition to state. As a result, the player who expects the transition to the special game state expects that the predetermined period of time is measured, thereby making it possible to improve the interest in the game.

Feature C3. A separate ball entry means (first operation unit 32) capable of entering a game ball regardless of whether or not the predetermined period is measured,
Means for shifting the game state to the special game state with at least one condition that a game ball has entered the separate ball entry means (in the first embodiment, the processing of steps S308 to S311 in the main side MPU 72 is executed function to execute the processing of steps S1114 and S1115 in the main side MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment).

According to the feature C3, the transition to the special game state can occur even when the game ball enters the separate ball entry means, but in the situation where the predetermined period is measured, the game is further transferred to the predetermined ball entry means. A transition to a special game state can occur based on the entry of a ball. As a result, the player who expects the transition to the special game state not only expects the game ball to enter the separate ball entering means, but also expects the game ball to enter the opportunity ball entering means. It is possible to improve the interest of

Feature C4. The trigger ball-entering means, the predetermined ball-entering means, and the separate ball-entering means are provided at positions that can be reached when game balls are supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner. The game machine according to feature C3.

According to feature C4, game balls are supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner, thereby aiming at entry of game balls for each of the opportunity ball entry means, the predetermined ball entry means, and the separate ball entry means. becomes possible. As a result, it is possible to achieve the excellent effects already described while preventing the game operation from becoming complicated.

Feature C5. In the special game state, the game ball is supplied to the game area in a specific manner so that the player can be provided with a profit,
The gaming machine according to any one of features C2 to C4, wherein when the game ball is supplied in the specific mode, the game ball does not enter the trigger ball entry means or is unlikely to enter the game ball. .

According to feature C5, no game ball enters the opportunity ball entry means based on the transition to the special game state, and no game ball enters the opportunity ball entry means. A situation occurs in which the predetermined period has not been measured. Therefore, it is possible to end the situation in which the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entering means with the transition to the special game state as a trigger.

Feature C6. The gaming machine according to any one of features C2 to C4, wherein the measuring means continues to measure the predetermined period even in the special game state.

According to the characteristic C6, the measurement for the predetermined period is completed in the situation where the special game state is being executed. As a result, it is possible to end the situation in which the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entering means with the transition to the special game state as a trigger.

Feature C7. The gaming machine according to feature C6, wherein the predetermined period is shorter than the shortest period required to complete the special game state.

According to the feature C7, when the transition to the special game state occurs, it is possible to ensure that the measurement of the predetermined period is completed before the special game state ends.

For the configuration of features C1 to C7, any one of features A1 to A25, features B1 to B10, features C1 to C7, features D1 to D10, features E1 to E11, features F1 to F12, and features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. As a result, it is possible to obtain a synergistic effect due to the combined configuration.

<Characteristic group D>
Feature D1. A specific ball entry means (first general electrical device 121 in the tenth embodiment) that can enter a game ball flowing down the game area;
When a special game state (jackpot state) advantageous to the player occurs, a specific control means (main side MPU 72) is provided to enable the game ball to enter the specific ball entry means or to make it easier to enter the game ball. a function of executing the processes of steps S2114 and S2115 in
Predetermined ball entry means (special winning device 35) that enables or facilitates entry of game balls flowing down the game area in the special game state;
A game machine characterized by comprising:

According to the feature D1, when the special game state is reached, not only is it possible or easier for a game ball to enter the specific ball entry means, but also a game ball can enter the predetermined ball entry means. or it becomes easier to enter the ball. As a result, it is possible to increase the degree of advantage in the special game state, and it is possible to increase the attention of the player to the special game state. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Feature D2. Special ball entry means (the second in the tenth embodiment) that enables or facilitates entry of a game ball flowing down the game area based on the entry of the game ball into the specific ball entry means Equipped with a general electric device 122),
The gaming machine according to feature D1, wherein a game ball can or easily enter the predetermined ball entering means based on the game ball entering the specific ball entering means.

According to the characteristic D2, when the special game state is entered, the game ball can be entered into the specific ball entering means or is easily entered. Then, when the game ball enters the specific ball entering means, the game ball can enter or is likely to enter both the special ball entering means and the predetermined ball entering means. As a result, it is possible not only to increase the advantage in the special game state, but also to diversify the ball-entering means that can or easily enter the ball in the special game state.

Feature D3. A game ball is supplied to the game area in a specific manner so that the game ball can reach a position where the ball can be entered by the specific ball entering means,
The predetermined ball entry means is provided downstream of the specific ball entry means in the direction in which the game ball flows,
When the game ball is supplied to the game area in the specific mode, the game ball that did not enter the specific ball entering means can reach a position where it can enter the predetermined ball entering means. The gaming machine according to feature D1 or D2, characterized by:

According to feature D3, a game ball that did not enter the specific ball entering means in the special game state can enter the predetermined ball entering means. This makes it possible to suppress the number of game balls that are wasted in the special game state.

Feature D4. Trigger ball entry means (thru winning part 34) that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter,
Even if a game ball enters the trigger ball entering means in a situation other than the special game state, the game ball is not allowed to enter the predetermined ball entering means or is difficult to enter, and the special game state is established. A predetermined control means (steps S2501 in the main MPU 72 to a function to execute the processing of step S2503);
The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D3, characterized by comprising:

According to the feature D4, the entry of the game ball into the predetermined ball entry means becomes possible or facilitated based on the entry of the game ball into the trigger ball entry means. It is possible to make the process of entering the ball step by step. In this case, in a situation where the game ball is not in the special game state, even if the game ball enters the trigger ball entering means, it becomes impossible or difficult for the game ball to enter the predetermined ball entering means, and the situation is the special game state. By entering the game ball into the trigger ball entering means in (1), the entering of the game ball into the predetermined ball entering means becomes possible or more likely to occur. As a result, it becomes possible to generate a situation in which a game ball can enter or is likely to enter the predetermined ball entering means, limited to the special game state.

Feature D5. The predetermined ball-entering means is a first state (receiving state) in which a game ball can be entered into a predetermined ball-entering portion (exhaust passage 42) or is likely to occur, and a game into the predetermined ball-entering portion. It is provided so that it can be switched to a second state (non-acceptance state) in which ball entry is impossible or ball entry is difficult to occur,
This game machine has a measuring means (function for executing the processing of steps S2404 to S2406 in the main side MPU 72) for measuring a predetermined period based on the game ball entering the trigger ball entering means,
The predetermined control means brings the predetermined ball-entering means into the first state after the measuring means completes the measurement for the predetermined period of time,
This game machine is
In the case of the special game state, as the predetermined period, when the game ball is flowing down in the game area in a predetermined manner, and when the predetermined ball entering means is in the first state, the predetermined ball entering state First setting means (main side in the tenth embodiment) for setting a first period (third display continuation period) that enables or facilitates the game ball to reach the position where the ball can enter the means a function of executing the processing of step S2503 in the MPU 72);
When it is not the special game state, as the predetermined period, in a situation where the game ball is flowing down the game area in the predetermined mode, in a situation where the predetermined ball entering means is in the first state, the predetermined entry Second setting means (main in the tenth embodiment) for setting a second period (first display continuation period) that makes it impossible or difficult for the game ball to reach the position where the ball can enter the ball means a function of executing the processing of step S2502 in the side MPU 72);
The gaming machine according to feature D4, characterized by comprising:

According to feature D5, when a predetermined period has passed since the game ball entered the triggering ball entering means, the predetermined ball entering means enters the first state. It is possible to predict in advance. In this case, if the first period is set as the predetermined period, the game ball can be entered into the predetermined ball entry section or the ball is likely to enter, whereas the predetermined period is When the second period is set, it becomes impossible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entry section or the entry becomes difficult to occur. As a result, it is possible to achieve the excellent effects already described simply by adjusting the predetermined period.

Feature D6. The predetermined control means controls the predetermined ball-entering means in the same manner as the first state regardless of whether the first period is set as the predetermined period or the second period is set. The gaming machine according to feature D5, characterized by:

According to feature D6, it is possible to achieve the above-described excellent effects while simplifying the control for switching the predetermined ball-entering means between the first state and the second state.

Feature D7. The gaming machine according to feature D5 or D6, wherein the second period is shorter than the first period.

According to the feature D7, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, the game ball cannot be entered into the predetermined ball entry portion or the second period is relative in the configuration in which the ball is difficult to enter. By setting the period to a relatively short period, it is possible to prevent the situation in which it is impossible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entry section or the situation in which it is difficult for the ball to occur excessively continues. becomes.

Feature D8. The first period is longer than the shortest supply period of game balls to the game area, and the second period is shorter than the shortest supply period. game machine.

According to feature D8, in a situation where the first period is set as the predetermined period, one or more game balls can be expected to be supplied to the position of the predetermined ball-entering means. It is possible to suppress wasteful consumption of game balls in a situation where the second period is set as the period.

Feature D9. The trigger ball entry means is provided upstream of the predetermined ball entry means in the flow direction of the game ball, and the game ball entered by the trigger ball entry means is located at a position where it can enter the predetermined ball entry portion. is a configuration that can reach
Characteristic D5 characterized in that the second period is a period shorter than the shortest period required for the game ball entering the trigger ball entering means to reach a position where the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entering portion. The gaming machine according to any one of D8.

According to the feature D9, the opportunity ball entry means is provided upstream of the predetermined ball entry means, and the game ball entering the opportunity ball entry means can reach a position where it can enter the predetermined ball entry section. With this configuration, it is possible to cause both the entry of the opportunity ball entry means and the entry into the predetermined ball entry section with one game ball. In this case, the second period is a period shorter than the shortest period required for the game ball entering the triggering ball entering means to reach a position where the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entering portion. As a result, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, the game ball that has entered the trigger ball entry means and started the measurement for the predetermined period is prevented from entering the predetermined ball entry section. It becomes possible.

Feature D10. In the second period, when the measurement of the second period is started with the entry of a predetermined game ball into the trigger ball entry means, the firing order of the predetermined game ball is one before. The gaming machine according to feature D9, wherein the period of time elapses after the game ball passes through a position where the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entry portion.

According to the feature D10, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, one game ball is entered into the trigger ball entering means to generate the predetermined trigger and one game ball for the predetermined game ball. It is possible to prevent both of the game balls in the previous firing order from entering the predetermined ball entry portion of the predetermined ball entry means which is in the first state in response to the occurrence of the predetermined trigger by the predetermined game ball. becomes. As a result, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to disable or make it difficult for the game ball to enter the predetermined ball-entering section.

For the configuration of features D1 to D10, any one of features A1 to A25, features B1 to B10, features C1 to C7, features D1 to D10, features E1 to E11, features F1 to F12, and features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. As a result, it is possible to obtain a synergistic effect due to the combined configuration.

<Characteristic group E>
Features E1. A first ball entry means (first general electrical device 121) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
A first control means (main side in the fourth embodiment) that generates a first predetermined state in which a game ball can enter or is likely to enter the first ball entering means after the first prescribed opportunity has occurred. a function of executing the processes of steps S1114 and S1115 in the MPU 72, and a function of executing the processes of steps S2114 and S2115 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment;
A second ball entry means (second general electrical device 122) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
After the second predetermined trigger occurs, a second control means (main side in the fourth embodiment) for generating a second predetermined state in which a game ball can enter or is likely to enter the second ball entering means A function of executing the processes of steps S1213 and S1214 in the MPU 72, a function of executing the processes of steps S2213 and S2214 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment);
a third ball-entering means (third general-purpose electrical device 123 in the fourth embodiment, special winning device 35 in the tenth embodiment) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
After the third predetermined trigger occurs, a third control means (main side in the fourth embodiment) for generating a third predetermined state in which a game ball can enter or is likely to enter the third ball entering means A function of executing the process of step S1310 in the MPU 72, a function of executing the process of step S2407 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment);
Even if the second predetermined trigger occurs, the second predetermined state is prevented from occurring in the situation in which the first predetermined state occurs, and even in the situation in which the first predetermined state occurs. Special execution means for enabling the third predetermined state to occur (function for executing the processing of steps S1204 and S1215 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, step S2204 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment and a function to execute the process of step S2215);
A game machine characterized by comprising:

According to the feature E1, by providing the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, and the third ball entering means, the objects that the player expects the game ball to enter are diversified. In this case, even if the second predetermined trigger occurs, the second predetermined state of the second ball-entering means is prevented from occurring in the situation where the first predetermined state of the first ball-entering means is occurring. Even in a situation where the first predetermined state is occurring, the third predetermined state can occur. As a result, it becomes possible to diversify the manner in which game balls enter the game ball in the configuration provided with a plurality of ball entering means, and it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

Feature E2. The game according to feature E1, wherein the special execution means prevents the occurrence of the first predetermined state in a situation where the second predetermined state occurs even if the first predetermined opportunity occurs. machine.

According to feature E2, it is possible to prevent the first predetermined state of the first ball-entering means and the second predetermined state of the second ball-entering means from overlapping. As a result, even if both the condition for generating the first predetermined state and the condition for generating the second predetermined state are satisfied, the player can enter the game ball into the first ball entering means and play the game into the second ball entering means. It becomes possible to aim at the entrance of the ball step by step.

Feature E3. The gaming machine according to feature E1 or E2, wherein the special execution means enables the first predetermined state to occur even when the third predetermined state is occurring.

According to the feature E3, the first predetermined state of the first ball-entering means and the third predetermined state of the third ball-entering means can occur simultaneously. Thus, the player can expect the occurrence of one of the situations in which the first ball-entering means is in the first predetermined state and the situation in which the third ball-entering means is in the third predetermined state. .

Feature E4. The second predetermined trigger is generated based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means, and the third predetermined trigger is not generated even if the game ball enters the first ball entering means. The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E3, characterized by:

According to feature E4, in the configuration in which the second ball-entering means enters the second predetermined state based on the game ball entering the first ball-entering means, even if the second predetermined trigger occurs, the first ball-entering The second predetermined state of the second ball entering means does not occur when the first predetermined state of the means is generated. As a result, the player can stepwise aim for the game ball entering the first ball entering means and the game ball entering the second ball entering means. On the other hand, in the configuration in which the third predetermined state of the third ball-entering means occurs independently of the entry of the game ball into the first ball-entering means, the first predetermined state of the first ball-entering means occurs. A third predetermined state of the third ball entering means occurs under certain circumstances. As a result, it is possible to create a situation in which it is possible to aim at the game ball entering the first ball entering means and the game ball entering the third ball entering means at the same time.

Feature E5. The third predetermined trigger is a configuration that does not occur even if a game ball enters the second ball entering means,
The special execution means enables the first predetermined state to occur even when the third predetermined state is occurring, and allows the first predetermined state to occur even when the second predetermined state is occurring. The gaming machine according to feature E4, wherein three predetermined states can occur, and the second predetermined state can occur even when the third predetermined state occurs.

According to feature E5, in the configuration in which the third ball entering means is in the third predetermined state regardless of the entry of the game ball into the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, the third ball entering means is in the third state. The three predetermined states can overlap with both the first predetermined state of the first ball-entering means and the second predetermined state of the second ball-entering means. This makes it possible to increase the arbitrariness of timing when the third ball-entering means is in the third predetermined state.

Feature E6. The third ball entering means is provided at a position where a ball can be entered when the game ball is supplied to the game area so that the game ball flows down toward the first ball entering means. A gaming machine according to any one of the characterizing features E1 to E5.

According to the feature E6, in the configuration in which the first predetermined state of the first ball entering means and the third predetermined state of the third ball entering means can occur in overlap, the game balls are supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner. By doing so, it is possible to aim for both the game ball entering the first ball entering means and the game ball entering the third ball entering means.

Feature E7. The special execution means prevents the second predetermined state from occurring in a situation where the first predetermined state occurs even if the second predetermined trigger corresponding to the occurrence of the second predetermined state occurs. , means for starting the second predetermined state after the first predetermined state ends (in the fourth embodiment, the function of executing the processing of steps S1205 and S1206 in the main MPU 72; The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E6, characterized in that it has a function of executing the processing of steps S2205 and S2206 in the main side MPU 72 in form.

According to feature E7, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of the second predetermined trigger corresponding to the occurrence of the second predetermined state from being invalidated by the occurrence of the first predetermined state.

Feature E8. The second control means brings the second ball-entering means into the second predetermined state after a second predetermined period has elapsed based on the occurrence of the second predetermined trigger,
When the first predetermined state occurs in the middle of the second predetermined period, the special execution means suspends the measurement of the second predetermined period or extends the second predetermined period so that the second predetermined period The game machine according to any one of features E1 to E7, characterized in that the second predetermined state is prevented from occurring in a situation where the first predetermined state is occurring even if an opportunity is generated.

According to feature E8, the second predetermined state of the second ball-entering means is prevented from occurring in a situation where the first predetermined state of the first ball-entering means is occurring, simply by adjusting the second predetermined period. becomes possible.

Feature E9. When the special execution means stops the measurement of the second predetermined period due to the occurrence of the first predetermined state while the second predetermined period is being measured, after the first predetermined state ends, Means for restarting the stopped measurement of the second predetermined period (in the fourth embodiment, the function of executing the processing of steps S1205 and S1206 in the main MPU 72; in the tenth embodiment, step S2205 in the main MPU 72 and a function of executing the processing of step S2206).

According to feature E9, simply by temporarily stopping and canceling the measurement for the second predetermined period, the second predetermined state of the second ball-entering means is generated in the situation where the first predetermined state of the first ball-entering means is occurring. It is possible to prevent the state from occurring.

Feature E10. Although the third predetermined trigger does not occur even if a game ball enters the first ball entering means, the third ball entering means enters the game based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means. The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E9, characterized in that a ball can enter or is likely to enter.

According to feature E10, even if the first ball-entering means does not contribute to the generation of the third predetermined trigger, the ease of entering the game ball into the third ball-entering means is equal to that of the first ball-entering means. can be associated.

Feature E11. A first ball entry means (first general electrical device 121) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
Based on the occurrence of the first predetermined opportunity, after the first predetermined period has elapsed, a first predetermined state is generated in which the game ball can enter or is likely to enter the first ball entering means. 1 control means (a function of executing the processes of steps S1114 and S1115 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, and a function of executing the processes of steps S2114 and S2115 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment);
A second ball entry means (second general electrical device 122) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
Based on the occurrence of a second predetermined opportunity, after the second predetermined period elapses, a second predetermined state is generated in which the game ball can enter or is likely to enter the second ball entering means. a second control means (a function of executing the processing of steps S1213 and S1214 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, and a function of executing the processing of steps S2213 and S2214 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment); ,
a third ball-entering means (third general-purpose electrical device 123 in the fourth embodiment, special winning device 35 in the tenth embodiment) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
Based on the occurrence of the third predetermined opportunity, after the third predetermined period has elapsed, a third predetermined state is generated in which the game ball can enter or is likely to enter the third ball entering means. Third control means (function of executing the process of step S1310 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, function of executing the process of step S2407 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment);
When the first predetermined state occurs in the middle of the second predetermined period, the measurement of the second predetermined period is stopped or the second predetermined period is extended, and the first state is set in the middle of the third predetermined period. A special execution means that does not change the third predetermined period even if a predetermined state occurs (a function of executing the processing of steps S1204 and S1215 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment; in the tenth embodiment, the main MPU 72 a function of executing the processes of steps S2204 and S2215 in
A game machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature E11, each of the first ball-entering means, the second ball-entering means, and the third ball-entering means enters a corresponding predetermined state after a corresponding predetermined period elapses when a corresponding predetermined trigger occurs. As a result, it becomes possible to enter a game ball or it becomes easier to enter a game ball. This makes it possible to predict in advance that each ball entering means will be in a corresponding predetermined state.

In this case, when the first predetermined state of the first ball-entering means occurs in the middle of the second predetermined period, the measurement of the second predetermined period is stopped or the second predetermined period is extended. Even if the first predetermined state of the first ball-entering means occurs while the three predetermined periods are being measured, the measurement of the third predetermined period is not stopped. This prevents the second ball-entering means from entering the second predetermined state when the first ball-entering means is in the first predetermined state, while the first ball-entering means is in the first predetermined state. It is possible to allow the third ball-entering means to be in the third predetermined state in the situation where the Therefore, it is possible to diversify the manner in which game balls enter the game ball in the configuration provided with a plurality of ball entering means, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

For the configuration of features E1 to E11, any one of features A1 to A25, features B1 to B10, features C1 to C7, features D1 to D10, features E1 to E11, features F1 to F12, and features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. As a result, it is possible to obtain a synergistic effect due to the combined configuration.

According to the inventions according to the feature group A, the feature group B, the feature group C, the feature group D, and the feature group E, the following problems can be solved.

Pachinko machines, slot machines, and the like are known as types of gaming machines. In these gaming machines, a configuration is known in which profits are given to the player by shifting the game state to a special control state based on the establishment of a predetermined transition condition.

Specifically, the pachinko machine has a configuration in which a winning result is obtained in an internal lottery based on a game ball entering a ball entering section provided in the game area, and a transition to a special control state is performed. A configuration is known in which a transition is made to a special control state based on a game ball entering a part. Then, when shifting to the special control state, for example, opening and closing of a ball entry device provided in the game area is started, and a game ball is paid out based on the entry into the ball entry device.

Here, in gaming machines such as those exemplified above, it is necessary to improve the interest in games, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

<Feature group F>
Feature F1. A first specific ball entry means (fourth general electrical device 161) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
Based on the occurrence of the first specific opportunity, after the first specific period has passed, a first specific state is generated in which the game ball can enter or is likely to enter the first specific ball entering means. a first specific control means (a function of executing the processes of steps S2910 and S2911 in the main MPU 72);
When a predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period, when the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state Event handling means (function for executing adjustment processing in the main MPU 72) that treats the first specified period differently depending on whether the occurrence of the specified state is not handled;
A game machine characterized by comprising:

According to the feature F1, when the first specific opportunity occurs, the first specific ball-entering means enters the first specific state after the first specific period elapses. Thereby, the player can predict in advance that the first specific ball-entering means will be in the first specific state.

In this case, if the predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specified period, the first specified opportunity that triggered the occurrence of the first specified period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specified state and the first The handling of the first specific period differs depending on whether the occurrence of the specific state is handled or not. As a result, while the first specific period is handled in a mode suitable for each of cases in which the condition for generating the first specific state is satisfied and not satisfied, the predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period. When it occurs, it is possible to change the progress mode of the first specific period in accordance with the occurrence of the predetermined event.

Feature F2. When the predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period, the event handling means corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state when the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state. If not, the first specified period is terminated, and if the first specified opportunity that triggered the occurrence of the first specified period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specified state, the The gaming machine according to feature F1, characterized by varying the generation timing of the first specific state.

According to feature F2, when a predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period, when the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state ends the first specified period. As a result, the first specified period, which is not linked to the occurrence of the first specified state, can be terminated with the occurrence of the prescribed event, and the digestion efficiency of the first specified period can be enhanced while giving priority to the prescribed event. On the other hand, when the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state, the timing of occurrence of the first specific state is varied. As a result, it is possible to shorten or extend the progress of the first specific period in response to the occurrence of the predetermined event, while preventing the loss of the benefit of the occurrence of the first specific state.

Feature F3. When the predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period, the event handling means corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state when the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state. If not, the first specified period is terminated, and if the first specified opportunity that triggered the occurrence of the first specified period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specified state, the The gaming machine according to feature F1 or F2, wherein the timing of occurrence of the first specific state is delayed.

According to feature F3, when a predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period, when the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state ends the first specified period. As a result, the first specified period, which is not linked to the occurrence of the first specified state, can be terminated with the occurrence of the prescribed event, and the digestion efficiency of the first specified period can be enhanced while giving priority to the prescribed event. On the other hand, if the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state, the timing of occurrence of the first specific state is delayed. This makes it possible to prevent the loss of the benefit of the occurrence of the first specific state while giving priority to the predetermined event.

Feature F4. The event handling means measures the first specific period when the predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state. The gaming machine according to feature F3, wherein the timing of occurrence of the first specific state is delayed by temporarily stopping and then restarting the measurement of the first specific period.

According to the feature F4, it is possible to achieve the above-described excellent effects simply by temporarily stopping and canceling the measurement during the first specific period.

Feature F5. The first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state is the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger not corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state. A gaming machine according to feature F3 or F4, characterized in that it is shorter than.

According to the feature F5, it is possible to shorten the period required from the occurrence of the first specific trigger to the start of the first specific state. In this case, the first specific period, which has the configuration of feature F3 and is triggered by the first specific trigger not corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state, ends when a predetermined event occurs. It is possible to increase the digestion efficiency of

Feature F6. In a special game state, a predetermined profit can be given based on the supply of game balls to the game area in a predetermined manner,
The gaming machine according to any one of features F3 to F5, wherein the first specific opportunity can occur when game balls are supplied to the gaming area in the predetermined manner.

According to the feature F6, not only is a predetermined profit given by supplying game balls to the game area in a predetermined manner in the special game state, but also the first specific ball entry means can be in the first specific state. This makes it possible to increase the advantage of the special game state.

Feature F7. An entrance provided at a position where a game ball can be entered or a position at which a game ball is likely to enter based on the game ball being supplied to the game area in a specific mode different from the predetermined mode. With at least one condition that the game ball has entered the ball means (first through winning section 160), the means for shifting the game state to the special game state (main side MPU 72 executes the processing of steps S2614 and S2615 function),
The first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger not corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state is the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state. The gaming machine of feature F6, wherein the length is longer than.

According to the feature F7, until the transition to the special game state, the game balls are supplied to the game area in a specific manner aiming at the game balls entering the ball entry means, and the special game state is entered. After that, game balls are supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner so as to provide a predetermined profit.

However, it is assumed that the game operation is performed so that game balls are supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner in a situation where the special game state has not yet been entered. First, there is a risk that the first specific ball entering means will be in the first specific state. On the other hand, the first specific period triggered by the first specific state not corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state is longer than the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state. Even if the game ball is supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner in order to make the first specific ball entering means to be in the first specific state even though it is not in the special game state, the game efficiency is reduced. It is possible to make it lower. On the other hand, the first specific period triggered by the first specific opportunity that does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state, which has the configuration of the feature F3, ends when a predetermined event occurs, so in the special game state It is possible to improve the game efficiency.

Feature F8. The gaming machine according to feature F7, wherein the predetermined event occurs in the special game state.

According to the feature F8, a predetermined event occurs in the special game state, and when the predetermined event occurs, the first specific period ends with a first specific trigger that does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state. , even if the first specific period is set to be relatively long, it is possible to increase the digestion efficiency of the first specific period.

Feature F9. The feature F8 characterized in that the shortest occurrence interval of the predetermined event in the special game state is shorter than the first specific period triggered by the first specific opportunity not corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state. The game machine described.

According to the feature F9, in the special game state, the predetermined event occurs at relatively short intervals, so the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger that does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state is started early. It is possible to terminate.

Feature F10. Based on the game ball entering the first specific ball entering means, means (function of executing the processing of step S2703 in the main side MPU 72) that enables to increase the advantage of the special game state is provided The game machine according to any one of features F6 to F9, characterized in that

According to the feature F10, in the special game state, the player not only receives a predetermined profit, but also expects the game ball to enter the first specific ball entering means. It is possible to improve interest.

Feature F11. a second specific ball entry means (the second ordinary device 122 or the third ordinary device 123 in the eleventh embodiment) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
A second specific control means (main side MPU 72) that generates a second specific state in which a game ball can enter or is likely to enter the second specific ball entry means based on the occurrence of the second specific opportunity. A function to execute the processing of steps S2713 to S2714 or steps S2813 to S2814 in
with
The gaming machine according to any one of features F1 to F10, wherein the predetermined event is that the second specific ball-entering means enters the second specific state.

According to the feature F11, it is possible to prevent the first specific ball-entering means from being in the first specific state when the second specific ball-entering means is in the second specific state. By using this configuration, it is possible to obtain excellent effects as already described.

Feature F12. a third specific ball entry means (second general electrical device 122 in the eleventh embodiment) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
Based on the occurrence of the third specific opportunity, after the third specific period has elapsed, a third specific state is generated in which the game ball can enter or is likely to enter the third specific ball entering means. a third specific control means (a function of executing the processing of steps S2713 to S2714 in the main MPU 72);
When the predetermined event occurs in the middle of the third specific period, means for temporarily stopping the measurement of the third specific period and then restarting the measurement of the third specific period (step S2705 to step a function to execute the processing of S2706 and step S2715);
The gaming machine according to any one of features F1 to F11, characterized by comprising:

According to feature F12, it is possible to prevent the third specific period from ending even if a predetermined event occurs.

For the configuration of features F1 to F12, any one of features A1 to A25, features B1 to B10, features C1 to C7, features D1 to D10, features E1 to E11, features F1 to F12, and features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. As a result, it is possible to obtain a synergistic effect due to the combined configuration.

According to the invention according to the characteristic group F, the following problems can be solved.

Pachinko machines, slot machines, and the like are known as types of gaming machines. In these gaming machines, a configuration is known in which profits are given to the player by shifting the game state to a special control state based on the establishment of a predetermined transition condition.

Specifically, the pachinko machine has a configuration in which a winning result is obtained in an internal lottery based on a game ball entering a ball entering section provided in the game area, and a transition to a special control state is performed. A configuration is known in which a transition is made to a special control state based on a game ball entering a part. Then, when shifting to the special control state, for example, opening and closing of a ball entry device provided in the game area is started, and a game ball is paid out based on the entry into the ball entry device.

Here, novel game contents are demanded in gaming machines such as those exemplified above, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

<Characteristic group G>
Feature G1. A variable ball entry means (predetermined general electric device 172) provided so that a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered and can be switched between an open state and a closed state;
Opening/closing control means (step S3507, step S3605, step S3610 and step S3710 in the main MPU 72) that executes opening/closing control to close the variable ball entry means after opening the variable ball entry means when a predetermined game state is reached. function to perform processing) and
First end means for ending the predetermined game state after the number of times the variable ball entry means is in the open state in the predetermined game state reaches the upper limit number of times (steps S3613 to S3615 in the main MPU 72 are executed function) and
Second termination means (steps S3605 to S3608 and steps S3705 and a function to execute the processing of step S3707);
with
A game machine, wherein the upper limit number of times is larger than the upper limit number.

According to feature G1, the predetermined game state ends after the number of times the variable ball entry means is in the open state reaches the upper limit, and the number of game balls entering the variable ball entry means reaches the upper limit number. In the configuration in which the predetermined game state ends later, the upper limit number of times is larger than the upper limit number. Thereby, even if one or more game balls are not entered into the variable ball entering means in each execution in which the variable ball entering means is open, the upper limit number of game balls are entered into the variable ball entering means in a predetermined game state. It is possible to enter the ball. In this case, the player predicts whether or not the upper limit number of game balls will enter the variable ball-entering means in a predetermined game state while paying attention to the number of times the variable ball-entering means is opened. It is possible to improve the interest of

Feature G2. The gaming machine according to feature G1, wherein the period from when the variable ball entry means is in the open state until it is in the closed state is equal to or less than the shortest supply cycle of game balls to the game area. .

According to feature G2, even if a game ball enters the variable ball-entering means in one execution round in which the variable ball-entering means is in the open state, only one game ball enters the variable ball-entering means, and there are also execution times in which no ball enters the variable ball-entering means. . In this case, since the configuration of the feature G1 is provided and the upper limit number of times is larger than the upper limit number, the player can enter the upper limit number of game balls into the variable ball entry means in a predetermined game state. Whether or not the game will be played is predicted while paying attention to the number of times the variable ball-entering means is in the open state.

Feature G3. Predetermined notification that enables the player to recognize the number of occurrences of the open state required to reach the upper limit number and the number of game balls entering the variable ball entry means required to reach the upper limit number. (a function of executing the processing of steps S3802, S3804 and S3811 in the sound and light side MPU 92).

According to feature G3, it is possible to grasp the number of times the variable ball-entering means remains open and the remaining number of game balls that can be entered into the variable ball-entering means by confirming the predetermined notification. Become. As a result, the player can complete the predetermined game state while being conscious of situations in which the game ball should be entered into the variable ball entry means and situations in which the game ball may not be entered.

Feature G4. A configuration in which a special profit can be given based on the game ball entering the variable ball entering means, and the game ball entering the variable ball entering means before the completion condition is satisfied In the case of a new occurrence, the advantage of the special profit is lower than when the game ball is newly entered into the variable ball entry means after the completion condition is satisfied. The gaming machine according to any one of the characterizing features G1 to G3.

According to the feature G4, when a game ball is entered into the variable ball entry means, if the game ball is entered into the variable ball entry means again before the completion condition is satisfied, the advantage of the special profit is lowered. Resulting in. In this case, the configuration of the feature G1 is provided so that the upper limit number of times is larger than the upper limit number. In a situation in which it is not established, it is possible to select not to let the game ball enter the variable ball entry means that is in the open state.

Feature G5. Provided with an accompanying ball entry means (first non-electrical device 173) which becomes an open state when a game ball enters the variable ball entry means and becomes a closed state when a game ball enters itself. The game machine according to any one of features G1 to G4, characterized in that

According to the feature G5, the accompanying ball entering means is opened based on the game ball entering the variable ball entering means, and the accompanying ball entering means is entered based on the game ball entering the accompanying ball entering means. In a configuration in which the means is in a closed state, if a game ball enters the variable ball entering means in a situation where the accompanying ball entering means is in an open state, the chance of entering the accompanying ball entering means is reduced to one. You will end up losing your dose. In this case, with the configuration of the characteristic G1, the upper limit number of times is larger than the upper limit number, so that the upper limit number of game balls are finally generated, and the accompanying ball entry is generated. In a situation where the means is in an open state, it is possible to select not to let the game ball enter the variable ball entering means which is in an open state.

Feature G6. Allowing the player to recognize the period required from the end of one execution round in which the variable ball-entering means is in the open state in the predetermined game state until the variable ball-entering means is in the open state next time. The gaming machine according to feature G4 or G5, characterized by comprising means for executing specific notification (function for executing the processing of steps S3806 to S3809 in the sound and light side MPU 92).

According to the feature G6, it is possible to grasp the timing at which the variable ball-entering means is next opened by confirming the specific notification. This makes it possible to prevent the game ball from flowing down toward the variable ball entering means in advance when the situation is not such that the game ball should be entered into the variable ball entering means.

For the configuration of features G1 to G6, any one of features A1 to A25, features B1 to B10, features C1 to C7, features D1 to D10, features E1 to E11, features F1 to F12, and features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. As a result, it is possible to obtain a synergistic effect due to the combined configuration.

According to the invention according to the characteristic group G, the following problems can be solved.

Pachinko machines, slot machines, and the like are known as types of gaming machines. In these gaming machines, a configuration is known in which profits are given to the player by shifting the game state to a special control state based on the establishment of a predetermined transition condition.

Specifically, the pachinko machine has a configuration in which a winning result is obtained in an internal lottery based on a game ball entering a ball entering section provided in the game area, and a transition to a special control state is performed. A configuration is known in which a transition is made to a special control state based on a game ball entering a part. Then, when shifting to the special control state, for example, opening and closing of a ball entry device provided in the game area is started, and a game ball is paid out based on the entry into the ball entry device.

Here, in gaming machines such as those exemplified above, it is necessary to improve the interest in games, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The basic configuration of a gaming machine to which each of the above features can be applied or to which each feature is applied is shown below.

Pachinko machine: an operation means operated by a player, a game ball shooting means for shooting game balls based on the operation of the operation means, a ball passage for guiding the shot game balls to a predetermined game area, and a game This game machine is provided with game parts arranged in an area, and gives a privilege to a player when a game ball passes through a predetermined passing part of the game parts.

A game machine such as a slot machine: equipped with a pattern display device for variably displaying a plurality of patterns, the variable display of the plurality of patterns is started by the operation of the start operation means, and the operation of the stop operation means is caused by the operation of the stop operation means. The game machine stops the variable display of the plurality of pictures after a predetermined period of time has passed, and gives a privilege to the player according to the pictures after the stop.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10... Pachinko machine, 32... 1st operation|movement part, 34... Through prize-winning part, 35... Special prize-winning apparatus, 42... Emission passage, 72... Main side MPU, 92... Sound and light side MPU, 116... Universal figure reservation area, 121 1st general electric device 122 2nd general electric device 123 3rd general electric device 124 specific operation part 142 2nd general drawing reservation area 143 3rd general drawing reservation area 160 th 1-thru winning part, 161... 4th general electric device, 172... predetermined general electric device, 173... 1st non-electric device.

Claims (1)

a trigger ball entry means that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter;
information acquisition means for acquiring trigger information based on the entry of a game ball into the trigger ball entry means;
predetermined profit awarding means for awarding a predetermined profit to a player under at least one condition that the trigger information is obtained;
measuring means for measuring a predetermined period based on the acquisition of the trigger information;
A specific profit can be given to a player in a situation in which the predetermined period is measured, or a specific profit can be given to the player in a situation in which the predetermined period is measured rather than a situation in which the predetermined period is not measured. A game machine characterized by comprising a specific profit giving means that makes it easy to give to a player.

Images